Docstoc

Southwestern Community College Catalog 2009-2011

Document Sample
Southwestern Community College Catalog 2009-2011 Powered By Docstoc
					2009-2011 College Catalog
         Table of Contents               Areas of Study    Course Descriptions                   Index




       Table of Contents




                                                                                                                          FORWARD
BACK




       General Information                            3     Students with Special Needs
                                                            Study Abroad
                                                                                                                31
                                                                                                                31
        Message from our President                    4     Student Involvement                                 32
        Board of Trustees                             4     Clubs and Organizations                             32
        Vision Statement                              4     Intercollegiate Athletics                           32
        Purpose Statement                             4     Social and Special Events                           32
        Core Values                                   4     Student Senate                                      32
        College History                               5
        Accreditation
        Compliances
                                                      5
                                                      5
                                                           Instruction                                          33
        Accommodations                                6     Arts and Sciences/College Transfer Program          34
        Buildings/Facilities                          7        Associate of Arts Degree (AA)                    34
        Adult and Continuing Education                7        Associate of General Studies Degree (AGS)        36
        Economic Development Services                 10       College and University Transfer Information      37
        Education Foundation                          10    Career-Related Programs                             46
        Off-Campus Centers                            10       Accounting                                       47
                                                               Accounting and Information Technology            48
       Student Information                            11       Agricultural Business
                                                               Agricultural Production Technology
                                                                                                                49
                                                                                                                50
        Admissions                                    12       Automotive Repair/Automotive Repair Technology   51
        Residency                                     14       Business Administration                          52
        Assessment Services                           15       Business Systems Networking                      53
        Registration and Academic Policies            16       Carpentry and Building Trades                    54
        Academic Information                          17       Collision Repair/Refinish                        55
        Distance Education                            19       Graphic Design                                   56
        Graduation Information                        19       Help Desk                                        57
        Academic Certificates/Diplomas/Degrees        20       Management Information Systems                   58
        General Education Competency Areas            21       Medical Transcription                            59
        Educational Costs                             22       Nursing Education–LPN and RN                     61
        Financial Aid                                 23       Office Skills                                    63
                                                               Office Systems Specialist                        64
       Services & Student Involvement                 29       Professional Music                               65
        Services                                      30       Structural Drafting/Structural Engineering
        Assessment Services                           30          Technology                                    67
        Career Services                               30       Web Design and Development                       68
        Counseling Services                           30          Web Design Track                              68
        Educational Talent Search                     30          Web Programming Track                         69
        Employment Fair                               30
        Food Service                                  30   Course Descriptions                                  71
        Health Services                               30    Sample Entry                                        72
        Iowa Small Business Development Centers       30    Prefix Description Key                              72
        Iowa Vocational Rehabilitation Services       31
        LRC - Library Services                        31   Employees                                        101
        Online Tutoring                               31
                                                            Administration and Staff                            102
        Student Handbook                              31
                                                            Full-Time Faculty                                   103
        Student Housing                               31
        Student Support Services                      31
                                                           Index                                            107
                                                                                                                      1
            Table of Contents                      Areas of Study                   Course Descriptions                             Index

               Academic Calendar 2009 - 2010                                                Academic Calendar 2010 - 2011




                                                                                                                                                             FORWARD
BACK




       Fall 2009 Semester                                                           Fall 2010 Semester
       August 19–21   Returning Student Registration                                August 18–20   Returning Student Registration
       August 24–25   New Student Registration                                      August 23–24   New Student Registration
       August 24      Online Classes Begin                                          TBA            Online Classes Begin
       August 26      Fall Semester Classes Begin                                   August 25      Fall Semester Classes Begin
       August 26      Tuition and Fees Due *                                        August 25      Tuition and Fees Due *
       September 1    Last Day to Register/Add Classes                              August 31      Last Day to Register/Add Classes
       September 7    Labor Day - College Closed                                    September 6    Labor Day - College Closed
       September 25   Application Deadline for December Graduates                   October 1      Application Deadline for December Graduates
       October 16     Online First Eight-Week Accelerated Courses End               TBA            Online First Eight-Week Accelerated Courses End
       October 19     Online Second Eight-Week Accelerated                          TBA            Online Second Eight-Week Accelerated Courses
                      Courses Begin                                                                Begin
       October 21     Mid-Term                                                      October 20     Mid-Term
       November 16    Spring Semester Registration Begins                           November 15    Spring Semester Registration Begins
       November 26–27 Thanksgiving - College Closed                                 November 25–26 Thanksgiving - College Closed
       December 11    Online Classes End                                            TBA            Online Classes End
       December 14–18 Final Exams                                                   December 13–17 Final Exams
       December 18    Last Day of Fall Semester                                     December 17    Last Day of Fall Semester
       Winter Interim                                                               Winter Interim
       Go to www swcciowa edu for winter schedule of Fast Track Classes             Go to www swcciowa edu for winter schedule of Fast Track Classes
       (Dec 21–Jan 5)                                                               (Dec 20-31)
       Spring 2010 Semester                                                         Spring 2011 Semester
       January 2          2010-2012 FAFSA Filing Reminder                           January 3          2011-2012 FAFSA Filing Reminder
       January 6–8        Final Registration Days                                   January 6–7        Final Registration Days
       January 11         Spring Semester Classes Begin                             January 10         Spring Semester Classes Begin
       January 11         Tuition and Fees Due *                                    January 10         Tuition and Fees Due *
       January 15         Last Day to Register/Add Classes                          TBA                Online Classes Begin
       January 18         Online Classes Begin                                      January 14         Last Day to Register/Add Classes
       February 5         Application Deadline for Spring and Summer                February 11        Application Deadline for Spring and Summer
                          Graduates                                                                    Graduates
       March 5            Mid-Term                                                  March 4            Mid-Term
       March 12           Online First Eight-Week Accelerated Courses End           TBA                Online First Eight-Week Accelerated Courses End
       March 15           Online Second Eight-Week Accelerated Courses              TBA                Online Second Eight-Week Accelerated Courses
                          Begin                                                                        Begin
       March 15–19        Spring Break                                              March 21–25        Spring Break
       March 31           Southwestern Scholarship Applications Due                 March 31           Southwestern Scholarship Applications Due
       May 3–7            Final Exams                                               May 2–6            Final Exams
       May 7              Last Day Spring Semester/Spring                           May 6              Last Day Spring Semester/Spring
                          Commencement                                                                 Commencement
       Summer 2010 Session                                                          Summer 2011 Session
       May 10–June 25     Career and Technical Education Session                    May 9–June 24      Career and Technical Education Session
       May 17–28          May Fast Track                                            May 16–27          May Fast Track
       May 31             Memorial Day - College Closed                             May 30             Memorial Day - College Closed
       June 1             Online Classes Begin                                      TBA                Online Classes Begin
       June 1–25          Summer Session I, Arts & Sciences Classes                 May 31–June 24     Summer Session I, Arts & Sciences Classes
       June 25            Last Day Summer Session/Summer                            June 24            Last Day Summer Session/Summer
                          Commencement                                                                 Commencement
       July 2–27          Summer Session II, Arts & Sciences Classes                July 4             Independence Day - College Closed
       July 5             Independence Day - College Closed                         July 5–29          Summer Session II, Arts & Sciences Classes
       July 26            Online Classes End                                        TBA                Online Classes End
       August 2–13        August Fast Track                                         August 1–12        August Fast Track

       * Paid in full or enrolled in FACTS tuition payment plan through SWCC business office (may enroll online by clicking e-cashier on SWCC’s homepage).

       2
       Table of Contents   Areas of Study       Course Descriptions   Index




                                        01
                                                                                  FORWARD
BACK




       General Information
                              Message from our President
                              Board of Trustees
                              Vision Statement
                              Purpose Statement
                              Core Values
                              College History
                              Accreditation
                              Compliances
                              Accommodations
                              Buildings/Facilities
                              Adult and Continuing Education
                              Economic Development Services
                              Education Foundation
                              Off-Campus Centers
                                                                              3
            Table of Contents                      Areas of Study                  Course Descriptions                           Index



           Message from our President




                                                                                                                                                        FORWARD
BACK




           I am pleased you are taking time to explore the many learning opportunities Southwestern Community College
           offers its students Southwestern is a comprehensive two-year public institution offering transfer courses, career
           and technical education programs, continuing education courses, and industrial training classes
           What is the makeup of our student body? Anyone who desires, and is committed to obtaining an education, is welcome Our
           faculty and staff are dedicated to providing challenging learning experiences in an environment conducive to learning
           This catalog provides an introduction to the college It is filled with valuable information about the programs and services
           available Use it to assist you as you select and complete your course work at Southwestern I also invite you to participate in
           student activities, such as clubs, athletics, music, and student government to get a well-rounded educational experience
           On behalf of the Board of Directors, administration, faculty and staff, I welcome you to Southwestern
           We look forward to meeting you and assisting as you pursue your educational goals


           Dr Barbara J Crittenden
           President



       Southwestern Community College                    Red Oak Center                                     Osceola Center
       1501 West Townline Street                         2300 North 4th Street                              2520 College Drive
       Creston, IA 50801                                 Red Oak, IA 51566                                  Osceola, IA 50213
       P 641 782 7081                                     P 712 623 2541                                    P 641 342 3531
           1 800 247 4023
                                                          F 712 623 4534                                    F 641 342 3627
       F 641 782 3312
       W www swcciowa edu
       E admissions@swcciowa edu


       Board of Trustees                                Vision Statement                                  Core Values
       Kenneth Rech, President
                                                        Southwestern Community College                      •	 We are committed to providing an
                                                        will be the center of educational                     innovative learning community
       District 5
                                                        excellence for the enrichment of                      conducive to the lifelong
       Dennis Davis, Vice President                     our students and communities                          learning of constituents
       District 1
                                                                                                            •	 We value partnerships with members
       Dr. Tony Cass                                                                                          of the Area XIV community, Iowa
       District 8                                       Purpose Statement                                     Community College system, and others
       Janet DeMott
                                                        Southwestern Community College exists in            •	 We are dedicated to providing high
       District 7                                                                                             quality, student-centered, accessible,
                                                        order that Area XIV community members
       Susan Lane                                                                                             and affordable education
                                                        have the opportunity to gain skills and
       District 4                                       knowledge sufficient for successful                 •	 We are dedicated to meeting the
       Fred Shearer                                     employment, higher education achievement,             diverse needs of students
                                                        or adult and continuing education
       District 2                                                                                           •	 We are committed to providing
       Vicki Sickels                                                                                          educational opportunities for
       District 6                                                                                             under-represented populations

       Jerry Smith                                                                                          •	 We are dedicated to providing
       District 3                                                                                             quality services, facilities, equipment
                                                                                                              and instructional technology for

       4
            Table of Contents                      Areas of Study                  Course Descriptions                          Index

           arts and sciences education, career           In addition to a solid arts and sciences
           and technical education training,             transfer program, a vast array of career      Accreditation




                                                                                                                                                           FORWARD
BACK




           economic development, and adult               and technical education programs are
           and continuing education                      offered at Southwestern A comprehensive       Southwestern Community College
                                                         program of Adult and Continuing               is accredited by the Higher Learning
         •	 We believe that people remain                Education has been successful throughout      Commission, a commission of the North
           our greatest resource                                                                       Central Association of Colleges and Schools:
                                                         the college’s eight-county district
         •	 We are committed to understanding            In 2000, Southwestern began offering online
                                                                                                       30 North LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago,
           social and economic trends and                                                              IL, 60602-2504, phone 1-800-621-7440
                                                         courses through the Iowa Community            The college is also accredited by the Iowa
           assessing, planning for, and
                                                         College Online Consortium (ICCOC) ICCOC is    Department of Education Programs
           addressing the needs of current
                                                         made up of seven Iowa community colleges      have been approved by the Veteran’s
           and future constituents
                                                         The consortium offers Online courses          Education Unit of the State Department of
                                                         leading to various degree program options     Education by the Veteran’s Administration
                                                                                                       The nursing education programs are
       College History                                   In addition to offerings at the main
                                                         campus in Creston, Southwestern offers        approved by the Iowa Board of Nursing
       Southwestern Community College began              programming at two off-campus centers:
       operation as a part of Iowa’s Community           The college’s Red Oak Center was
       College system on July 1, 1966 In assuming        opened in 1985 to fill a growing need to      Compliances
       its role as a new institution, Southwestern       serve the Montgomery County area of
       inherited the facilities and instructional        Southwestern’s district The center moved      Educational Equity Policy
       programs of Creston Community College,            to a permanent location at 2300 North         Statement
       which had been operated by the Creston            Fourth Street near Highway 34 in 1991 In      It is the policy of Southwestern Community
       Community School district since 1926              2001, Southwestern Community College,         College to provide equal educational
       The campus site was purchased in 1966 The         Red Oak High School, and the Montgomery       and employment opportunities and
       first building on the site, the Instructional     County Development Board partnered to         not to illegally discriminate on the basis
       Center, was occupied in the summer of 1970        build a 30,000 square foot building, the      of race/color, national origin, religion/
       The campus expanded with the addition of          Red Oak Technology Center It is located       creed, age, marital status, disability, sex,
       the Student Center, Administration Center,        adjacent to Red Oak High School               veteran status, sexual orientation, gender
       and Technical Center In 1995, an Area Arts        In 1992, the Osceola Center was opened        identity or associational preference in
       and Wellness Center was constructed on the        in Osceola as a joint project between         its educational programs, activities or its
       Southeast edge of campus This building            Southwestern Community College and            employment and personnel policies
       provides facilities for Adult and Continuing      Job Training Partnership Act (JTPA) The       This institution shall provide program
       Education, a performing arts auditorium, and      center is located at 2520 College Drive       activities, curriculum, and instructional
       the YMCA with a gymnasium, Olympic-size           (west of Interstate 35) The building was      resources that will reflect the racial and
       pool, and many other recreation and fitness       expanded by 8,000 square feet in 1999         cultural diversity present in the United
       facilities The campus also includes outdoor
                                                         Both centers provide arts and sciences        States, as well as the variety of careers, roles,
       facilities for tennis, baseball, and softball
                                                         classes, career and technical education       and life styles open to both men and women
       In 1998, the Student Center was expanded          classes, as well as customized training       in our society One of the objectives of its
       by 3,320 square feet to house the college         for local businesses and industries, Adult    programs, curriculum, services, and teaching
       bookstore A 7,500 square foot building            and Continuing Education classes, and         strategies is to reduce stereotyping and to
       with classrooms, offices, and a shop area         high school equivalency preparation           eliminate bias on the basis of race/color,
       was added at the agricultural site in 2001 A      classes including General Educational         national origin, religion/creed, age, marital
       7,650 square foot building, Technical Center      Development (GED) testing                     status, disability, sex, veteran status, sexual
       II, was completed in 2004 to accommodate                                                        orientation, gender identity, or associational
                                                         Southwestern Community College is             preference The curriculum, programs, and
       the structural drafting/structural
                                                         accredited by the Higher Learning             services shall foster respect and appreciation
       engineering technology program and the
                                                         Commission, North Central Association         for the cultural diversity found in our country
       business systems networking program In
                                                         of Colleges and Schools Commission on         and an awareness of the rights, duties,
       2006, a 16,500 square foot facility, the Allied
                                                         Institutions of Higher Education Most         and responsibilities of each individual
       Health and Science Center, became the new
                                                         courses equivalent to the first two years     as a member of a pluralistic society
       location for nursing education programs
                                                         of a bachelor’s program are transferable
       That same year an apartment-style residence
                                                         to colleges and universities in Iowa          It is the policy of Southwestern Community
       hall, Spartan Suites, was constructed to allow
                                                         and to higher education institutions          College to affirmatively recruit women
       for an increase in demand for on-campus
                                                         in the rest of the United States              and men, members of diverse racial/
       housing The college currently has 15                                                            ethnic groups, and persons with disabilities
       buildings on approximately 200 acres                                                            for job categories where they are

                                                                                                                                                      5
            Table of Contents                       Areas of Study                   Course Descriptions                            Index

       under-represented A fair and supportive            The Educational Equity Committee is             Drug-Free Workplace and
       environment will be provided for all students      composed of employees representing all          Campus




                                                                                                                                                            FORWARD
BACK




       and employees regardless of their race/color,      levels at Southwestern as well as student       It is the policy of Southwestern Community
       national origin, religion/creed, age, marital      representatives The committee meets             College to establish a drug-free workplace
       status, disability, sex, veteran status, sexual    at least twice a year to review equity          in accordance with the Drug-Free Workplace
       orientation, gender identity, or associational     activity and to monitor compliance of           Act of 1988 and a drug-free school and
       preference Harassment of a sexual nature           recommendations for accessibility and           campus in accordance with the Drug-Free
       or with demeaning intent related to race/          accommodations at all of our locations          Schools and Communities Act Amendment
       color, national origin, religion/creed, age,                                                       of 1989 [Public Law 101-226] It is the
                                                          For further assistance regarding
       marital status, disability, sex, veteran status,                                                   interest and obligation of the college to
                                                          accommodations or to identify special
       sexual orientation, gender identity, or                                                            provide a drug-free, healthy, safe, and secure
                                                          needs, students should contact the
       associational preference or any other legally                                                      environment for its staff and students
                                                          counselor/special needs coordinator,
       protected characteristic, made from one
                                                          Administration Center, (641) 782-1458 A         The unlawful possession, distribution,
       employee to another, from an employee to a
                                                          student who feels his/her accommodation         dispensation, manufacture, or use of
       student or vice versa, and from one student
                                                          needs have not been met should                  illicit drugs and alcohol by employees
       to another is a violation of this policy
                                                          contact the director of human resources         and students on college premises, while
       Employees, applicants for employment,              and educational equity coordinator,             conducting college business off-campus,
       applicants for enrollment, students,               Administration Center, (641) 782-1456           or as part of any of its activities is strictly
       and their parents shall have the right                                                             prohibited A complete description
       to file a formal complaint alleging                Sexual Harassment and                           of this policy can be found in the
       noncompliance by Southwestern                      Consensual Relationships                        Southwestern Student Handbook
       Community College with federal and state           Sexual Harassment - Sexual harassment
       regulations requiring nondiscrimination in         is a violation of Title IX of the 1972          Campus Smoke/Tobacco-
       educational programs and employment                Educational Amendments in that it               Free Policy
                                                          constitutes differential treatment on           In accordance with House File 2212, which
       Inquiries or grievances related to this policy
                                                          the basis of sex Title IX applies to any        was enacted by the General Assembly of
       may be directed to: educational equity
                                                          educational program or activity and             the State of Iowa, Southwestern became
       coordinator, Southwestern Community
                                                          protects both students and employees            a smoke/tobacco-free campus on July 1,
       College, Administration Center, 1501 West
       Townline Street, Creston, IA 50801, (641)          Consensual Relationships - Southwestern         2008 Smoking and the use of tobacco is
       782-1456 or 1-800-247-4023, ext 456; the           Community College is committed to               prohibited on any college owned property
       Iowa Civil Rights Commission in Des Moines         maintaining a learning environment              If anyone is smoking on campus, they are in
       (515) 281-4121 or (800) 457-4416; the Office       characterized by professional and               violation of this policy Student violations of
       of the United States Equal Employment              ethical behavior Amorous relationships          this policy will be treated as a violation of
       Opportunity Commission (800) 669-4000              between individuals in inherently               the student code of conduct The campus
       or TTY (800) 669-6820; or the Office of            unequal positions are a basic violation         fine for smoking violations is a $25 fine
       Civil Rights (Midwestern Division), United         of professional ethics, regardless of           The civil penalty for violating this law is
       States Department of Education in Chicago,         the appearance of mutual consent                $50 Southwestern staff will assist with
       Illinois, (312) 730-1560, Fax (312) 730-1576,                                                      the enforcement of this policy Students
                                                          Compliance with Southwestern’s                  interested in smoking cessation programs
       TDD (877) 521-2172 or email ocr@ed gov
                                                          administrative procedures on sexual             may contact a wellness professional at
                                                          harassment and consensual relationships         Greater Regional Medical Center, (641) 782-
                                                          is mandatory Noncompliance with                 3518 or go online at www quitlineiowa org
       Accommodations                                     federal and state regulations requiring
                                                          nondiscrimination in educational                Student Right to Know
       Southwestern is committed to the                   programs may result in disciplinary             Information regarding graduation/
       regulations of the Americans with                  action Southwestern has an affirmative          completion and transfer-out rates of
       Disabilities Act in making reasonable              duty to take a timely, corrective action        Southwestern Community College’s
       accommodations for students or patrons             for any complaint of sexual harassment          general student body and student
       of the college in accessing its facilities Any     and to require its faculty and staff to         athletes is updated on an annual basis
       student with a disability wanting to request       implement its harassment policies               This information is available upon
       accommodations should notify the college           Inquiries, concerns or complaints               request from the Registrar’s Office
       administration of his/her needs, and the           regarding the conduct of any member of
       college will do what is reasonable to affect       Southwestern’s faculty or staff as it relates   Compliance with Federal and
       changes and assist the student in being            to these policies should be directed to: the    State Laws
       successful in the college environment              college’s educational equity coordinator,       Southwestern Community College will
                                                          Administration Center, (641) 782-1456           comply with the Federal Student Right-to-
                                                                                                          Know and Campus Security Act; Public Law

       6
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                  Course Descriptions                       Index

       No 101-542 and House File 2028, through           Instructional Center                          and chair, as well as a closet Individual
       annual publication in the Southwestern            This unique structure of 105,000 square       suites also include two bathrooms, a




                                                                                                                                                           FORWARD
BACK




       Student Handbook, which is available              feet houses the majority of classrooms        living room and a kitchen area with a full
       online through SWCC’s Web site Also               and instructional programs Also located       size refrigerator, stove and microwave
       published are annual policy statements,           in this building are the Assessment Center,   Additional amenities exclusive to Spartan
       crime statistics, and an on-campus housing        Career Services, Student Support Services     Suites include central air conditioning
       fire and safety report Students will              (SSS), Iowa Communications Network            and a student lounge with a 60” T V
       receive an electronic copy of the Student         (ICN) classrooms, Learning Resource           for all students living on-campus The
       Handbook through campus e-mail                    Center (LRC), and the Copy Center             campus includes outdoor facilities for
                                                                                                       tennis, baseball, softball, basketball,
       Limitations of Catalog                            Parking Facilities                            and sand volleyball, as well as other
       Information                                       Parking facilities are available on campus    outdoor recreational activities
       This catalog should not be considered             for students and staff All vehicles used as
       a contract between Southwestern                   transportation to the College by students     Student Center
       Community College and any prospective             and staff must be registered with the         The Student Center includes an
       student The Board of Directors of                 Business Office Vehicle regulations are       entertainment area, snack bar, cafeteria,
       Southwestern Community College reserves           outlined in the Southwestern Student          and the Southwestern Bookstore on the
       the right to make changes in graduation           Handbook Cooperation and consideration        upper level Located on the lower level
       requirements, costs, curriculum, course           on the part of all drivers are needed to      are a gymnasium, weight room, saunas,
       structure and content, the calendar               keep the parking situation manageable         and locker and shower facilities
       of operations or any other part of the
                                                         No parking is allowed in any area             Technical Centers I and II
       content of the catalog during the life
                                                         between 10:30 p m and 7a m , except           Due to expansion of career and technical
       of the catalog and without notice
                                                         in the designated “overnight” parking         education offerings, Technical Center I
                                                         lot east of the Technical Center I
       Student’s Responsibility for                                                                    was built in 1975 It houses carpentry and
                                                         Vehicles left on-campus overnight will
       Catalog Information                                                                             building trades, the Educational Talent
                                                         be towed at the owner’s expense If a          Search office (ETS), an Iowa Communications
       Each student is responsible for being
                                                         student, staff, or visitor’s vehicle breaks   Network (ICN) room, and the welding shop
       familiar with the information appearing
                                                         down and must be left overnight,              This building has large, well-equipped
       in this catalog Failure to read the
                                                         maintenance/security must be notified         shop areas and classrooms Customized
       regulations will not be considered
       an excuse for noncompliance                                                                     training staff and Iowa Vocational
                                                         Performing Arts Center                        Rehabilitation Services Offices are also
                                                         The Area Arts and Wellness Center houses      located in the Technical Center I In the
                                                         the Adult and Continuing Education            fall of 2003, Southwestern opened an
       Buildings/Facilities                              division and the YMCA The Southwestern        8,000 square-foot facility, Technical Center
                                                         Community College Performing Arts Center      II It is the home for structural drafting
       Administration Center                             features a performing arts auditorium,        and business systems networking
       The Administration Center houses the              multipurpose classroom, and Adult and
       Office of the President, Business, Financial      Continuing Education Offices The YMCA
                                                         is well-equipped with a gymnasium,
       Aid, Counseling, Admissions, and Registrar
       Offices, as well as the Office of Instructional   Olympic-size pool, walking track, weight      Adult and
                                                         room, cardio room, and racquetball courts
       Services, Economic Development, and
       other related administrative offices
                                                                                                       Continuing
                                                         Residence Halls and Other                     Education
       Agricultural Site                                 Facilities
       The Agricultural Site includes classrooms,        The campus includes Wilson Hall (female)      Adult and Continuing Education offers
       offices, and a shop area This site also           and West Hall (male) These rooms              opportunities for training and retraining,
       includes a student-operated agricultural          are designed for double occupancy             upgrading skills, gaining new knowledge,
       lab and grain storage facilities                  Each building has a student lounge            and enjoying the excitement of learning
                                                         for relaxing with friends or group            Lifelong learning opportunities are
       Allied Health and Science                         studying activities Each room is              available virtually in every community
       Center                                            furnished with two beds, dresser, desk        throughout the college district The Adult
       The Allied Health and Science Center, which       and chair, as well as a closet area           and Continuing Education division meets
       houses the college’s nursing programs,            Spartan Suites is Southwestern’s coed         continuing education needs by providing
       is a state-of-the-art building with a             apartment-style residence hall Each           diverse, low cost offerings through
       15-bed lab room, 110 seat auditorium,             suite features four private bedrooms-each     cooperative efforts and partnerships with
       computer lab, and spacious classrooms             furnished with a bed, dresser, a desk         industries, agencies, hospitals, local school


                                                                                                                                                       7
            Table of Contents                       Areas of Study                Course Descriptions                           Index

       districts, and businesses Fees assessed          receive the Iowa High School Equivalency        Fire Science - Courses are available for
       to students will vary according to the           Diploma issued by the Iowa Department           individuals pursuing fire careers in either




                                                                                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




       program and length of instruction                of Education The five subject areas are:        a professional or volunteer capacity
                                                                                                        Firefighter I and Firefighter II courses
       Adult Literacy Programs                            •	 Language Arts, Writing                     are offered for preparation in taking the
       Adult Basic Education (ABE) offers                 •	 Social Studies                             state certifying examination Continuing
       assistance to adults who are interested                                                          education in a variety of fire science areas
       in basic skills improvement including
                                                          •	 Science                                    is offered to trained rescuers to assist
       job-related and life-coping skills, reading,       •	 Language Arts, Reading                     them with furthering their knowledge
       writing, math, and English Class time                                                            in a variety of areas including rope
       may vary according to student needs; but
                                                          •	 Mathematics                                rescue, live burn simulations, vehicle
       generally, classes will meet one or two          High school equivalency preparation             extrication, and other classroom and
       times a week for two or three hour sessions      classes are located at various sites within     hands-on learning environments
       The groups are small and informal, and           the eight counties Southwestern serves
                                                        Southwestern Community College Adult and        Institutional Food Service
       each student studies at his/her own pace
                                                        Continuing Education supplies resource and      Training - Training programs offered
       Comprehensive Adult Student Assessment
                                                        study materials Books and study guides          for individuals who desire careers in
       System (CASAS) basic skills certificates are
                                                        may be purchased for a minimal cost             the dietary departments of long-term
       used to document the learning process for
                                                                                                        care facilities and/or hospitals
       adult students functioning academically          A testing, diploma, and processing fee is
       below the General Educational Development        required for the battery of five tests A        Real Estate and Insurance
       (GED) level The certificate program offers       student has two years to successfully           Training - Programs include 60-hour
       incentives for learning, as well as a common     complete the full battery of tests or a         Real Estate Sales Prelicense, Life and
       language among literacy partners                 reactivation fee is assessed A student          Health Insurance, and Property and
                                                        must meet certain requirements if he/           Casualty Insurance Prelicense training
       English Literacy (EL) classes of instruction
       are designed to help adults, who are limited     she is less than 18 years of age GED            Computer and Technology
       English proficient, achieve competence in        transcripts are available for a fee             Education - Classes are offered on the
       the English language Classes meet one to                                                         main campus and satellite centers Whether
       two times weekly in the communities of           Career and Vocational                           an adult wants to upgrade or learn new
       Lenox, Creston, Red Oak, and Osceola             Training                                        computer skills for a job or personal use,
                                                        Credit or non-credit courses and short          Southwestern offers a wide range of
       Workplace Education offers adults a
                                                        term training programs designed for             computer technology training opportunities
       chance to develop reading, writing, math,
                                                        those who desire to upgrade their skills or
       communication, critical thinking, problem                                                        For other career training opportunities,
                                                        those who are training for a new career
       solving, and English language skills These                                                       call (641) 782-1449 or (641) 782-1441
       skills are needed to be able to meet the         Health Services and Allied Health -
       demands of today’s quickly changing              Programs in health service occupations          Community Education
       work environment These programs are              prepare individuals for either entry into       Courses are offered for gaining knowledge
       set up on an as needed basis and are             specialized training programs or a variety      and/or understanding valuable skills used
       customized to meet employees’ needs              of concentrations in allied health areas This   throughout life to enhance functioning
                                                        instruction includes basic sciences, research   in society Courses are also offered in the
       Family Literacy programs enable families
                                                        and clinical procedures, and aspects of the     areas of leisure and recreational, casual
       to learn together and help improve
                                                        subject matter related to various health        culture, wellness, and self-enjoyment
       literacy through the four components
                                                        occupations This includes state-approved
       of adult education, child education,
                                                        Emergency Medical Services training courses     Customized Training
       parent education, and parent and child
                                                        at the First Responder, Emergency Medical       Special courses and programs may be
       time Southwestern is a literacy partner
                                                        Technician (EMT)-Basic, EMT-Intermediate,       developed and presented in-plant or
       with agencies, organizations, and
                                                        and Iowa Paramedic levels Instructional         off-site to meet the unique needs of a
       businesses to provide the adult education
                                                        programs that prepare individuals to practice   particular industry or business Workshops,
       component for family literacy projects
                                                        as healthcare professionals and assistants      seminars, and classes can be offered for
       High School Equivalency Preparation              may include nurse aide, medication aide,        employees at any level Topics range from
       classes offer review in the five areas covered   resident attendant and medication manager       business communications to customized
       on the General Educational Development           training, and limited practice radiography      computer training to health and safety
       (GED) Tests This testing program enables         Southwestern Community College is               Representatives of business and industry
       adults who did not complete high school          designated an American Heart Association        within the college district are invited to
       to take a series of five tests to demonstrate    Training Center Blood borne pathogens and       contact Adult and Continuing Education
       academic achievement Upon successful             all levels of CPR and first aid are available   staff to discuss training needs
       completion of the test, adults are eligible to


       8
            Table of Contents                      Areas of Study                 Course Descriptions                           Index

       Employability and Academic                       Recertification and                               •	 Early Childhood Institute
       Success                                          Relicensure Continuing                            •	 TriUMPH Resource Library - Osceola




                                                                                                                                                         FORWARD
BACK




       Courses are designed for the specific            Education
       purposes of upgrading the skills of              Programs have been designed for                 Child Development Associate (CDA) Training
       persons seeking employment, presently            individuals employed in occupations             Program is a national credential for those in
       employed, and retraining for new                 that require less than a four-year degree       the early care and education field Started
       employment Courses are also available            and who are required to be recertified          in 1971, the CDA Program was designed
       for the advancement of knowledge in              or relicensed Programs have also been           to enhance the quality of childcare by
       traditional educational studies, such as         designed for individuals employed in            increasing and recognizing the competence
       math, science, literature, and history for the   occupations that require a four-year            of those who care for young children A CDA
       purpose of preparing for college or career       college degree or above and are required        may be earned for preschool, infant/toddler,
                                                        to be recertified or relicensed                 or family child care The first step in earning
       Family and Individual                                                                            a CDA credential is to complete 120 hours
                                                        Continuing Education is documented by           of training from an agency or institution
       Development and Health                           the granting of Continuing Education Units
       Courses are offered to help individuals                                                          with expertise in early childhood teacher
                                                        (CEUs) and Continuing Education Hours           preparation As a community college,
       learn how best to function in family, work,
                                                        (CEHs) CEUs and CEHs are earned through         Southwestern is able to offer CDA classes
       and community settings and how they
                                                        participation in organized non-credit or        with a grant from the Dekko Foundation
       relate to their physical, social, emotional,
                                                        credit activities The College cooperates with   Southwestern offers 120 hours of training a
       and intellectual environments Examples
                                                        the various licensing certification boards to   year; 60 hours are classroom hours and 60
       of development include interpersonal
                                                        assure offerings meet state requirements        hours are completed with a self-study text
       relationships, parenthood education, child
       and adolescent psychology, and family                                                            This text requires the candidate to read and
                                                        Small Business Education                        report, observe children, and plan activities
       resource management Examples of health
                                                        Classes and workshops are offered for taxes,    The candidate will be observed and must
       include childbirth education, substance
                                                        accounting software, business planning,         demonstrate competence in all CDA areas
       abuse prevention, disease management
                                                        basic accounting, business and financial        Candidates may complete the program
       and prevention, and adjustment to
                                                        management, and computers These                 at their own pace, though the program is
       disability and hearing impairments
                                                        classes are collaborative efforts between       set up to allow a candidate to complete
                                                        Adult and Continuing Education and Iowa         the training within 12-18 months CDA is
       Mandatory Continuing                             Small Business Development Centers
       Education                                                                                        open to all Southwestern’s area counties
       Southwestern Community College                                                                   The TriUMPH Center Support Project
                                                        TriUMPH Early Childhood
       offers courses and programs mandated,                                                            provides site visits that include observation
                                                        Program
       recognized, and/or court ordered by state                                                        and assessment, goal setting, feedback
                                                        The TriUMPH Early Childhood Program is
       or federal guidelines Some offerings                                                             sessions with directors and teachers,
                                                        a collaborative effort between the Dekko
       are organized educational instruction                                                            on-site training for staff on specific topics,
                                                        Foundation and Southwestern Community
       designed to meet legislated or licensing                                                         and technical assistance for accreditation
                                                        College TriUMPH was formed to support
       requirements as defined in the Code of Iowa                                                      Follow up support includes gathering
                                                        early care and education programs in
                                                        improving the quality of services offered       materials for directors or teachers, placing
       Non-Credit Online Courses                        to children and families in the SWCC            orders for equipment needed for classroom
       Here is an opportunity to learn from                                                             environments, and arranging staff visits to
                                                        area A particular emphasis is placed
       home Non-credit online courses                                                                   accredited programs Support is based on a
                                                        on those programs in Clarke, Decatur,
       offer a wide range of topics including                                                           center’s commitment to involvement in both
                                                        Lucas, Ringgold, and Union counties
       computer programming, Internet basics,                                                           training and working on the accreditation
       software applications, test preparation,         TriUMPH provides the following:                 process A yearly retreat is offered for
       writing, personal enrichment, business/
       entrepreneur, and business administration/
                                                          •	 Professional Development                   preschool and infant/toddler teachers This
                                                                                                        program is offered only in Clarke, Decatur,
       management More than 100 courses                   •	 Teacher Mentoring                          Lucas, Ringgold, and Union counties
       are available Online Career Certificate
       programs are offered in the areas of
                                                          •	 Administrator Mentoring                    The Leadership Development Program
       medical transcription, medical terminology,        •	 State Voluntary Preschool Support          provides training and technical assistance to
                                                                                                        early care and education staff in supervisory
       administrative medical assistant, billing
       and coding, pharmacy technician, graphic
                                                          •	 Child Development Associate                positions Support and training is also
                                                            Credential Advising and Support             available for the boards of directors of these
       design, HVAC technician, veterinary
       assistant, webmaster, and website design           •	 Associate of Arts Degree with              programs Research has shown childcare
                                                            Early Childhood Emphasis                    quality is greatly influenced by the expertise
                                                                                                        of the leadership in a program; therefore,
                                                          •	 Non-Profit Board Training and Support      training is designed to provide various topics
                                                                                                        in both program management and early
                                                                                                                                                     9
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                Course Descriptions                           Index

       childhood education Under the Leadership                                                           High school students benefit from
       Development Program, monthly meetings,           Education                                         concurrent enrollment courses offered at




                                                                                                                                                          FORWARD
BACK




       site visits, and a yearly retreat are offered                                                      the high schools, at the center, and online
       to enhance the knowledge of the program          Foundation                                        High school Tech Prep programs in Osceola
       leadership and quality of the program This                                                         include carpentry and medical terminology
                                                        The Southwestern Education Foundation
       program is offered only in Clarke, Decatur,
                                                        is a non-profit corporation established to           Osceola Center
       Lucas, Ringgold, and Union counties
                                                        raise funds to support the College in ways           2520 College Drive
       The Family Child Care Accreditation Support      that are not supported by taxes, tuitions, or        Osceola, IA 50213
       Project was developed to provide training,       grants The major focus of the Foundation
       assistance, and materials to home providers      is to support student scholarships and other      The Red Oak Center
       ready and eligible to attain accreditation       institutional needs The Foundation receives       The Red Oak Center opened in 1985 to fill
       for registered child development homes           all tax deductible gifts, trusts, and memorials   a growing need to serve the Montgomery
       Training and technical assistance is designed    made to the College The Foundation is             County area of the Southwestern
       to support the provider in meeting the           governed by a board of Area XIV community         Community College district In 1992, the
       expectations of the National Family Child        leaders nominated by the Southwestern             center moved to 2300 North 4th Street off
       Care accreditation process Under this            Community College Board of Trustees and           U S Highway 34 The college completed a
       program, a yearly retreat, monthly meetings,     elected for a minimum term of three years         remodeling project at the Red Oak Center in
       and individual assistance are available This                                                       2008 to better accommodate student needs
       program is offered only in Clarke, Decatur,
                                                                                                          The center provides instructional programs
       Lucas, Ringgold, and Union counties
                                                        Off-Campus Centers                                in college transfer, career option, and
       TriUMPH Training includes a fall conference,                                                       career and technical education programs
       winter workshop, and various “series”            Southwestern Community College has                Adult and Continuing Education, GED, and
       trainings and workshops Collaboration            off-campus centers located in Osceola and         adult basic education classes, as well as
       between Southwestern and Green Valley            Red Oak for the convenience of students           customized training for local businesses and
       Area Education Association (GVAEA)               and communities in the merged area                industries, are also available at the center
       has provided the TriUMPH Program the             The centers offer a full range of academic
                                                        courses, as well as adult and continuing          Red Oak area students can complete
       opportunity to offer some of the “series”
                                                        education services In addition to on-site         requirements for associate degrees in
       trainings for teacher recertification
                                                        classes, distance-learning opportunities are      arts and sciences, accounting, business
       credit Please contact the TriUMPH early
                                                        available through the Iowa Communications         administration, and nursing through the
       childhood coordinator for more details
                                                        Network (ICN) and the Iowa Community              Red Oak Center Partial programs are
       TriUMPH training is open to all early care
                                                        College Online Consortium (ICCOC)                 available for high school students and adults
       and education providers and teacher
                                                                                                          through the Tech Prep programs in carpentry
       providers in Southwestern’s counties
                                                        The Osceola Center                                and building trades, business systems
                                                        Southwestern established the Osceola              networking, and health occupations
                                                        Center in 1993, originally located in a store
       Economic                                         front near the town square The current
                                                                                                          The Red Oak Technology Center, completed
                                                                                                          in 2002, provides classroom and lab
       Development                                      location is just west of the Interstate 35
                                                        and Highway 34 intersection The center
                                                                                                          space for SWCC science classes, Tech Prep
                                                                                                          programs, and industrial training The
       Services                                         houses two fiber-optic classrooms and one         college shares space in this building with
                                                        computer lab In April of 2000, an extensive       Red Oak Community High School
       The Southwestern Community College               remodeling project was completed adding
       Economic Development staff works                 several new classrooms, an industrial                Red Oak Center
       with businesses and communities to               lab, and an additional computer lab, as              2300 North 4th Street
       enhance the economic development of              well as added office space for staff and             Red Oak, IA 51566
       the region by identifying training monies        Workforce Development The Osceola
       and providing training services that will        Center offers the associate of arts degree,
       attract new business and industry or             as well as a variety of courses in business,
       expansion of existing business Area              accounting, and computer science Adult
       businesses and industries are provided           and Continuing Education courses, GED
       opportunities to improve productivity            and English language learning classes
       through customized training Through              are available in Osceola as well
       these services, local citizens, government,
       and education are brought together
       in a commitment to productivity,
       profitability, and quality work force


       10
       Table of Contents   Areas of Study     Course Descriptions      Index




                                   02
                                                                                    FORWARD
BACK




       Student Information
                              Admissions
                              Residency
                              Assessment Services
                              Registration and Academic Policies
                              Academic Information
                              Distance Education
                              Graduation Information
                              Academic Certificates/Diplomas/Degrees
                              General Education Competency Areas
                              Educational Costs
                              Financial Aid




                                                                               11
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                 Course Descriptions                             Index

                                                         Application Steps                                 The primary purpose of assessment is to help
       Admissions                                          A Application for Admission -                   enhance student success at Southwestern




                                                                                                                                                              FORWARD
BACK




                                                             Submit a completed application                Assessment results will enable the College
       Admission Policy for Credit                           for admission online or by mail               to improve academic advising and
       Programs                                              to the Admissions Office                      course placement Areas measured by
       Southwestern Community College                                                                      the COMPASS test include reading skills,
                                                           B High School Transcripts - Submit              numerical skills, and language usage skills
       maintains a liberal policy of admission               a copy of the student’s final high
       for all students Every student must                   school transcripts, GED certificate,            E Other - Completion of any other
       complete a formal college application to be           or home schooling documentation                   program or course prerequisites
       considered for admission to the College               to the Admissions Office                          for the specific program for which
       The student must meet at least one of                                                                   application has been made
                                                           C College Transcripts - If the student
       the following requirements: graduation                has attended other colleges or                Note: A $50 non-refundable deposit is
       from an accredited high school, successful            universities, an official transcript from     required for accepted students in selected
       completion of the General Educational                 each college or university attended           career and technical education programs
       Development (GED) Test, successful                    must be submitted A transcript is             This deposit secures the student’s spot in
       completion of home schooling, or                      official only when it arrives in the mail     the program and is applied toward the
       evidence of demonstrated interest,                    directly from the Registrar’s Office of       student’s tuition and fees upon enrollment
       aptitude, or the ability to benefit                   the previous institution This is required
       Admission to the College does not ensure              even if the student does not wish to          High School Students
       admission to all programs offered Admission           have previous course work evaluated           Southwestern Community College offers
       to specific programs is granted only after            or transferred to Southwestern                opportunities for qualified high school
       all admission requirements have been                                                                students to enroll in credit classes when
                                                           D Entrance Tests - In recognition of            recommended and approved by the
       completed The College reserves the right to           the varying skill levels of entering
       assist in the placement of students in specific                                                     student’s parents/legal guardian, principal
                                                             students, Southwestern Community              or guidance counselor, and Southwestern
       programs based on information gathered                College uses the ACT and COMPASS
       through assessment, previous educational              test Results from these tests are used          •	 High school students and home
       achievement, and pre-enrollment advising              as placement guides, which enable                  schooled students may enroll in
       The College establishes the maximum                   advisors to better advise students with            college credit classes, if the approval,
       number of students who can enroll                     course selection and scheduling Test               testing, and other requirements
       in specific programs Once a program                   scores must be on file with Admissions             outlined have been met
       becomes filled, those students who have               prior to registration See Assessment
                                                             Center section for specific information
                                                                                                             •	 High school students and home
       applied for admission to that particular                                                                 schooled students will be required to
       program will be placed on a program               The COMPASS test is given in the Assessment            meet the same academic standards
       waiting list If a vacancy occurs, the first       Center, Room 215, of the Instructional Center          as other Southwestern students and
       person listed will be contacted to fill the       by appointment An appointment to test                  will be awarded the same credit for
       opening, with the exception of nursing            my be scheduled by calling (641) 782-1320              courses successfully completed
       The College reserves the right to evaluate        In lieu of the COMPASS test, Southwestern
       requests for admission, when deemed to            will accept the following from students:          Post Secondary Enrollment
                                                                                                           Option (PSEO)
       be in the best interest of the student and/
       or the College Individuals applying for
                                                           •	 A documented composite score                 Eligible high school students may be
                                                             of 19 on the ACT or an equivalent             accepted for admission to Southwestern
       admission to the College are expected                 SAT score of 910 (combined
       to conduct themselves in an appropriate                                                             under Iowa’s Postsecondary Enrollment
                                                             math and verbal) or above                     Options Act Approval by the high school is
       manner consistent with the expectations
       outlined under the Student Code of                  •	 Documented scores on the COMPASS             mandatory before any high school student
       Conduct in the Southwestern Student                   test taken within the past three years        may be accepted under this program If
       Handbook Failure to do so may result in               at Southwestern or elsewhere                  approved and accepted, the high school
                                                                                                           pays up to $250 per course for the cost of
       a denial of admission The College has the           •	 Successful college work within the past      tuition, fees, and books If the student fails or
       right to establish admission requirements             three years consisting of a minimum
       that are higher than the basic policy                                                               does not complete the course, the student,
                                                             of 12 credits with a “C” grade or better
                                                                                                           parents, or legal guardians are responsible
       Admission materials are to be submitted               in each class, including three credits
                                                                                                           to reimburse the high school for payment
       to: Admissions Office, Southwestern                   in English and three credits in math
       Community College, 1501 West                                                                        High school students requesting
                                                         It is the responsibility of each student to see
       Townline Street, Creston, IA 50801                                                                  admission must:
                                                         that necessary documentation is on file with
                                                         the Admissions Office prior to registration         •	 Submit a Southwestern Post Secondary
                                                                                                                Application for Admission
       12
            Table of Contents                       Areas of Study               Course Descriptions                          Index

         •	 Submit a Southwestern Community            English Proficiency                            After completing these procedures,
           College Post Secondary Student              All applicants whose first language is not     the College will issue an I-20 which is a




                                                                                                                                                          FORWARD
BACK




           Registration Form (available at             English will be required to submit evidence    Certificate of Eligibility for non-immigrant
           Southwestern’s Admissions Office,           of English proficiency by completing           (F-1) form through the U S Department
           at the student’s local high school          a Proof of English Proficiency Form            of Immigration and Customs Enforcement
           guidance counselor’s office, or online)                                                    utilizing the Student and Exchange Visitor
           complete with signatures of student,        International Students                         Information System (SEVIS) The student
           high school principal or counselor,         A student from a country other than he         presents the I-20 form, I-901 fee payment
           and parent or legal guardian                United States must, in addition to all         receipt, and financial documentation to
                                                                                                      the United States Consular Office in the
         •	 Complete a COMPASS test or submit          regular college and program requirements,
                                                       complete the following:                        country where he/she is applying for a
           documented ACT composite score of
                                                                                                      student visa The U S Consular Office
           19 or above Students are required             A Complete an application for admission      makes the final decision on admission
           to test prior to registration                   Please do not apply online                 to the United States for study
         •	 Receive approval from Southwestern           B Submit a $75 international student         No decisions regarding admission will
           Community College counselor for                 processing fee                             be made until the Admissions Office
           course selection/registration
                                                         C Submit official records of attendance      receives all required documents,
                                                           and transcripts for all schools, English   as well as paid processing fee All
       Articulation Agreements
                                                           language programs, and colleges            transcripts and other documentation
       Through the articulation process, students
                                                           attended                                   must be translated into English
       can receive tuition-free college credits
       toward graduation from high school by             D Submit Proof of English Proficiency
       successfully completing certain high school
                                                                                                      Visiting Students
                                                           Form – show evidence of English            A student who is regularly enrolled at
       courses identified to have college-level            proficiency required by the College        another college or university and wants
       material within the career and technical            The student must also submit:              to take a course(s) at Southwestern to
       education fields of study Southwestern’s
       faculty have met with high school teachers           •	 TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign    immediately transfer back to his/her home
                                                              Language) Exam by achieving             college may be accepted as a visiting
       to compare course offerings and then
                                                              a minimum score of 68 on the            student at Southwestern A visiting student
       develop courses accordingly Articulation is
                                                              Internet-based test, 173 on the         may also be an individual who wants to
       a savings of time and financial resources for
                                                              computer-based test, or 500             take a course(s) for personal or professional
       the student interested in a time-shortened
                                                              on the paper-based test; or             development and is not seeking a degree
       degree or increased competence and
                                                                                                      The visiting student does not need to submit
       employment potential for the student                 •	 Official transcript from previous      transcripts If the student wants to take a
       interested in an advanced skills degree                college experience in the United
                                                                                                      math or English course, the student must
       High school guidance counselor(s) should               States from an accredited college/
                                                                                                      submit an official ACT or COMPASS test
       be contacted for a listing of courses                  university Transcript must prove
                                                                                                      score A visiting student may not enroll in
       currently qualifying for articulation with             completion of one writing intensive
                                                                                                      more than six credits per term The student
       Southwestern Community College                         course equivalent to composition I
                                                                                                      must submit an application for admission
                                                              (ENG 105) and one reading intensive
                                                                                                      and indicate he/she is a visiting student
       Home Schooled Students                                 course with a “C” grade or better
       Home schooled student applicants
       requesting admission must:
                                                         E Submit COMPASS test scores or              Transfer Students
                                                           documented ACT composite score             Students who wish to transfer from another
         •	 Submit a completed application for             of 19 or an equivalent SAT score of        college/university are eligible to apply
           admission to the Admissions Office              910 (combined math and verbal) or          for admission with advanced standing
                                                           above on file with the Admissions          Students transferring to Southwestern from
         •	 Submit proof of successful                     Office All students are required           other institutions will have their credits
           completion of home schooling
                                                           to test prior to registration              evaluated on an individual basis Transfer
           requirements/curriculum
                                                                                                      credits will be considered only when earned
                                                         F Complete Student Financial Statement
         •	 Submit verification letter from                – show evidence of ability to meet all
                                                                                                      at an institution accredited by regional
           someone other than a family member                                                         accreditation associations, such as the
           (i e mentor, tutor, librarian, etc )            educational and living expenses, while
                                                                                                      Higher Learning Commission All transfer
                                                           attending Southwestern Community
                                                                                                      students are advised to consult with the
         •	 Complete a COMPASS test                        College The student, family member,
                                                                                                      Admissions Office well in advance of the
           or submit documented ACT                        or sponsor is required to show financial
                                                                                                      beginning of each term so that transfer
           composite score of 19 or above                  support of approximately $15,000
                                                                                                      status may be established Credit will be
         •	 Meet with an academic counselor                (USD) for the period of one year
                                                                                                      granted for courses taken at other accredited
           from the College prior to registration                                                     institutions in which the student earned a

                                                                                                                                                     13
              Table of Contents                   Areas of Study                  Course Descriptions                        Index

       grade of “C” (2 00 on a 4 00 scale) or better      B Any variation of these provisions
       Credit will only be awarded for courses              in relation to transfer from another     Residency




                                                                                                                                                     FORWARD
BACK




       in which a grade of “D” has been earned,             accredited Iowa community
       providing the student’s overall grade point          college of career and technical          General
       average from the transferring institution is         education credits acceptable toward      A person who has been admitted to
       “C” (2 00 on a 4 00 scale) or better Credit is       Southwestern’s associate of arts or      Southwestern Community College
       only awarded with no impact on the GPA               associate of science degrees will        shall be classified as a resident or non-
       Grades of “D” will not be accepted for any           be decided in accordance with the        resident for admission, tuition, and
       required courses in the nursing education            other community college’s internal       fee purposes A person classified as a
       program Transfer students enrolling in               articulation policy provided that:       resident shall pay resident tuition costs
       classes will be required to take the COMPASS                                                  A person classified as a non-resident
                                                            1 A statement of that community
       test, to have an ACT composite score of 19                                                    shall pay non-resident tuition costs
                                                              college’s policy on internal
       or higher, or to have successful college work
                                                              articulation of career and technical
       within the past three years consisting of a                                                   Determination
                                                              education credits toward their own
       minimum of 12 credits with a “C” grade or                                                     of Residency Status
                                                              associate of arts and associate of
       better in each class, including three credits                                                 In determining a resident or non-resident
                                                              science degrees is on file with the
       in English and three credits in math                                                          classification, the primary determination
                                                              Admissions Office at Southwestern
                                                                                                     is the reason a person is in the state of
       The College Experience                               2 The sending community college’s        Iowa The second determination will be
       The College Experience is a one credit                 transcript clearly indicates           the length of time a person has resided in
       course designed to help students develop               which career and technical             Iowa If a student is in the state primarily
       academic success skills by connecting                  education courses are acceptable       for educational purposes, that person will
       students to college resources and facilitating         toward their associate of arts or      be considered a non-resident The burden
       participation in college culture Activities            associate of science degrees           of establishing the reason a person is in
       include study and classroom performance                                                       Iowa for other than educational purposes
                                                        The following explains the general
       strategies, personal exploration and                                                          rests with the student Some of the various
                                                        procedures in order for student to use
       development, academic and career planning,                                                    types of acceptable documentation to
                                                        career and technical education credits:
       and exploring the college experience                                                          claim residency status are written and
                                                          A A student must apply through the
                                                                                                     notarized documentation from an employer
       Success Seminar                                      Registrar’s Office for evaluation of
                                                                                                     that the student is employed in Iowa or
       Any first-time, full-time career and technical       career and technical education credits
                                                                                                     a signed and notarized statement from
       education student is required to complete            for acceptance toward an associate of
                                                                                                     the student describing employment and
       Success Seminar, a 5 credit course, prior to         arts or associate of science degrees
                                                                                                     sources of support, an Iowa state income
       starting classes Success Seminar is designed                                                  tax return, an Iowa driver’s license, an Iowa
                                                          B A student must complete the
       to introduce students to information and                                                      vehicle registration card, and Iowa voter
                                                            required general education courses
       skills needed to achieve student success                                                      registration card or proof of Iowa Homestead
                                                            to receive the associate of arts or
                                                            associate of science degrees             credit on property taxes In all events to be
       Admission Policy for                                                                          determined a resident of Iowa, the individual
       Acceptance of Career and                           C A student must still meet all
                                                                                                     must document residing in the state of Iowa
       Technical Education Credit                           requirements as specified in the
                                                                                                     for at least 90 days prior to the beginning
       Toward Associate Degrees                             Southwestern catalog A combined
                                                                                                     of the term for which he/she is enrolling
       Southwestern Community College accepts               total of 16 career and technical
                                                            education credits may be applied
       career and technical education credits that                                                   Residency of Minor Students
       can be applied toward an associate degree            toward the AA or AS degrees If a
                                                                                                     The domicile of a minor shall follow
       The following explains the usage of associate        student has earned more than 16,
                                                                                                     that of the parent with whom the minor
       of applied science degree/diploma credits:           the most recent credits will be used
                                                                                                     resides except where emancipation of said
            A All career and technical education          D A student must earn a minimum            minor can be proven The word “parent”
              credits earned in resident coursework         cumulative grade point average           herein used shall include legal guardian
              will be accepted; however, only               of 2 00 in all coursework applied        or others in cases where the lawful
              16 career and technical education             toward the degree sought                 custody of a minor has been awarded
              credits will be applicable toward the                                                  to persons other than actual parents
                                                          E A student should understand that
              associate of arts (AA) or associate           transferability to another institution   A minor living with a resident of Iowa
              of science (AS) degrees They                  is dependent upon the institution’s      who is legally responsible for the minor
              may not be used to satisfy core or            policy Each student should               shall be granted resident status if the
              general education requirements                communicate with the institution         minor has lived with the Iowa resident
                                                            to which he/she plans to transfer        for at least 90 days immediately prior to
                                                            as to transferability of credit          enrollment The residency status of an
       14
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                  Course Descriptions                              Index

       emancipated minor shall be based upon             Residency of Federal                                Iowa Vocational Rehabilitation Services,
       the same qualifications established for           Personnel and Dependents                            Workforce Investment Act (WIA) personnel,




                                                                                                                                                                  FORWARD
BACK




       a person having attained majority                 A person and his/her spouse who has moved           private industry, and other agencies
                                                         into the state of Iowa as the result of military
       Residency of Adult Students                       or civil orders from the federal government,        Entrance Testing
       A person who reaches the age of majority,         and the minor children of such a person, are        All students enrolling full-time at
       while their parents were residents of the         entitled to immediate Iowa residency status         Southwestern Community College in
       state, shall be classified as a resident A                                                            arts and science, career option, or career
       person who is married under the age of            Veterans Exemption                                  and technical education programs are
       18 shall be classified as a resident, if the      A military service veteran who was a resident       required to take the COMPASS test prior
       person’s parents were residents of the state      of the state of Iowa prior to entering the          to registration Please refer to the nursing
       at the time such person was married and           service shall be classified as a resident, if the   section for additional nursing testing
       the person is not domiciled in another            veteran returns to Iowa upon separation             requirements In addition, any student
       state A person who has reached the age            from service and his/her separation papers          enrolling for his/her seventh credit or
       of majority shall be classified as a resident,    are filed with the county recorder                  enrolling for a math or English class must
       if the person has established a domicile                                                              test All high school students are required to
       within the state of Iowa at least 90 days         Reclassification                                    have test scores on file prior to registration
       prior to the opening day of the academic          of Residency Status                                 In lieu of the COMPASS test, Southwestern
       term for which the person enrolls                 It is the responsibility of a student to            will accept the following
                                                         request a reclassification of residency
       Residency of Students Who                         status If a student is reclassified as                •	 A documented composite score
       Are Not Citizens of the                           a resident for tuition purposes, such                    of 19 or above on the ACT or an
       United States                                     classification shall be effective beginning              equivalent SAT score (combined math
       A person who is a refugee or who is               with the next term for which the student                 and verbal score of 910 or above)
       granted asylum by an appropriate
       agency of the United States must provide
                                                         enrolls In no case shall reclassification to          •	 Successful college work within the past
                                                         residency status be made retroactive for                 three years consisting of a minimum
       proof of certification of refugee or              tuition and fee purposes, even though the                of 12 credits with a “C” grade or better
       asylum grantee status A person may be             student could have previously qualified                  in each class, including 3 credits in
       accorded resident status for admission            for residency status had the student                     English and 3 credits in math
       and tuition purposes when the person              applied Students may make application
       comes directly, or within a reasonable            for reclassification of residency through the       *Students entering the LPN or
       time, to the state of Iowa from a refugee         Registrar’s Office, Administration Center           ADN programs are required
       facility or port of debarkation and has not                                                           to take the COMPASS test.
       established domicile in another state             Appeal                                              The COMPASS test is a computerized
       A person who has immigrant status and             The decision of the residency status of             adaptive test for placement, advising,
       his or her spouse or dependents, may              a student for admission, tuition, and               and diagnostic purposes The COMPASS
       establish Iowa residency in the same              fee purposes may be appealed to the                 test measures skill levels in reading,
       manner as a United States citizen                 College Review Committee If the matter              writing, and mathematics The test is
                                                         is not resolved at this point, a student            an untimed assessment customized to
       A person who has non-immigrant status             may submit a written appeal within five             meet Southwestern’s needs Acceptance
       and who holds a non-student visa, and             days to the dean of student services The            of ASSET scores, in lieu of COMPASS test
       his or her spouse or dependents, may              facts will be reviewed to determine if              scores, will be at the discretion of the
       establish residency in the same manner as         the student’s due process was protected             Southwestern assessment coordinator
       a United States citizen An alien who has          and then render a final decision                    and the dean of student services
       non-immigrant status and whose primary
       purpose for being in Iowa is educational is                                                           Documented scores on the COMPASS
       classified as non-resident A “student visa” is                                                        test are good for three years An exam
       prima facie evidence of non-residency, i e , in   Assessment Services                                 must be taken within three years from
       a rare case, a student holding the visa could                                                         the date of enrollment Testing may be
                                                         Students, potential students, and others            done at Southwestern or with another
       overcome the presumption of non-residency
                                                         are offered opportunities for evaluative            accredited college It is the responsibility
                                                         services in the assessment center A                 of each student to see that necessary
                                                         variety of academic and vocational                  documentation is on file with the
                                                         assessments are available on request,               Admissions Office prior to registration
                                                         enabling examinees to clarify interests
                                                         and abilities Referrals are accepted from           The COMPASS test is administered
                                                                                                             free of charge the first time it is taken
                                                                                                             Retakes are administered at a fee of

                                                                                                                                                             15
              Table of Contents                     Areas of Study                Course Descriptions                       Index

       $5 00 per individual test A $10 fee and           F A minimum of 12 credits of               be preceded by a careful study of one’s
       written request are required to have                college credit must be earned at         curricular needs regarding the course or




                                                                                                                                                    FORWARD
BACK




       scores sent to another institution                  Southwestern Community College           program offerings available The registration
                                                           before CLEP/DANTES credit may be         process should include a conference with
       COMPASS tests are given by appointment
                                                           applied to the permanent record          a faculty advisor and/or college counselor
       on the Creston campus and at the Red
                                                                                                    Students are urged to arrange for early
       Oak and Osceola centers To schedule an            G Credit earned through CLEP/
                                                                                                    conferences in planning for any future terms
       appointment, contact the appropriate                DANTES will not be given grades
                                                                                                    Counselors are available during the summer
       campus or center directly: Assessment               nor will it be considered in
                                                                                                    months As part of registration and/or class
       Center, Creston Campus (641) 782-1320,              determining grade point average
                                                                                                    placement, specific testing may be required
       Osceola Center (641) 342-3531, and
                                                       For further information, contact
       Red Oak Center (712) 623-2541
                                                       the Assessment Center                        Advising
       If the campus or center is closed                                                            All arts and sciences students will be
       for any reason on a testing date,               Advanced Placement Tests                     assigned a faculty advisor in accordance
       testing will not take place                     Southwestern Community College will          with their chosen majors Career and
                                                       accept results of Advanced Placement         technical education faculty serve as
       Any student needing accommodations in
                                                       (AP) Examinations A minimum score of         advisors to students in their programs
       order to test must contact the Southwestern
                                                       three will be required for issuing credit    It is the student’s responsibility to be
       assessment coordinator located on the
                                                       AP credit will be recorded on academic       informed about the requirements for his
       Creston campus and make arrangements
                                                       transcripts for appropriate recording        or her degree/diploma and to ensure
       prior to testing, (641) 782-1330
                                                       fees after 12 hours of college credit is     that these requirements are met
                                                       earned at Southwestern Credit will
       CLEP/DANTES (College Level                                                                   Academic advising is an essential
                                                       not be granted if it duplicates credit for
       Examination Program/                            courses already taken AP credit will not
                                                                                                    element of the student’s educational
       Defensive Activity for                          be given grades nor will it be considered
                                                                                                    experience It is a process through which
       Non-Traditional Education                       in determining grade point average
                                                                                                    the student can do any of the following:
       Support) Credits                                                                               •	 Make appropriate course
       The Assessment Center is a national test        Additional Assessments                           selections each semester
       center for CLEP and DANTES Examinations         Southwestern is a test site for Pearson
       The programs, sponsored by the College          VUE exams, Iowa Pesticide certification,
                                                                                                      •	 Discuss general education requirements
       Board and the Educational Testing Service,                                                       and academic progress
                                                       Iowa Dental Board exams, and
       offer subject examinations that correspond
       to specific college courses The examinations
                                                       numerous career assessments For                •	 Discuss any problems which may
                                                       additional information or an assessment          affect academic performance
       are administered by appointment                 appointment, call (641) 782-1330
            A Southwestern Community College will
                                                                                                      •	 Add or drop a course
              award credit based on scores obtained                                                   •	 Check on graduation requirements
                                                                                                        and obtain transfer information
              on CLEP/DANTES subject examinations
                                                       Registration and
            B CLEP/DANTES credits will be recorded                                                    •	 Discuss career considerations
              on academic transcripts for a $15        Academic Policies                            It is the student’s responsibility to contact
              recording fee The type of exam                                                        his/her advisor at least two to three
              will be noted on the transcript          Change of Personal                           times each semester Two specific times
            C CLEP/DANTES credits will not be
                                                       Information                                  would be at mid-term to discuss his/
                                                       If a student changes a local or              her grades and academic progress, then
              granted for duplicate credits of
                                                       permanent address, his/her name,             again when it is time to pre-register for
              courses already taken, for a course
                                                       major, telephone number, e-mail              the next semester’s classes Students
              which the student does not meet
                                                       address or any other information, it is      should become familiar with their advisor’s
              the stated prerequisites listed in
                                                       the student’s responsibility to report       office hours and make an appointment
              the college catalog or for a course
                                                       such changes to the Registrar’s Office       if they wish to speak to their advisor
              which is a prerequisite for which
              credit has previously been earned
                                                       Registration                                 Cancellation of Courses
            D A maximum of 30 credits will be          Registration includes securing official      The College reserves the right to cancel,
              allowed for CLEP/DANTES Exams            approval of the schedule of classes          reschedule, or alter the meeting times of
            E For CLEP/DANTES Exams, the               and meeting tuition and fee payment          any course Students must follow the drop/
              Accelerated Career Education             obligations Registration should be           add procedure to add another course or
              (ACE) credit recommendations will        completed prior to or on designated          section to replace the canceled section
              be followed for credit award             registration dates at the beginning of
                                                       each term Registration should always

       16
            Table of Contents                         Areas of Study                 Course Descriptions                      Index

       Change in Schedule - Adding                                                                         available to students so that course
       or Dropping Courses                                 Academic                                        work can be maintained until regular




                                                                                                                                                          FORWARD
BACK




                                                                                                           class attendance is resumed
       A student who wishes to drop/add courses
       or withdraw totally from college must
                                                           Information                                  B If prolonged absences continue,
       initiate this action in the Registrar’s Office It                                                  the Financial Aid Office has the
       is suggested that a student attends a class         Classification of Students                     right to revoke any state or federal
       at least one time before initiating a drop          Arts and Sciences (College Parallel)
                                                                                                          assistance the student may receive
                                                           Programs and Career Option Programs
       Courses may be added at the beginning                                                              The following may also occur:
       of each semester during the first week of           Freshmen: Less than 28 credits earned
                                                                                                      The dean of student services may
       classes The deadline for adding courses is          Sophomores: 28 or more credits earned
                                                                                                      recommend the student be dropped
       4 p m the fifth day of classes In unusual           Part-time: Students taking less            from the class based on faculty records
       circumstances, classes may be added                 than 12 credits per semester               and recommendation The student and
       after the deadline with approval of the                                                        instructor will be notified immediately
       instructor through the 10th day of classes          Career and Technical
                                                           Education Programs                         Any student who has been dropped from
       Courses may be dropped without grade                                                           class because of excessive absenteeism
       penalty anytime through the 10th week of            Freshmen: Students in their first-
                                                                                                      has the right to appeal Such appeal shall
       the semester For courses dropped during             year of attendance Sophomores:
                                                                                                      be made according to the process as
       this time, the student will receive a grade         Students in their second-year of
                                                                                                      outlined under Policies and Procedures
       of “W ” The drop dates for all courses less         attendance in the same program
       than 16 weeks will be that date which will                                                     Note: Veterans receiving
                                                           Part-time: Students taking less
       be two-thirds of the course Following                                                          benefits will be required to verify
                                                           than 12 credits per semester
       the 10th week of the semester, individual                                                      attendance on a regular basis.
       courses may be dropped with permission              Classification for summer session
       of the instructor The deadline for dropping         According to SWCC’s Registrar’s Office,
                                                                                                      Credit Hour
       any class (excluding online) is the Friday                                                     A semester hour of credit sometimes
                                                           students are considered full-time
       prior to the last day of final exams                                                           referred to as a “credit” or as an “hour” is
                                                           when taking six or more credits during
                                                                                                      equal to one classroom period each week
                                                           the summer session Please note,
       Dropping/Withdrawing from                           however, 12 credits will be considered
                                                                                                      for one semester Thus, a “two credit” or
       Online Courses                                                                                 “two hour” course implies at least two
                                                           full-time for financial aid purposes
       The Iowa Community College Online                                                              hours of classroom work each week per
                                                                                                      semester In most laboratory courses, two
       Consortium (ICCOC) establishes the start            Attendance Policy                          laboratory hours equal one hour of credit
       and end dates for online classes The last           Regular class attendance and consistent
       day that a student may drop/withdraw                study habits are essential to success
       from an online course is two weeks                  in college and are expected of all
                                                                                                      Academic Load
       prior to the last day of online classes                                                        The normal academic load for a student
                                                           students at Southwestern Experience
                                                                                                      expecting to graduate with an associate
                                                           has demonstrated that absence and
       Withdrawal from College                                                                        degree is 16 credits per semester Students
                                                           tardiness contribute to academic failure
       Students who wish to withdraw from                                                             generally may not enroll in more than 18
                                                           Any absence interferes with the learning
       college are required to complete a                                                             credits without special permission from the
                                                           process Therefore, Southwestern is
       signed withdrawal form available in the                                                        dean of student services A student carrying
                                                           committed to the vital importance of
       Registrar’s Office in Creston or from the                                                      12 credits per semester is considered a
                                                           regular attendance in all classes
       off-campus centers in Red Oak or Osceola                                                       full-time student Visiting students may not
                                                           Instructors will hold all classes as       enroll in more than six credits per term
       Students may withdraw from college                  scheduled, and students are expected
       without grade penalty anytime during                to be in attendance If a student is        Final Exams
       a semester prior to the first day of final          absent, the instructor is in the best      Final exams will be given at the end of the
       examinations Upon withdrawal, the                   position to judge the effect of that       semester and at the end of the summer
       student will receive a grade of “W” for             absence on the student’s progress          session, as scheduled during the regular
       each course of enrollment An exit                                                              exam period No individuals may be given
       interview with the Financial Aid Office               A Students should note that individual
                                                                                                      final exams at any other time without prior
       is required of students who received                    instructors might have their own
                                                                                                      written approval from the vice president
       a loan and withdraw from college                        particular attendance requirements
                                                                                                      of instruction or his/her designee Student
                                                               If absence from class is due to a
                                                                                                      requests for a waiver of the established
                                                               temporary disability, including
                                                                                                      exam schedule will be considered only for
                                                               pregnancy, or a personal or family
                                                                                                      verifiable family emergencies, scheduled
                                                               emergency, tutoring assistance is
                                                                                                      court dates, or required military leave Final


                                                                                                                                                     17
            Table of Contents                     Areas of Study                   Course Descriptions                         Index

       exams for an entire class may be rescheduled     Repeated Courses                                Dean’s Honor List
       only through the request of an instructor        If a student is repeating a course, the last    Full-time students who obtain a 3 00 grade




                                                                                                                                                        FORWARD
BACK




       All exams will be carefully supervised           taking of the course is the one that counts     point average or above during a semester
                                                        on the record All previous takings of a         will qualify to be placed on the Dean’s Honor
       Grading                                          course are recorded on the transcript, but      List as published by the Registrar’s Office
       The following system is used by instructors      only the last one is computed in the grade
       to report grades to students and for             point average Students receiving veterans’      Phi Theta Kappa Honor
       recording on individual record form:             benefits cannot receive benefits for course     Society
       Grade      Meaning            Grade Points       repeats under veterans’ regulations             Any student who has completed at least
                                                                                                        12 credits from Southwestern that can
            A     Excellent                 4           Audit Status                                    be applied to any AA, AAA, AAS, or AS
            B     Above Average             3           A student may audit a course on a non-          degree and has a 3 50 GPA or better
            C     Average                   2           credit basis In this case, the student          is eligible to join Phi Theta Kappa
            D     Below Average             1           does not receive either a grade or credit
            F     Failure                   0           for the course Although college policy          Academic Standard Policy
            P     Credit Earned/Pass        0           does not require audit students to write        A student who attempts six or more
            U     No Credit/No Pass         0           examinations, they may be permitted to          academic credits must achieve a grade point
            I     Incomplete                0           do so at the discretion of the instructor       average (GPA) of at least 1 75 per semester
            W     Withdrew                  0           The audit privilege is also extended to
            *     Repeat                    0                                                           Failure to maintain the minimum grade
                                                        students enrolled in a course for credit
            N     Audit                     0                                                           point average of at least 1 75 per semester
                                                        Students may choose to change their
            X     Renewal                   0                                                           will result in academic probation for the
                                                        status in a class from credit to audit during
                                                                                                        next semester of attendance If the GPA
                                                        the period allowed for dropping courses
       Grade Point Average                              Students desiring such a status change
                                                                                                        is not at least 1 75 at the conclusion of
       The grade point average (GPA) is obtained by                                                     the semester of academic probation,
                                                        can only do so by following the change
       multiplying the number of points equivalent                                                      the student may be placed on academic
                                                        of registration procedure Tuition will be
       to the letter grade received in each course                                                      suspension A student demonstrating
                                                        assessed at one-half of the regular tuition
       by the number of credits attempted for                                                           satisfactory academic progress (at least a
                                                        rate for non-laboratory classes Exceptions
       the course to arrive at the quality points                                                       1 75 GPA for an academic semester) may
                                                        from audit classes includes, but not limited
       earned in each course Divide the sum                                                             avoid suspension while remaining on
                                                        to: independent study, Iowa Community
       of grade points by the total number of                                                           academic probation until the cumulative
                                                        College Online Consortium classes, private
       credits attempted The quotient represents                                                        grade point average reaches 1 75 A student
                                                        music lessons Career and technical
       the GPA There is a semester GPA and a                                                            who is academically suspended from
                                                        education classes may be audited, if space
       cumulative GPA on all student permanent                                                          college may not re-enroll at Southwestern
                                                        allows and approval is given by the dean
       records The grades of “I,” “W,” “P,” “U,” “N,”                                                   Community College for another term
                                                        of student services and the vice president
       and “X” will not be included in the GPA                                                          unless he or she has written permission
                                                        of instruction Students completing audit
                                                                                                        from the dean of student services
                                                        of a course will receive a grade of an “N”
       Grades and Reports                                                                               Any student placed on probation or
       Grades are available on the Campus               Grade Appeal Process                            suspension is encouraged to visit
       Connect system through Southwestern’s            Students are responsible for maintaining        the counseling staff for assistance
       home page at www swcciowa edu Any                the standards of academic performance           Students receiving financial aid
       student, upon receiving the final grade          established by the instructor for each course   should refer to Satisfactory Academic
       in any course, has a right to appeal the         in which they are enrolled However, a           Progress Requirements
       final grade (see grade appeal process)           student may appeal a final grade that he/
                                                                                                        A student who transfers from another
                                                        she feels is capricious This appeal must
       Incomplete Grades                                                                                college or university with less than a 1 75
                                                        be initiated by the student and must
       A grade of “I” (incomplete) may be assigned                                                      cumulative grade point average may be
                                                        proceed according to the steps outlined
       by an instructor when a student has been                                                         placed on academic probation during the
                                                        in the current Student Handbook
       unable to meet course requirements within                                                        first semester of enrollment and will be
                                                                                                        subject to the academic suspension policy
       a prescribed time (no less than two-thirds of    President’s Honor List
       the enrollment term) due to circumstances        Full-time students who obtain a 3 50 grade
       beyond control of the student The assigned                                                       Academic Renewal Policy
                                                        point average during a semester will qualify
       course work must be completed within                                                             The academic renewal policy is described
                                                        to be placed on the President’s Honor List
       four calendar months following the term                                                          as the removal of one or more of a
                                                        as published by the Registrar’s Office
       in which the “I” was assigned If the course                                                      student’s entire academic term(s) from
       work is not made up during that period,                                                          future degree and GPA considerations
       a grade of “F” will be assigned A grade of                                                       To be eligible for academic renewal the
       “I” will not be used in computing GPA                                                            student must have a break in enrollment at

       18
            Table of Contents                       Areas of Study                Course Descriptions                           Index

       Southwestern of two or more consecutive          Act of 1974, notice is hereby given to          courses With online education the student
       years, must not have graduated from              Southwestern Community College                  can choose his/her study time and submit




                                                                                                                                                          FORWARD
BACK




       any program at Southwestern, must                students and their parents as follows:          assignments electronically Instructors
       currently be enrolled in classes, and must                                                       are available by phone and e-mail to help
                                                        It is the intention of the college to comply
       have successfully completed 12 hours                                                             guide the learning process Classes may
                                                        with provisions of this law The college rules
       of coursework with a minimum of 2 0                                                              involve considerable interaction with
                                                        and regulations to implement compliance
       GPA after returning to Southwestern                                                              classmates through threaded discussion
                                                        procedures are available to interested
                                                                                                        and/or live chat Course descriptions are
         A Academic renewal may only be applied         parties and may be reviewed during
                                                                                                        available at www iowacconline org
           to an academic term(s) completed prior       normal business hours in the Registrar’s
           to the student’s extended absence            Office Students who believe the college
                                                        is not complying with this law are hereby
                                                                                                        Iowa Communications
         B All courses and credits that were
                                                        informed of their right to file a complaint
                                                                                                        Network (ICN)
           taken during the chosen term(s) will                                                         The state of Iowa has financed 2,600 miles
                                                        with the U S Department of Education
           be removed from consideration for                                                            of fiber optics, connecting every county in
           GPA and degree requirements                  The college maintains only those “education     Iowa These fiber optic lines provide live
                                                        records,” within the definition of this         audio and visual communication potential
         C To remove more than one term,
                                                        law, which are essential to the process         to all citizens in Iowa at more than 500 sites
           the terms must be consecutive
                                                        and procedures required to develop              This allows Southwestern to offer classes
         D All courses will remain on the               and maintain an accurate academic               at off-campus sites throughout Area XIV
           student’s academic record, but the           record for each student and to support          Southwestern students at one campus
           grades will be changed to “X ”               such student accounting needs and               may take advantage of courses offered at
                                                        requirements as are imposed by law,             another campus via the ICN In addition,
         E A student may be granted
                                                        state and federal regulations, and college      many opportunities are available for credit
           “academic renewal” only once
                                                        operational procedures These records            courses from other colleges in Iowa, non-
       Academic renewal petitions are located           may be found in the registrar and business      credit courses, and statewide meetings
       in the Registrar’s Office A formal letter        offices, and with advisors Subject to
       requesting renewal must be submitted             provisions of the college rules, they may
       with the completed petition The student          be reviewed by students upon request
       will then meet with the dean of student                                                          Graduation
                                                        This law permits the college to make
       services who will determine approval
                                                        public, certain “directory information”         Information
                                                        about students The following information
       Permanent Record                                                                                 Southwestern Community College grants
                                                        is regarded as “directory” type information,
       Southwestern Community College                                                                   degrees, diplomas, and certificates to
                                                        and some or all of it may be made public:
       retains a permanent record file for each                                                         those students who successfully complete
                                                        name, address, major, courses of study,
       student Included in this file is evidence of                                                     programs offered by the College Students
                                                        participation in officially recognized
       enrollment, previous college transcripts,                                                        must maintain a 2 0 grade point average on
                                                        activities and sports, weight and height
       and a Southwestern transcript High school                                                        all applicable work (nursing students must
                                                        of athletic teams, dates of attendance,
       transcripts are kept on file permanently                                                         earn a grade of “C” or better in all courses)
                                                        degrees and awards received, and previous
                                                        educational programs and institutions
       Academic Transcripts                                                                             All requirements of the chosen program
                                                        attended by the student Any student             must be satisfied, although adjustments
       Requests                                         objecting to his or her directory information   may be made when program curriculum has
       Transcripts are forwarded by the Registrar’s
                                                        being made public must file notice of such      changed and courses are no longer available
       Office only upon written request of the
                                                        objection with the Registrar’s Office           Please refer to the academic section of the
       student Authorization forms for releasing
       transcripts may be obtained in the                                                               catalog or refer to Southwestern’s Web
       Registrar’s Office or downloaded from                                                            site for requirements for your program
       Southwestern’s Web site Transcripts for          Distance Education                              It is the responsibility of the student to
       other educational institutions will not be                                                       know and to observe the requirements of
       sent directly from Southwestern Transcript
                                                        Iowa Community College                          his/her curriculum and the rules governing
       are not issued until all accounts with the
                                                        Online Consortium (ICCOC)                       academic work Although the advisor or
       College are paid, including the transcript fee                                                   counselor will attempt to help the student
                                                        Southwestern Community College, in
       Notice to Students Regarding                     partnership with six other Iowa Community       make wise decisions, the final responsibility
       Family Educational Rights                        Colleges, offers an online associate of         for meeting these requirements for
       and Privacy Act of 1974                          arts degree and an online associate of          graduation rests with the student
                                                        science degree in accounting, business          In those instances where a student
       In accordance with the provision of Public
                                                        administration, or agricultural business        receives information from a counselor
       Law 93-380 as amended (P L 93-568), the
                                                        Southwestern offers nearly 400 online           or advisor, which might have an impact
       Family Educational Rights and Privacy
                                                                                                                                                     19
            Table of Contents                    Areas of Study                  Course Descriptions                             Index

       upon graduation requirements or                Candidates for graduation should submit              B Complete, at Southwestern
       application of credits toward graduation,      their applications to the Registrar’s Office           Community College, a minimum of




                                                                                                                                                           FORWARD
BACK




       the student is advised to secure such          or campus centers by the following dates:              one-third of the credits applicable
       commitment in writing It is further                                                                   to the degree being pursued
                                                      Fall—September 30
       advised that such a commitment be
                                                                                                           C Complete the final 12 credits at
       retained by the student until the sequence     Spring—February 12
                                                                                                             Southwestern Community College
       of events is such that it would be no
                                                      Summer—February 12 (if enrolled                        (or petition to the dean of student
       longer necessary to demonstrate the
                                                      during spring semester) or May 14                      services to receive an exception)
       establishment of such a commitment
                                                      Any student who will not be completing               D Complete all required courses in
       It is recommended that students have
                                                      requirements for the term indicated on                 a particular program of study
       their credits evaluated for graduation
                                                      the Application for Graduation, must
       by their faculty advisor, registration                                                            Note: Developmental courses will
                                                      contact the Registrar’s Office and submit
       department, counseling staff, or program                                                          not be counted toward a diploma
                                                      another application for the term in
       coordinator one semester before actual
                                                      which the requirements will be met
       graduation This is to ensure all graduation                                                       Associate of Arts
       requirements will have been met by the
                                                      COMPASS Post Test                                  Degree (AA)
       time the student plans to graduate                                                                The associate of arts degree at Southwestern
                                                      All career option and career and technical
                                                                                                         Community College is primarily a liberal
                                                      education students must complete an
       Graduation                                     assessment, which is considered to be a
                                                                                                         arts degree intended for transfer
       Southwestern conducts two graduation
                                                      “post-test” toward the end of their academic       Liberal arts is baccalaureate oriented and
       ceremonies each year in the Student Center
                                                      program This post-test is designed                 includes courses within communications,
       Gymnasium at the Creston campus Spring
                                                      to measure academic improvement                    social and behavioral sciences, mathematics,
       commencement will be held on Friday of
                                                      and is required prior to graduation                sciences, physical education and humanities
       the last week of the spring semester at 7:30
                                                                                                         Specific requirements for the programs
       p m Students who complete requirements
                                                                                                         leading to associate of arts degrees are listed
       in December and May are invited to
       participate in the spring commencement         Academic                                           in this Catalog in the Instruction section
       ceremony Summer commencement will                                                                 To receive an AA degree a student must:
       be held on Friday of the last week of the      Certificates/                                        A Maintain a 2 00 grade point average on
       first summer session at 7:30 p m Students
       who meet their graduation requirements at
                                                      Diplomas/Degrees                                       all work applicable for the AA degree
       any time during the summer are invited to                                                           B Complete at Southwestern
       participate in the summer commencement         Requirements                                           Community College a minimum of
       ceremony There is no charge to participate     Southwestern Community College grants                  one-third of the credits applicable
       in the graduation ceremony, and                degrees, diplomas, and certificates to those           to the AA degree being pursued
       participation in the ceremony is voluntary     who successfully complete programs offered
                                                      by the College The requirements for each             C Complete the final 12 credits at
                                                                                                             Southwestern Community College
       Application for Graduation                     type of award are indicated as follows:
                                                                                                             (or petition to the dean of student
       and Commencement                                                                                      services to receive an exception)
       Participation                                  Certificate of Completion
       Candidates for graduation must complete        A certificate of completion is issued to signify     D Complete a minimum of 64 credits
       an Application for Graduation in order to      that a student has satisfactorily completed
                                                                                                           E Include at least 43 credits of core
       receive their degree or diploma Applications   a specific short-term course of study
                                                                                                             courses
       are available through the Registrar’s Office
       at the Creston campus or at the Red Oak        Diploma                                              F Include at least 19 credits of elective
       or Osceola Centers Students who plan           The diploma is awarded to those individuals            credit
       to participate in the commencement             who complete an approved program
                                                                                                           G Complete two credits of physical
       ceremony must indicate their intent on the     of study Specific requirements for the
                                                                                                             education
       Application for Graduation and provide         programs leading to diplomas are listed
       their chest and height measurements            in this Catalog in the Instruction section         Note: Developmental courses will not
       (caps are adjustable, so cap size is not                                                          be counted toward an AA degree
                                                      To receive a diploma the student must:
       necessary) There is no graduation fee
       Students who plan to receive more than           A Maintain at least a 2 00 grade point           Associate of Science
       one degree, diploma, or certificate need           average on all work applicable for the         Degree (AS)
       to indicate all programs on the form               diploma (Nursing students must have            The associate of science degree at
                                                          a “C” grade or better in all courses)          Southwestern Community College is granted
                                                                                                         to students who complete programs,

       20
            Table of Contents                      Areas of Study                Course Descriptions                         Index

       which are designed for students desiring       To receive an AAA or AAS                         E Include at least 12 credits of core
       additional career specialization This degree   degree the student must:                           courses




                                                                                                                                                        FORWARD
BACK




       is especially appropriate for students
                                                        A Maintain a 2 00 grade point                  F Include at least 50 credits of elective
       wishing to complete a college parallel/
                                                          average on all work applicable                 credit
       career option program with the intention
                                                          for the AAA/AAS degree
       of seeking employment or transfer Specific                                                    Note: Developmental courses will not
       requirements for the programs leading to         B Complete at Southwestern Community         be counted toward an AGS degree
       associate of science degrees are listed in         College a minimum of one-third of
       this Catalog in the Instruction section            the credits applicable to the AAA/
       Students must complete the
                                                          AAS degree being pursued
                                                                                                     General Education
       individual program requirements                  C Complete the final 12 credits at
       as outlined in this Catalog                        Southwestern Community College             Competency Areas
                                                          (or petition to the dean of student
       To receive an AS degree the student must:
                                                          services to receive an exception)          Computer Literacy
         A Maintain a 2 0 grade point average on                                                     Students will demonstrate computer
                                                        D Complete all required courses
           all work applicable for the AS degree                                                     literacy by
                                                      Note: Developmental courses will
         B Complete at Southwestern                                                                    A using computer applications
                                                      not be counted toward an AAA or AAS
           Community College a minimum of                                                                appropriate for the field of
                                                      degree, unless otherwise indicated
           one-third of the credits applicable                                                           study or occupation chosen
           to the AS degree being pursued
                                                      Associate of General Studies                     B using information technology
         C Complete the final 12 credits at           Degree (AGS)                                       responsibly as a tool for creativity,
           Southwestern Community College             The associate of general studies degree            research, publication, critical
           (or petition to the dean of student        is designed for, but not limited to, those         thinking and/or communication
           services to receive an exception)          individuals who wish to choose a career
                                                                                                       C discussing the impact of
                                                      and technical education course of study
         D Complete all required courses                                                                 computer technology on the
                                                      and wish to seek a degree suited to
         E Complete two credits of physical                                                              individual and society
                                                      their unique needs While some courses
           education                                  taken to complete this degree may
                                                      transfer to four-year colleges/universities,
                                                                                                     Communication
       Note: Developmental courses will not                                                          Students will demonstrate a
                                                      students are cautioned that this degree
       be counted toward an AS degree                                                                proficiency in communication by
                                                      is not intended as a transfer degree This
                                                      degree does not represent a specific             A writing documents that
       Associate of Applied Arts
                                                      course of study and may include career             are clear, organized and
       Degree (AAA) or Associate
                                                      and technical education credits                    appropriate for the reader
       of Applied Science
       Degree (AAS)                                   Students should check with potential             B presenting an organized, clearly
       The associate of applied arts degree or        employers and institutions to which                spoken oral message appropriate
       the associate of applied science degree        they might transfer to determine if the            to purpose and audience
       is awarded to those individuals who            AGS degree will be compatible with
                                                                                                       C listening attentively to
       satisfactorily complete an approved            their future goals Specific requirements
                                                                                                         a verbal message and
       two-year preparatory career and technical      for the programs leading to associate
                                                                                                         understanding its content
       education program Specific program             of general studies degrees are listed in
       descriptions will indicate the degree          this Catalog in the Instruction section
       awarded While some courses required
                                                                                                     Interpersonal Skills
                                                      To receive an AGS degree a student must:       Students will demonstrate professional
       in these programs may transfer to four-
                                                                                                     and interpersonal behaviors by
       year colleges/universities, students are         A Maintain a 2 00 grade point average on
       cautioned that these degrees are not               all work applicable for the AGS degree       A applying appropriate work effort
       intended as transfer degrees Students                                                             for the successful completion
                                                        B Complete at Southwestern Community
       should check carefully with institutions to                                                       of challenging assignments
                                                          College a minimum of one-third of the
       which they intend to transfer to determine         credits applicable to the AGS degree         B cooperating with others as
       the specific credits that will be accepted
                                                                                                         a member of a team
       and how those credits will be applied            C Complete the final 12 credits at
       to degrees awarded at the receiving                Southwestern Community College               C demonstrating a willingness to act as
       institution Specific requirements for the          (or petition to the dean of student            a leader in appropriate situations
       programs leading to associate of applied           services to receive an exception)
                                                                                                       D caring for personal health
       arts or science degrees are listed in this       D Complete a minimum of 62 credits
       Catalog in the Instruction section
                                                                                                                                                   21
              Table of Contents                      Areas of Study                 Course Descriptions                               Index

            E recognizing and valuing the existence     Science                                             HESI Maternity Health Test
              of different points of view               Students will demonstrate an understanding            RN (spring)                          $21.00




                                                                                                                                                            FORWARD
BACK




                                                        of scientific knowledge necessary for               HESI Exit 1st Time Test RN (spring)    $37.00
       Critical Thinking                                success in their chosen field by
       Students will demonstrate                                                                            HESI Exit 2nd Time Test
       critical thinking skills by                        A applying basic scientific principles to           RN (1st summer session)              $37.00
                                                            complete a task, project or assignment
            A analyzing information in any form for                                                         Background Check Fee LPN (fall)        $15.00
              accuracy, relevancy and reliability         B discussing how their actions will
                                                            impact an area of science                       HESI Med Surg Exam
            B scrutinizing an argument to separate                                                            LPN (1st summer session)             $21.00
              fact from opinion and identifying
                                                                                                            SCUBA Diving Fee,
              assumptions and inferences
            C assessing a problem and proposing
                                                        Educational Costs                                     per student/class                   $100.00

              reasonable solutions to it
                                                        (subject to change without prior notice)            Art Ceramics Class Fee,
                                                                                                               per student/class                   $50.00
       Math                                             Tuition (2009-2010 Rates)                           Art Studio Class Fee,
       Students will demonstrate mathematical           Credit Programs Per Credit                             per student/class                   $25.00
       proficiency necessary for success in their
                                                        Resident (In-State)                   $116.00       Third Party Fees              To Be Assessed
       chosen field of study or occupation by
                                                        Non-Resident & International          $142.50       Room and Board
            A obtaining correct mathematical
              results with or without                   Iowa CC Online                        $142.00       Wilson & West, per semester       $2,150.00
              technological assistance                                                                      Spartan Suites, per semester      $2,450.00
            B identifying relevant data
                                                        Fees
                                                        All Courses, per credit                    $12.00   Dorm Deposit                          $150.00
              for solving a problem
                                                        International Student                               Summer (Room Only)              per day TBA
            C manipulating data to solve a problem
                                                           Processing Fee                          $75.00   Note: Food Service is not
            D distinguishing whether a mathematical                                                         available during the summer
              solution is reasonable or erroneous       Program Fees
                                                        Private Music, per course                           Payment Options
       Cultural Awareness                                  1/2 hour lesson                    $175.00       Tuition and fees are due at the beginning
       Students will develop an awareness of
                                                        Career & Technical Education Program                of each academic term All students must
       their own culture as well as the culture
                                                           Deposit (non-refundable)         $50.00          contact the Business Office on or before the
       of others by                                                                                         first day of the term to discuss which of the
                                                        Auto Repair Technology Tool Rental,                 following payment options will be used:
            A recognizing culturally based
                                                          fee per year                     $250.00
              differences between themselves and                                                              1 Approved financial aid
              others including language, social         Automotive Service Excellence
              and political systems, and religion         Cert-Auto Repair (spring)           $110.00         2 Payment in full either:

            B relating relevant historical              Automotive Service Excellence                            •	 at Southwestern Community College
              information to current situations           Cert-Collision (spring)             $100.00              by cash, check, money order, or credit
                                                                                                                   card made payable in U S funds
            C explaining the cultural                   Carpentry Nat’l Registry,
              importance of the fine arts                  fee per semester                        $25.00        •	 online with e-cashier by direct
                                                                                                                   debit to checking or savings
                                                        Collision Repair Tool Rental,
       Reading Comprehension                               fee per year                       $250.00
                                                                                                                   account or credit card ($2 00
       Students will demonstrate                                                                                   processing charged)
       reading comprehension by                         Sports Officiating Certification,                     3 Payment plan
                                                          per course                               $15.00
            A accurately interpreting documents                                                             Student payment plans will be set up online
              appropriate for their field of            National Council Licensure - ADN                    and administered through Nelnet Business
              study or occupation                          (1st summer session)                    $99.00   Solutions, formally known as FACTS Tuition
            B discussing the accuracy, reliability      Concert Choir Robe Fee                     $30.00   Management Company Payments will be
              and appropriateness of a variety                                                              deducted monthly from checking, savings,
                                                        Background Check (ADN)                     $15.00
              of written documents                                                                          or VISA/MasterCard/Discover account
                                                        HESI Mental Health Test RN (fall)          $21.00   There is a $25 00 per term processing fee
            C successfully following                                                                        charged by Nelnet To be eligible for the
              written instructions                                                                          plan, students must have a total bill of

       22
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                Course Descriptions                             Index

       $100 00 or more Payment plans will consist       computer registration in order to obtain            •	 be a U S citizen or eligible noncitizen;
       of 5, 4, or 3 monthly payments depending         a charge slip Students are ultimately
                                                                                                            •	 have a valid social security number;




                                                                                                                                                               FORWARD
BACK




       on the date of the student’s enrollment          responsible for any pending charges
       Deposits may be required depending on                                                                •	 be enrolled at least half-time (except
       which plan is applicable Funds will be           Refund Policy                                         for Federal Pell Grant) in a program
       deducted from accounts on the fifth of           Refunds of tuition and fees are calculated            leading to a degree, diploma, or
       the month and all accounts will be paid          as of the date on the withdrawal form                 certificate at Southwestern;
       in full on or about midterm Students             completed in writing by the student and
       may go to www swcciowa edu and click             on file in the Student Services Office
                                                                                                            •	 maintain satisfactory
                                                                                                              academic progress;
       on e-cashier to set up a payment plan
                                                        Refunds of tuition and fees will be made
       Failure to make payment or complete              as follows based on the beginning date of
                                                                                                            •	 be registered with Selective
                                                                                                              Service (male students between
       all required paperwork in accordance             classes and the date on the withdrawal form:
                                                                                                              the ages of 18 and 25);
       with one of the above methods prior to
       the first day of term may result in being        *Withdrawal Period...Refund                         •	 not be in default on a federal
       administratively withdrawn from classes and      Before the end of the 1st week           100%         student loan and not owe a
       dismissal from the dorms Reinstatement           Before the end of the 2nd week            50%         refund on a federal grant; and
       is possible when payment is made and/            After the end of the 2nd week              0%
       or paperwork is received within one week
                                                                                                            •	 certify that he/she will use student aid
                                                        *Note: This is based on a 16-week                     funds only for educational purposes
       of being notified of the administrative
                                                        term, shorter terms will be pro-rated
       withdrawal, if the classes are still available                                                     To receive federal financial aid, a student
                                                                                                          must be qualified to study at the post-
       Credit cards accepted include VISA,              Refund Checks                                     secondary level Students are qualified if
       MasterCard, and Discover                         Refund checks are issued only on Fridays
                                                                                                          they completed at least one of the following:
                                                        The Business Office must receive a
       Note: The College reserves the right to
       take any and all action necessary to collect
                                                        written request from the student or                 •	 graduation from an
                                                        financial aid by NOON on Wednesday for                accredited high school;
       this debt, including the referral of the
                                                        checks to be issued the same week
       student’s account to a collection agency, law                                                        •	 successful completion of a high
       firm, or State Offset Program (any refund                                                              school equivalent diploma (GED);
       from the state of Iowa will be turned over
                                                                                                            •	 successful completion of a high
       to the college, ex: Income Tax Refunds)          Financial Aid                                         school education in a home school
                                                                                                              setting approved under state law; or
       Indebtedness Policy                              Financial aid is money available from federal,
       A student may not register for any new           state, institutional, and private sources used      •	 the ability to benefit
       term while he/she has a prior unsettled          to help students meet college expenses
       indebtedness to Southwestern Community           Financial aid can help pay for direct             How to Apply for
       College During the period in which the           educational costs such as tuition, fees, and      Financial Aid
       indebtedness remains unsettled, no               books, as well as for personal living expenses    To apply for federal or state
       transcripts or other official credentials        such as housing, food, and transportation         financial aid, students must:
       can be obtained from the college                 Financial aid exists to assist families in
                                                                                                            A complete the Free Application For
       Diplomas or degrees will not be granted,         paying for the costs of attending college
                                                                                                              Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) online
       nor will credits be transferred to another       Most financial aid is based on financial need
                                                                                                              at www fafsed gov and have the
       college until all accounts are settled           Financial aid is credited directly to students’
                                                                                                              resulting Student Aid Report (SAR)
                                                        accounts to pay for allowable and authorized
                                                                                                              sent to the Financial Aid Office by
       Returned Checks                                  charges before any excess funds are given
                                                                                                              indicating the Southwestern school
       A $30 00 service charge, plus postage            to students for personal living expenses
                                                                                                              code of 001857 on the FAFSA;
       and any additional charges will be
       assessed for all returned checks                 General Eligibility                                 B provide a copy of their own and
                                                        A student must be enrolled as a regular               their parents’ federal income tax
       Charge Slips                                     student in an eligible program to receive             return (dependent students) or
       A student with pending or approved               Title IV federally-funded financial aid:              their spouse’s federal income tax
       financial aid that exceeds his or her            Pell Grant, Academic Competitiveness                  return (independent students), if
       tuition and fee charges may obtain a             Grant (ACG), Supplemental Education                   selected for verification; and
       charge slip (until Financial Aid has been        Opportunity Grant (SEOG), Federal
                                                                                                            C submit other necessary documents,
       disbursed) from the Business Office              Work-Study, Federal Direct Stafford
                                                                                                              if requested
       to obtain books and supplies at the              Loans (Subsidized, Unsubsidized) and
       college bookstore The student must be            Federal Direct Parent PLUS Loans
       registered for classes and have an official      A student must (all of the following):
                                                                                                                                                          23
            Table of Contents                      Areas of Study                 Course Descriptions                             Index

       Deadlines                                        award offers by the deadline specified on the    for the treatment of Title IV HEA program
       The FAFSA may be submitted after                 offer to confirm acceptance of their awards      funds when a student withdraws from




                                                                                                                                                         FORWARD
BACK




       January 1 for the following academic             Students may accept all or part of their         Southwestern Community College
       year Southwestern requires students              awards Offers of all financial aid are void,
                                                                                                         The college’s refund policy exists for
       to provide completed federal tax return          if the required documents are not properly
                                                                                                         calculating the refund of institutional and
       information on the FAFSA before financial        completed and returned These documents
                                                                                                         state charges The federal “Return of Title IV
       aid is awarded It is important that students     may include the Conditions Statement,
                                                                                                         Funds” policy dictates the amount of Federal
       complete the FAFSA as early as possible          Master Promissory Note, and Loan
                                                                                                         Title IV aid that must be returned to the
       so that he/she can be considered for             Entrance Counseling
                                                                                                         federal government by the school and the
       certain limited federal and state funds                                                           student The federal formula is applicable
       It is also helpful when planning how the         Attendance Policy                                to a student receiving any type of federal
       student pays for the costs of the upcoming       Institutional policy requires that attendance
                                                                                                         aid, other than Federal Work-Study, if that
       academic year To be considered for state         be monitored before federal and state
                                                                                                         student ceases attendance on or before the
       aid, the student’s FAFSA must be received        aid be released to a student’s account
                                                                                                         60 percent point of the payment period
       by the U S Department of Education’s             Southwestern Community College reserves
       Central Processing System by July 1              the right to withhold financial aid at any       The federal formula requires a return of
                                                        time from any student who demonstrates           Title IV aid, if the student received federal
       Determination of                                 an attendance pattern that abuses the            financial assistance in the form of a Pell
       Financial Need                                   receipt of financial assistance or fails to      Grant, Academic Competitiveness Grant,
       Information from students’ FAFSAs and            maintain satisfactory academic progress          National SMART Grant, Supplemental
       resulting Student Aid Reports (SAR) will                                                          Educational Opportunity Grant, Federal
                                                        If a student demonstrates poor attendance
       help the Financial Aid Office identify                                                            Direct Stafford Subsidized, Unsubsidized,
                                                        for an extended time after aid is received
       those students with financial need                                                                Parent PLUS Loan or PLUS Loan (Graduate
                                                        without the approval of a faculty member, it
                                                                                                         Student) and ceased attendance on or
       The financial aid applicant and/or               may result in the loss of financial aid funds
                                                                                                         before completing 60 percent of the
       family of the applicant is expected to           Students are only able to receive financial
                                                                                                         payment period The percentage of
       be primarily responsible for educational         assistance while they are attending their
                                                                                                         Title IV aid to be returned is equal to the
       and living expenses Financial assistance         courses; therefore, a last date of attendance
                                                                                                         number of calendar days remaining in the
       from Southwestern Community College              will be determined for a student who
                                                                                                         payment period divided by the number
       should be viewed only as supplementary           stops attending class and a refund formula
                                                                                                         of total calendar days in the payment
       to the efforts of the applicant and              will be used to determine the amount of
                                                                                                         period; scheduled breaks of more than
       family Most federal financial aid                financial aid the student was eligible to
                                                                                                         four consecutive days are excluded
       programs require the assessment of               receive during the period of attendance The
       financial need based on the family’s             U S Department of Education and federal          If any non-federal funds are to be returned
       ability to contribute toward educational         aid programs will receive the appropriate        in addition to the Title IV aid, they will be
       expenses to determine eligibility                refund of financial assistance based upon        used to repay Southwestern Community
                                                        the student’s last date of attendance using      College funds, state funds, other private
       Financial need is defined as the difference      the Return of Title IV Funds Policy State aid    sources, and the student in proportion
       between a student’s cost of attendance           programs administered by the Iowa College        to the amount received from each non-
       and expected family contribution (EFC),          Student Aid Commission will receive the          federal source, as long as there was no
       as reported on the SAR The greater the           appropriate refund of state funds using the      unpaid student account balance before
       difference between the cost of attendance        college’s institutional refund policy Students   any funds are returned to the student
       and EFC, the greater the need of the student     will be notified, if they owe money back
                                                                                                         The Return of Title IV Funds policy requires
                                                        to a federal or state financial aid program
       Award Processing                                 or to Southwestern, if funds have been
                                                                                                         a return of funds in the following order:
       The financial aid office will attempt to         returned by the College on the student’s           1 Unsubsidized Direct Stafford Loan
       meet students’ financial need pending            behalf to the appropriate aid program(s)
       the availability of funds Federal                                                                   2 Subsidized Direct Stafford Loan
       and state financial assistance will              Return of Title IV                                 3 Perkins Loan
       continue to be awarded until all funds           Funds Policy
       are committed or until the specified                                                                4 Direct PLUS Loan (Graduate Student)
                                                        This information is being provided to
       deadlines, whichever occurs first                prospective students in accordance with            5 Direct PLUS Loan (Parent)
                                                        federal consumer information regulations           6 Pell Grant
       Award Package                                    These regulations implement statutory
       The financial aid office will notify students    changes made to the Higher Education               7 Academic Competitiveness Grant
       by mail of the types and amounts of federal      Act (HEA) of 1965, as amended, by the              8 National SMART Grant
       financial and state aid for which they qualify   Higher Education Amendments of 1998
       Students must sign, date, and return their                                                          9 Federal SEOG

       24
            Table of Contents                       Areas of Study                 Course Descriptions                          Index

         10 Other Title IV programs (does not          Other Resources                                   addition, if the number of eligible students
            include Federal Work-Study)                The following types of financial                  is large enough that payment of the full




                                                                                                                                                         FORWARD
BACK




                                                       assistance may be available to                    grant amounts would exceed the program
       Note: If funds are released to a student
                                                       eligible Southwestern students from               appropriation in any fiscal year, then
       because of a credit balance on the student’s
                                                       independent entities (eligibility is not          the amount of the grant to each eligible
       account, then the student may be required
                                                       determined by Southwestern):                      student may be ratably reduced For further
       to repay a portion of the federal funds to
                                                                                                         information and eligibility requirements,
       the federal programs or to Southwestern           •	 Veterans Assistance (GI Bill)                please contact the Financial Aid Office
       for any federal funds returned on the
       student’s behalf to the federal programs          •	 Vocational Rehabilitation Services           The Federal Supplemental Educational
       Worksheets used to determine the return           •	 Workers Investment Act (WIA)                 Opportunity Grant is a federally-funded
                                                                                                         grant and given to undergraduate students
       of Title IV aid are available upon request        •	 Other government/state                       on the basis of exceptional financial
       from the Financial Aid Office Contact                agency resources                             need with priority given to Federal
       the Financial Aid Office for further
       information regarding these policies              •	 Other privately-funded scholarships          Pell Grant recipients with the lowest
                                                                                                         Expected Family Contributions (EFC)
       Student Financial                               Description of Financial Aid                      The Federal Work-Study program utilizes
       Aid Available                                   Programs                                          federal funds, matched with institutional
       Below is a list of some of the types of         Southwestern awards and administers               funds, to provide part-time employment
       financial aid available for which students      many types of financial aid from federal,         for needy students allowing students to
       may apply or be awarded This is not an          state, institutional, and private sources         earn money to help pay for educational
       exhaustive list as some programs are added      Here is a brief explanation of some of these      expenses The number of hours assigned is
       or removed depending on funding Students        programs For more detailed information,           determined by financial need, satisfactory
       must apply and be eligible to receive any       please contact the financial aid office           academic progress, enrollment and available
       of the following funds If students have         The Federal Pell Grant, unlike a loan,            funds Students are only paid for hours
       concerns about funding their education,         does not need to be repaid Pell Grants            worked, not awarded Students may not
       they should contact the Financial Aid Office    are awarded only to undergraduate                 work more than 20 hours per week during
       to discuss their individual situations          students who have not earned a bachelor’s         periods of class attendance Students may
                                                       or professional degree To establish               be employed both on-and off-campus
         •	 Federal Pell Grant                         eligibility for a Federal Pell Grant, a student   and are paid once a month in accordance
         •	 Academic Competitiveness Grant             must complete the Free Application                with the college payroll system Jobs will
                                                                                                         run the spectrum from skilled positions
         •	 Federal Supplemental Educational           For Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and
                                                       have the resulting Student Aid Report             to general labor Students will be paid
           Opportunity Grant
                                                       (SAR) sent to Southwestern before the             at least the minimum wage per hour
         •	 Federal Work-Study Iowa Work-Study         student’s last date of enrollment or              Other Employment, such as Iowa Work-
         •	 Iowa Vocational-Technical Tuition Grant    the end of the enrollment period                  Study (need-based) and Institutional
                                                                                                         Employment (non-need-based), may
         •	 State of Iowa Scholarship                  The Academic Competitiveness Grant
                                                       was available for the first time for the          also be available These programs are
         •	 Iowa Grant                                 2006-2007 academic years for first-year           administered in the same manner as
                                                                                                         the Federal Work-Study program
         •	 Iowa National Guard                        students who graduated from high school
                                                       after January 1, 2006 and for second-year         The Iowa Vocational/Technical Tuition
         •	 All Iowa Opportunity Scholarship           students who graduated from high school           Grant is designed for students who are
         •	 All Iowa Opportunity Foster                after January 1, 2005 The Academic                Iowa residents enrolling in career and
           Care Grant Program                          Competitiveness Grant is awarded to               technical education or career option
                                                       undergraduate degree-seeking students
         •	 Federal Direct Loans                       who are enrolled at least 1/2 time and
                                                                                                         courses at Iowa community colleges
                                                                                                         Students must meet the financial aid
           (Subsidized, Unsubsidized)                  eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant          application filing deadline of July 1
         •	 Federal Parent PLUS Loans                  Recipients must be U S citizens or an eligible
                                                                                                         The State of Iowa Scholarship is given
                                                       non-citizen and have completed a rigorous
         •	 Institutional Employment                   high school program, as determined by             to students of very high academic ability
         •	 Southwestern Education                     the state or local education agency and           and provides a monetary award during the
                                                                                                         freshman year The award is based solely on
           Foundation Scholarships                     recognized by the Secretary of Education
                                                       Second-year students must maintain a              academic ability and accomplishment To
         •	 Other State and Institutional              cumulative grade point average of at              be eligible, a student must be designated
           Scholarships                                least 3 0 The amount of the ACG, when             a State of Iowa Scholar as announced
                                                       combined with a Pell Grant, may not               during the senior year in high school, and
                                                       exceed the student’s cost of attendance In

                                                                                                                                                    25
            Table of Contents                           Areas of Study                Course Descriptions                             Index

       the student must plan to enroll full-time           The Federal Direct Stafford                       Honorable and general discharges
       in an undergraduate degree program                  Unsubsidized Loan is non-need based               qualify a veteran for most Veterans’




                                                                                                                                                               FORWARD
BACK




       This award is not based on need                     and available to a student who is interested      Affairs (VA) benefits Educational benefits
                                                           in loans and has loan eligibility The             under the Montgomery GI Bill, however,
       The Iowa Grant is designed for
                                                           interest rate and loan limits are identical       require an honorable discharge
       exceptionally needy undergraduate Iowa
                                                           to the Direct Stafford Subsidized Loan;
       residents attending college in the state                                                              Those who enlisted in the military
                                                           however, borrowers are responsible for
       of Iowa This grant, available for full-time                                                           after September 7, 1980, and officers
                                                           all interest on the loan which begins
       and part-time students, is intended to                                                                commissioned or who entered military
                                                           accruing upon disbursement
       promote access to Iowa colleges Due to                                                                service after October 16, 1981, must have
       limited funding, only a selected number             Promissory notes for all student loans can be     completed two years of active duty or the
       of needy applicants will be assisted                completed online at http://dlenote ed gov         full period of their initial service obligation
                                                           Students must sign an award offer for the         to be eligible for most VA benefits Veterans
       The Iowa National Guard Education
                                                           amount they wish to borrow All loans              with service-connected disabilities or
       Assistance Program provides funds to
                                                           must be originated during the enrollment          those discharged for disability or hardship
       members of Iowa National Guard units
                                                           period for which they are to be disbursed         near the end of their service obligation
       for covering the costs of attending Iowa
                                                                                                             are not held to this provision Also, the
       colleges and universities Eligibility for this      Students must be enrolled at least half-time
                                                                                                             provision does not apply to participation
       program is determined by the Adjutant               to receive Federal Direct Stafford Loans First-
                                                                                                             in veterans insurance programs
       General of Iowa and funding for the                 time borrowers of loans at Southwestern
       program is determined on an annual basis            must complete entrance counseling                 If you have questions regarding your
       by the Iowa General Assembly To apply               before loan proceeds may be disbursed             eligibility, call 1-888-GI-BILL1
       for this program, individuals must submit           to their student accounts First-time
       an application to their Unit Commander              borrowers may have the first disbursement         Adjustment of Awards
       on or before September 1 of the academic            of their loans delayed for 30 days                Students will be awarded grants, loans, and
       year for which funds are being requested                                                              work-study based on need and enrollment
                                                           Federal Direct Parent PLUS Loans
       The Adjutant General determines                                                                       status (full-time, three-quarter, half-time
                                                           are available to any natural or adoptive
       eligibility and then notifies the Iowa                                                                or less than half-time) If a student drops or
                                                           parent or legal guardian of a dependent
       College Student Aid Commission (ICSAC)                                                                adds a class before aid has been disbursed
                                                           undergraduate student enrolled at least
       of approved applications Southwestern is                                                              that results in a change in the student’s
                                                           half-time It is not required that a borrower
       notified by the Iowa College Student Aid                                                              enrollment status, the student’s aid will
                                                           of a PLUS Loan show financial need Loans
       Commission of the student’s eligibility                                                               be decreased or increased accordingly
                                                           cannot exceed the cost of education
                                                                                                             After aid has been disbursed or the end
       The All Iowa Opportunity Scholarship                less other financial aid the student may
                                                                                                             of the business office’s refund period
       is a state-funded program that will provide         receive Interest begins accruing upon
                                                                                                             (whichever occurs later), no adjustments
       scholarships to students who do well in             disbursement Repayment begins within
                                                                                                             will be made unless a student ceases
       high school and demonstrate financial               60 days of the last disbursement
                                                                                                             attendance or never begins attendance in
       need This scholarship is administered by
                                                           Parents must make a request to the financial      a class All financial aid awards are subject
       the Iowa College Student Aid Commission
                                                           aid office for this loan during the enrollment    to change pending the final notification
       The All Iowa Opportunity Foster Care                period for which it is to be disbursed            of funds available to Southwestern for
       Grant is a state-funded program that                The parent borrower must complete                 federal and state aid programs Awards
       will provide youth aging out of the Iowa            and sign a Parent PLUS Loan application           may be adjusted, as well, if the student
       foster care system with grant assistance            indicating the amount to be borrowed              receives additional resources and it
       to pay for postsecondary education and              Parent Plus promissory notes can be               necessitates a change in the student’s award
       training expenses This grant is designed            completed online at http://dlenote ed gov         packet The college assumes no liability
       to increase college access to youth in                                                                for reductions in other types of public
                                                           The Southwestern Community College
       foster care and is administered by the                                                                assistance due to financial aid received
                                                           Education Foundation is a private, non-
       Iowa College Student Aid Commission
                                                           profit foundation which serves the students
       A Federal Direct Stafford Subsidized                of Southwestern Additional information and
                                                                                                             Disbursement of Aid to
       Loan is available to a student who meets            applications for scholarships are available
                                                                                                             Student Accounts
                                                                                                             All financial aid administered by the College,
       the general eligibility requirements                at the Education Foundation Office
                                                                                                             except for Federal Work-Study and other
       The loan is need-based with the federal
                                                           Veterans’ Educational Assistance is               employment, will be disbursed by crediting
       government paying interest on the loan,
                                                           based on discharge from active military           the funds directly to students’ accounts
       while the student is enrolled in school,
                                                           service under “other than dishonorable”           each semester or payment period Federal
       during the grace period, and during
                                                           conditions for a minimum period                   Student Aid program funds can only be
       periods of authorized deferment
                                                           specified by law Men and women                    credited towards allowable charges, which
                                                           veterans with similar service are entitled        include tuition, fees, and room and board
                                                           to the same veteran benefits                      (if the student lives on-campus) Other
       26
            Table of Contents                          Areas of Study                Course Descriptions                          Index

       current charges that a student has incurred        enrollment Each student receiving financial      •	 Earn the minimum number of credits
       for educationally-related activities may           aid is responsible for understanding                for which aid was disbursed for the




                                                                                                                                                              FORWARD
BACK




       be paid with federal funds, if the student         the satisfactory academic progress                  enrollment period: full-time (12 or
       has provided written authorization (In             requirements as published in the Catalog            more credits), three-quarter time
       the case of PLUS funds, a parent would                                                                 (9-11 credits), half-time (6-8 credits),
                                                          To receive financial aid, students must be
       provide written authorization )                                                                        less than half-time (3-5 credits)
                                                          working towards a degree or certificate and
       In order for aid to be credited to a student’s     must earn their degree or certificate within     •	 Course repeats and remedial courses
       account, all required award materials must         a maximum time frame The maximum                    will be included as part of the student’s
       be completed and returned to the financial         time frame for which students may receive           load each enrollment period; however,
       aid office Federal and state aid will not be       aid is 150 percent of the published length          maximum time frames still apply
       credited until class attendance has been           of the program measured in credits
       verified and students are enrolled in the          attempted A student may receive aid
                                                                                                           •	 Courses taken for audit or for
                                                                                                              College Level Examination Program
       number of hours for which aid was awarded          for a maximum of two degree programs,
                                                                                                              (CLEP) will not be included as part
       Federal Direct Stafford Loan funds of first-       through SWCC Students who change majors
                                                                                                              of a student’s hours for maximum
       time borrowers at Southwestern may not be          will not be exempt from the 150 percent
                                                                                                              time frame purposes or enrollment
       credited until 30 days after the beginning         time frame All hours attempted will be
                                                                                                              period load requirements
       of the first semester of enrollment First-         counted when calculating the maximum
       time borrowers at Southwestern must                time frame allowed for the program the         Students enrolled in two-year programs
       also complete entrance counseling before           student is currently working towards           and not making satisfactory progress
       loan funds can be credited Disclosure                                                             may be eligible for financial aid
                                                          All students enrolled in less than two-year
       statements from the William D Ford Direct                                                         probation for one period of enrollment,
                                                          programs or career and technical education
       Loan Program indicate the disbursement                                                            if they meet the following criteria:
                                                          programs must meet the following criteria
       dates and amounts for student and parent
       loans Only aid that qualifies for a late
                                                          to maintain satisfactory progress:               •	 A student who has a cumulative GPA
                                                                                                              of 1 50 or below may automatically
       disbursement will be credited after the              •	 Maintain a minimum 2 00 cumulative             receive financial aid probation for
       semester or payment period Information                 GPA after each period of enrollment
                                                                                                              the following period of enrollment,
       regarding specific disbursement dates for aid
       can be obtained from the financial aid office
                                                            •	 Earn the minimum number of credits             if the student has not received
                                                              for which aid was disbursed for the             financial aid probation previously
       When all aid has been credited to the                  period of enrollment: full-time (12
       student account and all charges have been              or more credits), three-quarter-time
                                                                                                           •	 A student who earned less than
                                                                                                              the minimum number of credits
       paid, then a credit balance may occur Credit           (9-11 credits), half-time (6-8 credits)
                                                                                                              for which aid was disbursed, but
       balances will be paid to the student (or               and less than half-time (3-5 credits)
                                                                                                              at least three credits for the period
       parent with a PLUS loan) via a refund check
       by the business office Refund checks are
                                                            •	 Course repeats and remedial                    of enrollment may automatically
                                                              courses will be included as part                receive financial aid probation for
       issued on the Friday of the week in which
                                                              of the student’s enrollment load                the following period of enrollment,
       a credit balance is generated Students are
                                                              each enrollment period; however,                if the student has not received
       responsible for understanding when student
                                                              maximum time frames still apply                 financial aid probation previously
       account balances are due, payment options,
       and when credit balances occur Information           •	 Courses taken for audit or for the        Students enrolled in less than two-year
       concerning student accounts, educational               College Level Examination Program          programs or career and technical education
       costs, payment options, and credit balances            (CLEP) will not be included as part of     programs will not be eligible to receive
       may be obtained from the business office               a student’s hours for maximum time         financial aid probation Satisfactory
                                                              frame purposes or for enrollment           academic progress requirements must
       Satisfactory Academic                                  period load requirements                   be met each enrollment period
       Progress Requirements                              All students enrolled in two-year programs     Students enrolled in two-year programs
       Students who receive federal, state,               must meet the following criteria to            who have a cumulative GPA below 1 50 or
       institutional or veterans’ financial aid must      maintain satisfactory progress:                earned less than three credits during an
       maintain satisfactory academic progress                                                           enrollment period, due to all “F’s” and/or
       as described below to remain eligible                •	 Maintain a minimum cumulative             “I’s”, will have his/her financial aid cancelled
       to receive financial aid All students will             GPA of 1 75 as a freshman (less
                                                                                                         for the following period of enrollment and
       have their academic records reviewed                   than 28 earned credits)
                                                                                                         will be denied financial aid until satisfactory
       following each period of enrollment
       to determine if satisfactory academic
                                                            •	 Maintain a minimum cumulative             academic progress has been made
                                                              GPA of 2 00 as a sophomore (28
       progress is being made The financial aid                                                          All students must earn 1 75 GPA each
                                                              or more earned credits)
       office will attempt to notify students who                                                        semester to meet the academic standard
       are not making satisfactory academic                                                              policy of the registrar’s office A student
       progress at the end of each period of
                                                                                                                                                         27
              Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                Course Descriptions                            Index

       who fails to earn 1 75 GPA for two                 semester of financial aid probation, if it       is Southwestern’s responsibility to notify
       subsequent semesters will be suspended             can be shown that the withdrawal was the         the VA of the student’s status; however, if




                                                                                                                                                             FORWARD
BACK




       and financial aid will be denied                   result of highly unusual circumstances           the student should change his/her original
                                                                                                           schedule, it is the student’s responsibility to
       Financial aid eligibility may be                   Federal student aid program regulations
                                                                                                           contact the veterans’ advisor The Veterans’
       regained by one of the following:                  do not provide for academic amnesty or
                                                                                                           Administration will not pay for the student
                                                          renewal procedures that allow students
            •	 The student may enroll for a term, or      to apply to have credits attempted and
                                                                                                           to retake a course for which he/she has
              terms, without receiving financial aid,                                                      received a passing grade, nor will it pay
                                                          grades earned in previous semesters
              until such time as satisfactory academic                                                     the student for any advance credit he/
                                                          excluded from the calculation of the
              progress has been regained Satisfactory                                                      she has received from prior education In
                                                          student’s grade point average Southwestern
              academic progress will be regained                                                           addition, the student must be pursuing
                                                          Community College will always include
              when the cumulative GPA is 2 00 and/or                                                       a degree Any eligibility questions can be
                                                          courses that apply (whenever taken)
              the student has completed the number                                                         directed to 1-888-GI-BILL1 Completed
                                                          toward a student’s program of study
              of hours for which aid was received                                                          paperwork in regards to eligibility must
                                                          High school students who have taken              be returned to the veterans’ advisor
            •	 The student may provide written            college-level courses for credit through         located in the student services office
              notification that incomplete grades
                                                          Southwestern as “post-secondary” students
              have been completed and turned
                                                          will have a transcript record At the time
              in to the registrar’s office within a
                                                          these students enroll as regular students
              timely manner Financial aid will not
                                                          and apply for federal/state aid, the students’
              be reinstated until this is done
                                                          transcripts will be evaluated to determine
            •	 The student may appeal in writing to       Satisfactory Academic Progress status Since
              the Financial Aid Review Committee          these students have not yet been eligible
              and may be granted financial aid            to receive aid, the quantitative measure
              probation, if approved by the majority      of academic progress (number of hours
              of the committee In the appeal, the         completed) will not be evaluated The
              student must explain the reason for the     qualitative measure of academic progress
              failure to meet satisfactory academic       (cumulative grade point average) will be
              progress and also state how he/she          evaluated Students who have cumulative
              plans to improve The appeal should be       grade point averages below the required
              based on extraordinary circumstances        levels will be placed on probation and
              beyond the student’s control, i e death     will be allowed to have federal/state aid
              in the family, extended illness, change     during their first semester of enrollment
              in employment, etc The Financial            These students will be notified of their
              Aid Review Committee may request            status; they may also receive additional
              documentation supporting these              individual guidance to successfully
              circumstances or a letter of support        meet the satisfactory academic progress
              before the final determination The          standards at the end of the semester
              Financial Aid Review Committee will
              consider each student on an individual      Veterans’ Affairs (VA)
              basis The decision of the Financial Aid     Southwestern’s veterans’ advisor will
                                                          maintain all files for veterans enrolled at
       Review Committee is final For specific
                                                          the College It is required that veterans
       appeal deadlines contact the Financial
                                                          and reservists at Southwestern keep
       Aid Office or refer to the student
                                                          their attendance and grade point
       handbook or SWCC Web site
                                                          average in satisfactory standing Veterans
       Students who withdraw from all courses             must meet Southwestern Community
       in a given period of enrollment while              College’s satisfactory academic progress
       participating in Title IV programs will            requirements to remain eligible for benefits
       not be granted financial aid until they            Veterans should report any change of
       re-establish themselves with satisfactory          address to the veterans’ advisor
       course completions and grades; the student
                                                          Although veterans will not generally receive
       must have a cumulative GPA of 2 00 and/
                                                          any VA benefits for at least six weeks after
       or complete the number of hours for
                                                          initial registration in a program, they are
       which aid was received A student may
                                                          still expected to pay their semester costs
       appeal in writing to the Financial Aid
                                                          by the first day of class or make other
       Review Committee and may be given one
                                                          arrangements with the business office It

       28
       Table of Contents   Areas of Study           Course Descriptions   Index




                                   03
                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




       Services & Student
       Involvement
                              Services
                                Assessment Services
                                Career Services
                                Counseling Services
                                Educational Talent Search
                                Employment Fair
                                Food Service
                                Health Services
                                Iowa Small Business Development Centers
                                Iowa Vocational Rehabilitation Services
                                LRC - Library Services
                                Online Tutoring
                                Student Handbook
                                Student Housing
                                Student Support Services
                                Students with Special Needs
                                Study Abroad
                              Student Involvement
                                Clubs and Organizations
                                Intercollegiate Athletics
                                Social and Special Events
                                Student Senate

                                                                                  29
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study               Course Descriptions                           Index

                                                        Community College students, alumni,             Employment Fair
       Services                                         high school students, and area residents        The SWCC’s annual Employment Fair is held




                                                                                                                                                         FORWARD
BACK




                                                        achieve their career and employment             in April to provide opportunities for students
       Assessment Services                              goals For additional information,               and alumni to research careers and to
       Students, potential students, and others         call (641) 782-7081, ext 446                    search for employment Traditionally, more
       are offered opportunities for evaluative                                                         than 60 companies/agencies throughout
       services in the Assessment Center A              Counseling Services                             Iowa and the midwest are on-campus for
       variety of academic and vocational               SWCC’s student counseling service               the event Representatives from business,
       assessments are available on request,            provides a wide range of services to help       industry, and education are available to
       enabling examinees to clarify interests          students gain the most benefit from             visit one-on-one with the students, to
       and abilities Referrals are accepted from        their college experience Counseling             interview and possibly offer employment
       Iowa Vocational Rehabilitation Services,         may involve personal development,
       Workforce Investment Act (WIA) personnel,        self-understanding, educational                 Food Service
       private industry, and other agencies             planning, or adjusting to college life          Food Service is available in the
                                                        Southwestern Community College                  Student Center Daily meals are
       The Assessment Center is a national                                                              served in the cafeteria or students may
       test center for CLEP and DANTES                  counselors assist students with making
                                                        decisions toward an educational                 purchase meals at the snack bar
       Examinations The programs offer subject
       examinations that correspond to specific         development plan to help in preparing for
                                                        their futures Initial individual conferences    Health Services
       college courses The examinations are                                                             The Creston Medical Clinic, 1610 West
       administered by appointment Many                 can be utilized for self-assessment
                                                        toward determining a course of study            Townline Street, Suite 200, (641) 782-
       colleges and universities award college                                                          2131, has been designated as the official
       credit to those who do well on the exams         Students who experience difficulty or           agency to provide health services for
       Pesticide Certification, Iowa Dental Board,      dissatisfaction with their chosen fields        Southwestern Community College
       and Pearson VUE Testing examinations             of training are encouraged to make use          students The clinic will cooperate with
       are administered by appointment For              of the counseling service for further           the college in attending to the health
       additional information or an assessment          discussion with a counselor Assistance is       needs of students who require professional
       appointment, call (641) 782-7081, ext 330        also available to all students who desire       medical attention Any medical service
                                                        help in acquiring better study habits,          provided is at the expense of the recipient
       Career Services                                  developing satisfactory personal and social
       One of the primary goals of a college            relationships, addressing financial concerns,   Iowa Small Business
       education is the ultimate establishment of       and selecting a transfer school Students        Development Centers
       a satisfying and challenging career Career       in all programs have access to counseling       SWCC is host to the South Central Iowa
       Services, located in the Instructional Center,   services, including those students              Regional Center of the Iowa Small
       provides assistance in the planning of a         enrolled in evening classes For additional      Business Development Centers The
       graduate’s career Updated publications           information or to schedule a counseling         Centers provide technical assistance to
       and job market information are available         appointment, call (641) 782-7081, ext 458       existing small business and entrepreneurs
       to make people aware of various factors
                                                                                                        through individualized counseling
       that should be considered in the career          Educational Talent Search                       and non-credit classes and workshops
       planning process The annual Graduate             Educational Talent Search (ETS) is a            These Centers are the only nationally
       Placement Report is compiled to guide            TRIO program federally funded through           accredited entrepreneurial development
       prospective students in making informed          the U S Department of Education ETS             programs in Iowa Each Regional Center
       decisions regarding program selection            provides junior high and high school            encourages unique local efforts to meet
       Job placement assistance is provided to          students with services to enhance student       small business needs in the area The
       students for work while in school and with       learning, facilitate personal development,      South Central Regional Center develops
       their employment needs upon completion           and expand academic opportunities               and maintains partnerships among
       of their training programs Help is provided      The ETS program focuses on encouraging          community organizations and local, state
       with job development/referrals, resume’          and assisting students in reaching              and federal agencies, providing a focal
       preparation, and interviewing techniques         their academic and personal goals by            point for broad networks of public and
       To further enhance job opportunities, the        helping them stay in school and enroll          private resources at the local level The
       annual ”iHire Employment Fair” with many         in a post-secondary school of their             U S Small Business Administration (SBA)
       employers in attendance, is held in April        choice For additional information,              provides guidance and funding to the
       in the Southwestern Student Center               call (641) 782-7081, ext 392                    Iowa Small Business Development Centers
                                                                                                        through cooperative agreements
       In addition, the college provides an
       electronic job board for both students
       and alumni to utilize Career Services
       is committed to helping Southwestern

       30
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                 Course Descriptions                           Index

       Iowa Vocational                                    manuals Students can access the service           •	 Scholarship/Grant Assistance
       Rehabilitation Services                            from wherever they have a connection to
                                                                                                            •	 Cultural/Social Activities




                                                                                                                                                             FORWARD
BACK




       Iowa Vocational Rehabilitation offers              the Internet SMARTHINKING is not an
       services which are available to individuals        answering or proofreading/editing service       All services are FREE! To be eligible for
       with disabilities attending Southwestern           Students may access SMARTHINKING                Student Support Services, students must
       Community College These services                   by logging into Southwestern                    meet at least one of the following:
                                                          eCompanion or online courses
       include: medical evaluation, counseling,                                                             •	 First generation college
       vocational evaluations, physical restoration,                                                          student- (Neither parent has a
       vocational planning, academic and career           Student Handbook                                    4-year college degree) or
       education, and training Rehabilitation             The Southwestern Student Handbook
       Services also assists students in finding          provides each student with pertinent              •	 Low-income individual- (Based on
       suitable employment Those interested               information about Southwestern It is                Federal Financial Aid/Taxable Income) or
                                                          the responsibility of each student to
       in the eligibility requirements of this
                                                          be familiar with its contents and to act
                                                                                                            •	 Student with a documented disability
       agency should contact the rehabilitation
       counselor assigned to the person’s high            within its framework A copy of this             The Student Support Services offices are
       school or the counselors at the office of          book can be obtained in the Registrar’s         located in the Instructional Center For
       Vocational Rehabilitation in the Technical         Office or the SWCC Bookstore                    additional information, call (641) 782-1360
       Center I at Southwestern For additional
       information, call (641) 782-7081, ext 409          Student Housing                                 Students with Special Needs
                                                          Southwestern Community College provides         Southwestern provides a variety of
       LRC - Library Services                             student housing for those wishing to live in    accommodations for qualified students
       Students, faculty, staff and area residents        dormitories These facilities are conveniently   with disabilities Services are designed
       are encouraged to make full use of the             located on campus The dormitories               to enhance the student’s abilities and are
       library facilities for study, research and class   include these amenities: a 15 meal-             based upon a student’s individual needs
       preparation The SWCC library provides              per-week meal plan, a free membership           Southwestern makes every effort to
       access to information in a wide array of           to the Southern Prairie YMCA, Internet          assure that qualified students with
       formats to support all programs offered at         access in each room, laundry facilities,        disabilities have equal access to all
       the college In addition to the book and            and free cable television For additional        services Students requesting special
       periodical collections, the library has the        information, call (641) 782-7081, ext 361       accommodations are urged to contact
       audiovisual materials and equipment used           For those students who plan to live off-        the special needs coordinator at (641)
       to support the curriculum Computers,               campus, a list of off-campus housing options    782-7081, ext 458, to initiate the
       laser printer, scanner, televisions, DVD           is available on the college’s Web site          process of obtaining accommodations
       players, music keyboards, photocopier                                                              prior to the start of the semester
       and a wireless network are available               Student Support Services
       The library’s Web site provides access to the      Southwestern Community College offers           Study Abroad
       library online catalog, electronic books and       the Student Support Services (SSS)              Southwestern offers students opportunities
       databases, subject guides and tutorials The        program through a TRIO grant from the           to study and travel abroad for college credit
       library staff is available to help students        U S Department of Education The Student         Students from all 15 of Iowa’s community
       conduct research and gather resources              Support Services program enhances               colleges spend 10 weeks studying with
       for classes The staff may be contacted by          the institution’s commitment to first-          an Iowa community college instructor
       telephone, email or online chat to answer          generation, low-income students and             who accompanies them as coordinator
       questions and help guide research                  students with disabilities by encouraging       and on-site professor Students reside
                                                          students to strive toward their academic        with host families in local homes In
       You may also access information from               and personal goals SSS provides support         addition to lectures and class discussion,
       other library collections through state            services designed to increase retention,        students are able to take advantage of
       and national interlibrary loan networks            graduation, and transfer rates                  the expanded classroom, as they tour
                                                                                                          museums and historic monuments and
       Online Tutoring                                    Services offered:                               attend live theater performances
       SMARTHINKING offers real-time online                 •	 Tutoring                                   Each fall semester the Iowa Community
       tutoring with “e-instructors” and homework
       help for core courses and skills 24 hours            •	 Academic/Career Advising                   College Study Abroad Consortium offers
                                                                                                          students the opportunity to take selected
       a day, seven days a week Students can                •	 Academic Skills Workshops                  classes in English, speech, history, and
       access live tutorials across all subjects,
       math, accounting, statistics, and economics,         •	 Transfer Assistance                        humanities during a fall semester study
                                                                                                          abroad program A variety of coursework
       as well as a full range of study resources,          •	 Laptop Loans                               is available and students can earn 12 to 15
       including writing manuals, sample
       problems, research tools, and study skills           •	 Book Loans
                                                                                                                                                        31
            Table of Contents                         Areas of Study                Course Descriptions   Index

       credits Financial aid is available for study      Social and Special Events
       abroad programs Applications for the              The activities office plans and coordinates




                                                                                                                  FORWARD
BACK




       fall semester are typically due in June           a variety of social, educational, cultural and
                                                         recreational activities, and special events
                                                         All planning and scheduling of any
       Student Involvement                               such event should be initiated through
                                                         the college’s activities coordinator
       Clubs and Organizations                           at (641) 782-7081, ext 437
       Chartered clubs and organizations, which
       meet the mutual interests and needs               Student Senate
       of various student groups, are actively           At the beginning of each fall term,
       supported at Southwestern Such groups             a Student Senate is elected by the
       participate in various areas, such as music,      student body of Southwestern and is
       politics, departmental or professional subject    the official representative government
       groups, and social activities Co-curricular       of the students The main purpose of
       activities are an integral part of student        the Senate is to provide a means of
       life at Southwestern Community College            organized student expression within the
       Following is a list of clubs and organizations:   college and to encourage and promote
                                                         interest in college affairs and activities
       •	   Ag Club
                                                         Clubs/organizations must select one
       •	   Art Club                                     Student Senate member and one alternate
       •	   Auto Repair Technology Club                  Representatives are selected by each club/
                                                         organization and submitted to the Student
       •	   Business Professional of America (BPA)       Senate office before the first Student Senate
       •	   Carpentry Club                               meeting of each academic year In the
                                                         event that a senator or alternate is unable to
       •	   Collision Repair Club                        complete his/her term, the club/organization
       •	   Drafting Club                                must select a new representative and
                                                         notify the Student Senate office within
       •	   Drill Team
                                                         two weeks of the position vacancy
       •	   Nursing Club
                                                         Any student who wishes to particpate
       •	   Phi Theta Kappa (PTK)                        as an active At-Large member of the
                                                         Student Senate may do so by submitting
       •	   Student Ambassadors
                                                         a completed Student Senate application
       •	   Student in Free Enterprise (SIFE)            and election petition with the signatures
                                                         of at least 15 current SWCC students To
       •	   Music
                                                         become an active At-Large member,
                                                         application materials must be turned in to
       Intercollegiate Athletics                         the Student Senate office prior to the first
       Intercollegiate athletics are an integral part
                                                         meeting of the fall semester For additional
       of student life at Southwestern Varsity
                                                         information, call (641) 782-7081, ext 437
       teams compete in these sports: men’s
       basketball, baseball, women’s basketball,
       softball, volleyball, and men’s & women’s
       cross country Competition is scheduled
       against the leading junior colleges in the
       Midwest in each sport, and participation
       is encouraged Athletes must meet the
       eligibility requirements of the National
       Junior College Athletic Association Some
       athletic scholarships are provided but are
       limited by conference rules to tuition, books,
       and fees All questions concerning athletic
       eligibility, participation, financial aid, etc
       should be referred directly to the athletics
       director at (641) 782-7081, ext 459

       32
       Table of Contents   Areas of Study           Course Descriptions                      Index




                                 04
                                                                                                                    FORWARD
BACK




       Instruction
                              Arts and Sciences/College Transfer Program
                                Associate of Arts Degree (AA)
                                Associate of General Studies Degree (AGS)
                                College and University Transfer Information


                              Career-Related Programs
                                Accounting                                    Management Information Systems
                                Accounting and Information                    Medical Transcription
                                  Technology                                  Nursing Education–LPN and RN
                                Agricultural Business                         Office Skills
                                Agricultural Production Technology            Office Systems Specialist
                                Automotive Repair/Automotive                  Professional Music
                                  Repair Technology                           Structural Drafting/Structural
                                Business Administration                          Engineering Technology
                                Business Systems Networking                   Web Design and Development
                                Carpentry and Building Trades                    Web Design Track
                                Collision Repair/Refinish                        Web Programming Track
                                Graphic Design
                                Help Desk




                                                                                                               33
              Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                         Course Descriptions                        Index


       Arts and Sciences/College Transfer Program




                                                                                                                                                                         FORWARD
BACK




       Southwestern’s arts and sciences program is designed to prepare students for successful transfer to four-year colleges or universities
       General education and elective courses are offered that meet the requirements of the first two years of college for most disciplines



       Associate of Arts Degree (AA)
       Students in the arts and sciences program earn the associate of arts (AA) degree which will transfer to most
       four-year colleges/universities in the United States and internationally There are many diverse majors for
       which the AA degree is beneficial Students planning to transfer are advised to do the following:
            •	 Contact the college/university to which he/she plans to transfer and request a catalog and other transfer planning materials
            •	 Study the curriculum in his/her area of interest recommended for freshmen and sophomores
            •	 Confer with his/her Southwestern Community College faculty advisor and/or counselor about satisfying all transfer requirements
            •	 Monitor his/her program of study to ensure that all requirements are met
            •	 Schedule an official campus visit with the admission’s office at the transfer school as early as fall semester of the sophomore year
       To obtain the associate of arts degree, students are required to take courses in six areas: communications, humanities,
       mathematics, sciences, social sciences, and physical education Students can select electives based on an area of
       interest to round out the degree Completion of 64 credits with a minimum GPA of 2 0 is required to graduate
       The following outline is a list of arts and sciences courses that make up the associate of arts degree


       Core Requirements - 43 credits
        Course #        Course Name                                                   Credits
                                                                                                   B. Humanities (continued)
        SDV 108         The College Experience*                                           1        Course #    Course Name                                     Credits
       *All new freshmen students are required to enroll in SDV 108, The College Experience
       (1 credit). Transfer students who have earned 24 credits or less or have a GPA of 2.0       HIS 110     Western Civilization: Ancient to Early Modern      3
       or below are also required to take the course. The purpose of this course is to help        HIS 111     Western Civilization: Early Modern to Present      3
       students develop academic success skills by connecting them to college resources
       and facilitating participation in college culture. This course will count toward elective   HIS 142     Middle Eastern Studies                             3
       credits (Section F).                                                                        HIS 257     African American History                           3
                                                                                                   CLS 150     Latin American History and Culture                 3
        A. Communications                                                           9 credits
                                                                                                   CLS 164     Japanese History and Culture                       3
        Course #        Course Name                                                   Credits
                                                                                                   ART 101     Art Appreciation                                   3
        ENG 105         Composition I*                                                 3
                                                                                                   ART 203     Art History I                                      3
        ENG 106         Composition II*                                                3
                                                                                                   FLS 141     Elementary Spanish I                               4
        ENG 221         Creative Writing                                               3
                                                                                                   FLS 142     Elementary Spanish II                              4
        SPC 101         Fundamentals of Oral Communication*                            3
                                                                                                   MUS 100     Music Appreciation                                 3
        SPC 122         Interpersonal Communication                                    3
                                                                                                   MUS 200     Music History I                                    3
                                                                                  *Required        MUS 204     History of Rock and Roll                           3
        B. Humanities                                                               9 credits      PHI 101     Introduction to Philosophy                         3
        Course #        Course Name                                                   Credits      PHI 105     Introduction to Ethics                             3
        LIT 101         Introduction to Literature                                        3        REL 101     Survey of World Religions                          3
        LIT 110         American Literature to Mid-1800’s                                 3
        LIT 111         American Literature since Mid-1800’s                              3
        LIT 140         British Literature I                                              3
        LIT 141         British Literature II                                             3
        LIT 161         The Short Story                                                   3
        LIT 177         Dramatic Literature                                               3
        LIT 178         Mythological & Biblical Literature                                3




       34
            Table of Contents                            Areas of Study                       Course Descriptions                         Index


       C. Mathematics and Sciences                                               8 credits   E. Distributed Requirements                              8 credits




                                                                                                                                                                        FORWARD
BACK




       Course #       Course Name                                                 Credits    Select distributed requirements from any of the courses in
       Student must take at least one science course from the courses listed :               categories A, B, C, and D.
       BIO 105       Introductory Biology (w/lab)                                    4
                                                                                             F. Electives                                             19 credits
       BIO 112       General Biology I (w/lab)                                       4
       BIO 113       General Biology II (w/lab)                                      4       A maximum of 16 credits of career and technical education
                                                                                             courses may be applied to the elective category.
       BIO 151       Nutrition                                                       3
       BIO 162       Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology                            3       G. Physical Education                                        2 credits
       BIO 163       Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology (w/lab)                    4       PEA 101        Aerobic Fitness I                                 .5
       BIO 168       Human Anatomy and Physiology I (w/lab)                          4       PEA 103        Aquatrim I                                        .5
       BIO 173       Human Anatomy and Physiology II (w/lab)                         4       PEA 112        Basketball                                         1
       BIO 186       Microbiology (w/lab)                                            4       PEA 121        Circuit Wellness                                   1
       BIO 191       Introductory Biotechnology (w/lab)                              3       PEA 149        Pilates I                                         .5
       ENV 115 Environmental Science                                                 3       PEA 164        Swimming I                                         1
       CHM 101 Fundamentals of Chemistry                                             3       PEA 176        Volleyball I                                       1
       CHM 166 General Chemistry I (w/lab)                                           5       PEA 187        Weight Training I                                  1
       CHM 176 General Chemistry II (w/lab)                                          5       PEA 189        Yoga/Stretching I                                 .5
       CHM 261 Organic Chemistry I (w/lab)                                           4       PEA 192        Walking I                                          1
       CHM 271 Organic Chemistry II (w/lab)                                          4       PEA 295        Scuba Diving                                       2
       PHS 125 Physical Science (w/lab)                                              4       PEH 110        Personal Wellness                                  2
       PHY 162 College Physics I (w/lab)                                             4       PEH 111        Personal Wellness                                  3
       PHY 172 College Physics II (w/lab)                                            4       PEV 115        Varsity Baseball                                   1
       PHY 212 Classical Physics I (w/lab)                                           5       PEV 121        Varsity Basketball, Men                            1
       PHY 222 Classical Physics II (w/lab)                                          5       PEV 122        Varsity Basketball, Women                          1
       Student must take four mathematics credits from the courses listed :                  PEV 130        Varsity Cross Country                              1
       MAT 120 College Algebra                                                       3       PEV 140        Varsity Golf                                       1
       MAT 127 College Algebra and Trigonometry                                      5       PEV 160        Varsity Softball                                   1
       MAT 134 Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry                                    3       PEV 170        Varsity Volleyball                                 1
       MAT 156 Statistics                                                            3
       MAT 210 Calculus I                                                            4
                                                                                             Total AA Degree Requirements - 64 credits
       MAT 216 Calculus II                                                           4       Note: Developmental courses will not be
       MAT 219 Calculus III                                                          4       counted toward an AA degree.
       MAT 225 Differential Equations                                                3

       D. Social Sciences                                                        9 credits
       Course #       Course Name                                                 Credits
       ECN 120        Principles of Macroeconomics                                   3
       ECN 130        Principles of Microeconomics                                   3
       GEO 121        World Regional Geography                                       3
       HIS 151        U.S. History to 1877                                           3
       HIS 152        U.S. History since 1877                                        3
       HIS 201        Iowa History                                                   3
       POL 111        American National Government                                   3
       POL 112        American State and Local Government                            3
       PSY 111        Introduction to Psychology                                     3
       PSY 121        Developmental Psychology                                       3
       PSY 171        Health Psychology                                              3
       PSY 241        Abnormal Psychology                                            3
       PSY 251        Social Psychology                                              3
       SOC 110        Introduction to Sociology                                      3
       SOC 115        Social Problems                                                3
       SOC 120        Marriage and Family                                            3
       CLS 105        Cultural Diversity and Identity                                3
       ANT 105        Cultural Anthropology                                          3


                                                                                                                                                                   35
             Table of Contents                                  Areas of Study                          Course Descriptions                           Index


       Associate of General Studies Degree (AGS)




                                                                                                                                                                                 FORWARD
BACK




       The associate of general studies (AGS) degree is a broad course of study designed for those students who have unique educational needs
       Students should check with potential employers and institutions to which they might transfer to determine if the AGS degree will be
       compatible with their future goals
       Core Requirements - 12 credits                                                                  C. Mathematics and Sciences (continued)
        Course #        Course Name                                                       Credits      Course #       Course Name                                     Credits

        SDV 108         The College Experience*                                              1         BIO 163        Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology (w/lab)       4
       *All new freshmen students are required to enroll in SDV 108, The College Experience            BIO 168        Human Anatomy and Physiology I (w/lab)             4
       (1 credit). Transfer students who have earned 24 credits or less or have a GPA of 2.0 or        BIO 173        Human Anatomy and Physiology II (w/lab)            4
       below are also required to take the course. The purpose of this course is to help students
       develop academic success skills by connecting them to college resources and facilitating        BIO 186        Microbiology (w/lab)                               4
       participation in college culture. This course will count toward elective credits (Section E).   BIO 191        Introductory Biotechnology (w/lab)                 3
                                                                                                       ENV 115        Environmental Science                              3
        A. Communications                                                               3 credits      CHM 101        Fundamentals of Chemistry                          3
        Course #        Course Name                                                       Credits
                                                                                                       CHM 166        General Chemistry I (w/lab)                        5
        ENG 105         Composition I                                                        3         CHM 176        General Chemistry II (w/lab)                       5
        ENG 106         Composition II                                                       3         CHM 261        Organic Chemistry I (w/lab)                        4
        ENG 221         Creative Writing                                                     3         CHM 271        Organic Chemistry II (w/lab)                       4
        SPC 101         Fundamentals of Oral Communication                                   3         PHS 125        Physical Science (w/lab)                           4
        SPC 122         Interpersonal Communication                                          3         PHY 162        College Physics I (w/lab)                          4
        B. Humanities                                                                   3 credits      PHY 172        College Physics II (w/lab)                         4
        Course #        Course Name                                                       Credits      PHY 212        Classical Physics I (w/lab)                        5
        LIT 101         Introduction to Literature                                           3         PHY 222        Classical Physics II (w/lab)                       5
        LIT 110         American Literature to Mid - 1800’s                                  3         MAT 120        College Algebra                                    3
        LIT 111         American Literature since Mid - 1800’s                               3         MAT 127        College Algebra and Trigonometry                   5
        LIT 140         British Literature I                                                 3         MAT 134        Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry                 3
        LIT 141         British Literature II                                                3         MAT 156        Statistics                                         3
        LIT 161         The Short Story                                                      3         MAT 210        Calculus I                                         4
        LIT 177         Dramatic Literature                                                  3         MAT 216        Calculus II                                        4
        LIT 178         Mythological and Biblical Literature                                 3         MAT 219        Calculus III                                       4
        HIS 110         Western Civilization: Ancient to Early Modern                        3         MAT 225        Differential Equations                             3
        HIS 111         Western Civilization: Early Modern to Present                        3         D. Social Sciences                                            3 credits
        HIS 142         Middle Eastern Studies                                               3         Course #       Course Name                                     Credits
        HIS 257         African American History                                             3         ECN 120        Principles of Macroeconomics                       3
        CLS 150         Latin American History and Culture                                   3         ECN 130        Principles of Microeconomics                       3
        CLS 164         Japanese History and Culture                                         3         GEO 121        World Regional Geography                           3
        ART 101         Art Appreciation                                                     3         HIS 151        U.S. History to 1877                               3
        ART 203         Art History I                                                        3         HIS 152        U.S. History since 1877                            3
        FLS 141         Elementary Spanish I                                                 4         HIS 201        Iowa History                                       3
        FLS 142         Elementary Spanish II                                                4         POL 111        American National Government                       3
        MUS 100         Music Appreciation                                                   3         POL 112        American State and Local Government                3
        MUS 200         Music History I                                                      3         PSY 111        Introduction to Psychology                         3
        MUS 204         History of Rock and Roll                                             3         PSY 121        Developmental Psychology                           3
        PHI 101         Introduction to Philosophy                                           3         PSY 171        Health Psychology                                  3
        PHI 105         Introduction to Ethics                                               3         PSY 241        Abnormal Psychology                                3
        REL 101         Survey of World Religions                                            3         PSY 251        Social Psychology                                  3
        C. Mathematics and Sciences                                                     3 credits      SOC 110        Introduction to Sociology                          3
        Course #        Course Name                                                       Credits
                                                                                                       SOC 115        Social Problems                                    3
                                                                                                       SOC 120        Marriage and Family                                3
        BIO 105         Introductory Biology (w/lab)                                         4
                                                                                                       CLS 105        Cultural Diversity and Identity                    3
        BIO 112         General Biology I (w/lab)                                            4
                                                                                                       ANT 105        Cultural Anthropology                              3
        BIO 113         General Biology II (w/lab)                                           4
        BIO 151         Nutrition                                                            3         E. Electives                                              50 credits
        BIO 162         Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology                                 3
                                                                                                       Total AGS Degree Requirements - 62 credits
       36
              Table of Contents                   Areas of Study                  Course Descriptions                           Index


       College and University Transfer Information




                                                                                                                                                         FORWARD
BACK




       The following pages contain courses of study which are guides to obtaining an associate of arts degree from Southwestern Community
       College They also illustrate how Southwestern’s courses meet the requirements for various majors at selected four-year institutions
       in Iowa The outlines are intended as guidelines for students planning to enter the profession listed The list is not all inclusive, and
       students should consult with their advisors concerning requirements for their individual bachelor degree programs.
       Students must assume responsibility for their own course of study because of possible changes after printing Students are advised
       to correspond with their advisors, the admissions office, or the department at the college where they plan to transfer
       Developmental courses may be required before students can take college-level English or mathematics courses

       College Transfer Majors
       Below is a partial list of majors students could select at four-year institutions after their freshman and sophomore years at Southwestern


         •	 Accounting                                    •	 Finance                                       •	 Public Relations
         •	 Agricultural Business                         •	 Food Science                                  •	 Recreation
         •	 Agricultural Education                        •	 Forestry                                      •	 Religion
         •	 Agronomy                                      •	 Genetics                                      •	 Secondary Education
         •	 Animal Science                                •	 Geography                                     •	 Social Science
         •	 Anthropology                                  •	 Government                                    •	 Social Work
         •	 Architecture                                  •	 History                                       •	 Sociology
         •	 Art and Design                                •	 Horticulture                                  •	 Spanish
         •	 Athletic Training                             •	 International Business                        •	 Special Education
         •	 Biochemistry                                  •	 Journalism                                    •	 Speech Communication
         •	 Biology                                       •	 Law                                           •	 Sports Management
         •	 Biotechnology                                 •	 Leisure Studies                               •	 Statistics
         •	 Botany                                        •	 Liberal Arts                                  •	 Theater
         •	 Broadcasting                                  •	 Library Science                               •	 Transportation and Logistics
         •	 Business                                      •	 Literature                                    •	 Veterinary Medicine
         •	 Chemistry                                     •	 Management                                    •	 Wildlife Biology
         •	 Child and Family Services                     •	 Marketing                                     •	 Zoology
         •	 Child Care                                    •	 Mass Communication
         •	 Chiropractic                                  •	 Mathematics                                 The following pages include two-year plans
         •	 Coaching                                      •	 Meteorology                                 for some of the college’s most popular
         •	 Communication                                 •	 Microbiology                                college transfer majors If a two-year plan
         •	 Computer Science                              •	 Mortuary Science                            is not listed for the major you have chosen,
                                                                                                         please contact the admissions office or your
         •	 Criminology                                   •	 Music                                       academic advisor for course planning
         •	 Dentistry                                     •	 Nursing
         •	 Dietetics - Food and Nutrition                •	 Occupational Therapy
         •	 Early Childhood Education                     •	 Optometry
         •	 Earth Science                                 •	 Pharmacy
         •	 Ecology                                       •	 Philosophy
         •	 Economics                                     •	 Physical Education
         •	 Elementary Education                          •	 Physical Therapy
         •	 Engineering                                   •	 Pre-Med
         •	 English                                       •	 Pre-Physician Assistant
         •	 Environmental Studies                         •	 Physics
         •	 Family and Consumer                           •	 Political Science
              Sciences Education                          •	 Psychology
         •	   Fashion Merchandising                       •	 Public Administration
                                                                                                                                                    37
            Table of Contents                   Areas of Study             Course Descriptions                         Index


       Biology                                                             Biotechnology




                                                                                                                                                FORWARD
BACK




                                 First Year                                                            First Year
       First Semester                                                      First Semester
       Course #   Course Name                                    Credits   Course #    Course Name                                    Credits
       SDV 108    The College Experience                            1      SDV 108     The College Experience                            1
       ENG 105    Composition I                                     3      BIO 191     Introductory Biotechnology                        3
       BIO 112    General Biology I (w/lab)                         4      CHM 166     General Chemistry I (w/lab)                       5
       CHM 166    General Chemistry I (w/lab)                       5      BIO 112     General Biology I (w/lab)                         4
                  Humanities Requirement                            3      ENG 105     Composition I                                     3
                  Physical Education                                1                  Humanities Requirement*                           3
                                                         Total     17                                                         Total      19
       Second Semester                                                     Second Semester
       Course #   Course Name                                    Credits   Course #    Course Name                                    Credits
       ENG 106    Composition II                                    3      ENG 106     Composition II                                    3
       BIO 113    General Biology II (w/lab)                        4      MAT 120     College Algebra                                   3
       CHM 176    General Chemistry II (w/lab)                      5      CHM 176     General Chemistry II (w/lab)                      5
       MAT 210    Calculus I                                        4      BIO 113     General Biology II (w/lab)                        4
                                                         Total     16                                                         Total     15

                                Second Year                                                           Second Year
       First Semester                                                      First Semester
       Course #   Course Name                                    Credits   Course #    Course Name                                    Credits
       CHM 261    Organic Chemistry I (w/lab)                       4      MAT 156     Statistics                                        3
       PHY 162    College Physics I (w/lab)                         4      SPC 101     Fundamentals of Oral Communication                3
       BIO 186    Microbiology (w/lab)                              4                  Humanities Requirement*                           3
                  Social Sciences Requirement                       3                  Social Sciences Requirement**                     3
                  Humanities Requirement                            3                  Social Sciences Requirement**                     3
                                                         Total     18                  Physical Education                                1
       Second Semester                                                                                                        Total      16
       Course #   Course Name                                    Credits   Second Semester
       BIO 162    Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology              3      Course #    Course Name                                    Credits
       SPC 101    Fundamentals of Oral Communication                3      BIO 186     Microbiology (w/lab)                              4
                  Social Sciences Requirement                       3      ENV 115     Environmental Science                             3
                  Social Sciences Requirement                       3                  Humanities Requirement*                           3
                  Humanities Requirement                            3                  Social Sciences Requirement**                     3
                  Physical Education                                1                  Physical Education                                1
                                                         Total     16                                                         Total      14


                                                                           *Recommended humanities courses
                                                                           PHI 105 Introduction to Ethics
                                                                           FLS 141 Elementary Spanish I
                                                                           **Recommended social sciences courses
                                                                           ECN 120 Principles of Macroeconomics
                                                                           ECN 130 Principles of Microeconomics
                                                                           GEO 121 World Regional Geography
                                                                           CLS 105 Cultural Diversity and Identity
                                                                           NOTE: Students are expected to have computer expertise
                                                                           equivalent to CSC 110 Introduction to Computers Students
                                                                           without this expertise should plan to take this course
                                                                           prior to entry in the program It is strongly recommended
                                                                           that students majoring in biotechnology take Organic
                                                                           Chemistry I and II during their second year


       38
            Table of Contents                    Areas of Study                 Course Descriptions                       Index


       Business                                                                 Chemistry




                                                                                                                                                    FORWARD
BACK




                                    First Year                                                            First Year
       First Semester                                                           First Semester
       Course #     Course Name                                       Credits   Course #   Course Name                                  Credits
       SDV 108      The College Experience                               1      SDV 108    The College Experience                          1
       CSC 110      Introduction to Computers                            3      ENG 105    Composition I                                   3
       ENG 105      Composition I                                        3      MAT 210    Calculus I                                      4
       MAT 156      Statistics                                           3      CHM 166    General Chemistry I (w/lab)                     5
       ECN 120      Principles of Macroeconomics                         3                 Humanities Requirement                          3
       BUS 102      Introduction to Business                             3                 Physical Education                              1
                    Physical Education                                   1                                                      Total     17
                                                            Total       17      Second Semester
       Second Semester                                                          Course #   Course Name                                  Credits
       Course #     Course Name                                       Credits   ENG 106    Composition II                                  3
       ENG 106      Composition II                                       3      MAT 216    Calculus II                                     4
       ECN 130      Principles of Microeconomics                         3      CHM 176    General Chemistry II (w/lab)                    5
                    Humanities Requirement                               3                 Social Sciences Requirement                     3
                    Mathematics Requirement                              3                 Physical Education                              1
                    Social Sciences Requirement                          3                                                      Total     16
                    Physical Education                                   1
                                                                                                         Second Year
                                                            Total       16
                                                                                First Semester
                                   Second Year                                  Course #   Course Name                                  Credits

       First Semester                                                           SPC 101    Fundamentals of Oral Communication              3
       Course #     Course Name                                       Credits   CHM 261    Organic Chemistry I (w/lab)                     4
       SPC 101      Fundamentals of Oral Communication                   3      PHY 212    Classical Physics I (w/lab)                     5
       BUS 185      Business Law I                                       3                 Social Sciences Requirement                     3
       ACC 131      Principles of Accounting I                           4                 Humanities Requirement                          3
                    Humanities Requirement                               3                                                      Total     18
                    Social Sciences Requirement                          3      Second Semester
                                                            Total       16      Course #   Course Name                                  Credits

       Second Semester                                                          CHM 271    Organic Chemistry II (w/lab)                    4
       Course #     Course Name                                       Credits   PHY 222    Classical Physics II (w/lab)                    5
                    Business Elective*                              3                      Social Sciences Requirement                     3
                    Business Elective*                              3                      Humanities Requirement                          3
                    Social Sciences Requirement                     3                                                           Total     15
                    Humanities Requirement                          3
                    Sciences Requirement                           3-4
                                                            Total 15-16


       *Examples of business electives include: MKT 110 Principles
       of Marketing, BUS 186 Business Law II, MGT 101 Principles of
       Management, BUS 230 Quantitative Methods for Business
       Decision Making, and MGT 110 Small Business Management




                                                                                                                                               39
            Table of Contents                     Areas of Study                 Course Descriptions                                           Index


       Criminology                                                               Early Childhood Education




                                                                                                                                                                                FORWARD
BACK




                                     First Year                                                                          First Year
       First Semester                                                             First Semester
       Course #     Course Name                                       Creditss    Course #         Course Name                                                     Credits
       SDV 108      The College Experience                               1        SDV 108          The College Experience                                             1
       PSY 111      Introduction to Psychology                           3        POL 111          American National Government                                       3
       ENG 105      Composition I                                        3        ENG 105          Composition I                                                      3
       MAT 120      College Algebra                                      3                         Required ECE Elective*                                             3
       CRJ 200      Criminology (online)                                 3                         Required ECE Elective*                                             3
                    Humanities Requirement                               3                         Mathematics Requirement                                            4
                                                             Total      16                                                                               Total       17
       Second Semester                                                            Second Semester
       Course #     Course Name                                       Credits     Course #         Course Name                                                     Credits
       ENG 106      Composition II                                       3        ENG 106          Composition II                                                3
       SOC 110      Introduction to Sociology                            3        PSY 111          Introduction to Psychology                                    3
       MAT 156      Statistics                                           3                         CDA Standards (recommended)                                   1
                    Humanities Requirement                               3                         Physical Science Requirement                                 3-4
                    General Education Elective*                          3                         Required ECE Elective*                                        3
                    Physical Education                                   1                         Required ECE Elective*                                        3
                                                             Total      16                         Physical Education                                            1
                                                                                                                                                         Total 17-18
                                    Second Year
       First Semester                                                             Summer Session
                                                                                  Course #         Course Name                                                     Credits
       Course #     Course Name                                       Credits
                                                                                                   Humanities Requirement                                             3
       SPC 101      Fundamentals of Oral Communication                   3
                                                                                                                                                         Total        3
       SOC 115      Social Problems                                      3
       PSY 241      Abnormal Psychology                                  3                                              Second Year
                    Humanities Requirement                               3
                    General Education Elective*                          3        First Semester
                                                                                  Course #         Course Name                                                     Credits
                    Physical Education                                   1
                                                                                                   Humanities Requirement                                             3
                                                             Total      16
                                                                                                   Social Sciences Requirement                                        3
       Second Semester                                                                             Social Sciences Requirement                                        3
       Course #     Course Name                                       Credits
                                                                                                   Biological Science Requirement                                     4
       CLS 105      Cultural Diversity and Identity                      3                         Required ECE Elective*                                             3
                    Sciences Requirement                                 4                         Physical Education                                                 1
                    Social Sciences Requirement                          3                                                                               Total       17
                    General Education Elective*                          3
                    General Education Elective*                          3        Second Semester
                                                                                  Course #         Course Name                                                     Credits
                                                             Total      16
                                                                                  SPC 101          Fundamentals of Oral Communication                                 3
                                                                                  ECE 106          Early Childhood Field Experience                                   3
       *Recommended general education electives include the                                        Required ECE Elective*                                             3
       following: PSY 251 Social Psychology, POL 111 American                                      Required ECE Elective*                                             3
       National Government, SOC 115 Marriage and Family, CRJ                                       Humanities Requirement                                             3
       100 Intro to Criminal Justice (online), CRJ 130 Criminal Law
                                                                                                                                                         Total       15
       (online), and CRJ 201 Juvenile Deliquency (online)
                                                                                 *Required ECE electives are offered through the Iowa Community College Online Consortium:
                                                                                 ECE 103 Introduction to Early Childhood Education; ECE 133 Child Health, Safety, and
                                                                                 Nutrition; ECE 243 Early Childhood Guidance; ECE 158 Early Childhood Curriculum I; ECE 159
                                                                                 Early Childhood Curriculum II; ECE 221 Infant Toddler Care/Education; ECE 170 Child Growth &
                                                                                 Development; and ECE 262 Early Childhood Field Experience

                                                                                 The following are the Child Development Associate Credential preparation courses (13
                                                                                 credits): ECE 243 Early Childhood Guidance; ECE 133 Child Health Safety & Nutrition; ECE 103
                                                                                 Intro to Early Childhood Education; and choose one of the following: ECE 221 Infant Toddler
                                                                                 Care/Education, ECE 158 Early Childhood Curriculum I, ECE 159 Early Childhood Curriculum II;
                                                                                 or ECE 106 Child Development Associate Standards

       40
            Table of Contents                    Areas of Study               Course Descriptions                       Index


       Elementary Education                                                   Mortuary Science




                                                                                                                                                 FORWARD
BACK




                                    First Year                                                          First Year
       First Semester                                                         First Semester
       Course #     Course Name                                     Credits   Course #   Course Name                                 Credits
       SDV 108      The College Experience                             1      SDV 108    The College Experience                         1
       PSY 111      Introduction to Psychology                         3      ENG 105    Composition I                                  3
       ENG 105      Composition I                                      3      CHM 101    Fundamentals of Chemistry                      3
       EDU 213      Introduction to Education                          3      ECN 120    Principles of Macroeconomics                   3
                    Mathematics Requirement                            3      CSC 110    Introduction to Computers                      3
                    Humanities Requirement                             3                 Humanities Requirement                         3
                                                            Total     16                 Physical Education                             1
       Second Semester                                                                                                       Total     17
       Course #     Course Name                                     Credits   Second Semester
       ENG 106      Composition II                                     3      Course #   Course Name                                 Credits
       PSY 121      Developmental Psychology                           3      ENG 106    Composition II                                 3
                    Mathematics Requirement                            3      PSY 111    Introduction to Psychology                     3
                    Social Sciences Requirement                        3      MGT 101    Principles of Management                       3
                    General Education Elective                         3                 Mathematics Requirement                        3
                    Physical Education                                 1                 Humanities Requirement                         3
                                                            Total     16                 Physical Education                             1
                                                                                                                             Total     16
                                   Second Year
       First Semester                                                                                  Second Year
       Course #     Course Name                                     Credits   First Semester
       SPC 101      Fundamentals of Oral Communication                 3      Course #   Course Name                                 Credits
                    Humanities Requirement                             3      SPC 101    Fundamentals of Oral Communication             3
                    Natural Science Requirement*                       4      HSC 114    Medical Terminology                            3
       ART 102      Art for Elementary Education                       3      BIO 168    Human Anatomy and Physiology I (w/lab)         4
                    Social Sciences Requirement                        3      BIO 186    Microbiology (w/lab)                           4
                                                            Total     16      BUS 185    Business Law I                                 3
       Second Semester                                                                                                       Total     17
       Course #     Course Name                                     Credits   Second Semester
       PSY 281      Educational Psychology                             3      Course #   Course Name                                 Credits
       MAT 117      Math for Elementary Teachers                       3      BIO 173    Human Anatomy and Physiology II (w/lab)        4
                    Humanities Requirement                             3      ACC 131    Principles of Accounting I                     4
                    Physical Science Requirement*                      3      SOC 110    Introduction to Sociology                      3
       LIT 105      Children’s Literature                              3                 Humanities Requirement                         3
                    Physical Education                                 1                 Mathematics Requirement                        3
                                                            Total     16                                                     Total     17

       *It is recommended that education majors take one natural science
       and one physical science course, with at least one containing a lab




                                                                                                                                            41
            Table of Contents                    Areas of Study               Course Descriptions                       Index


       Physical Education                                                     Pre-Medicine




                                                                                                                                                FORWARD
BACK




                                    First Year                                                          First Year
       First Semester                                                         First Semester
       Course #     Course Name                                     Credits   Course #   Course Name                                  Credits
       SDV 108      The College Experience                             1      SDV 108    The College Experience                          1
       EDU 213      Introduction to Education                          3      ENG 105    Composition I                                   3
       ENG 105      Composition I                                      3      PSY 111    Introduction to Psychology                      3
       PSY 111      Introduction to Psychology                         3      CHM 166    General Chemistry I (w/lab)                     5
                    Mathematics Requirement                            3      BIO 112    General Biology I (w/lab)                       4
                    Humanities Requirement                             3                 Physical Education                              1
                                                           Total      16                                                      Total     17
       Second Semester                                                        Second Semester
       Course #     Course Name                                     Credits   Course #   Course Name                                  Credits
       ENG 106      Composition II                                     3      ENG 106    Composition II                                  3
       PSY 121      Developmental Psychology                           3      MAT 210    Calculus I                                      4
       PEH 162      Introduction to Physical Education                 3      CHM 176    General Chemistry II (w/lab)                    5
                    Humanities Requirement                             3      BIO 113    General Biology II (w/lab)                      4
                    Natural Science Requirement**                      4                 Humanities Requirement                          3
                                                           Total       16                                                     Total     19

                                   Second Year                                                         Second Year
       First Semester                                                         First Semester
       Course #     Course Name                                     Credits   Course #   Course Name                                  Credits
       SPC 101      Fundamentals of Oral Communication                 3      BIO 186    Microbiology (w/lab)                            4
                    Physical Science Requirement**                     3      CHM 261    Organic Chemistry I (w/lab)                     4
                    Humanities Requirement                             3      PHY 162    College Physics I (w/lab)                       4
                    Mathematics Requirement                            3                 Social Sciences Requirement                     3
                    Physical Education Elective*                       3                 Humanities Requirement                          3
                    Physical Education                                 1                                                      Total     18
                                                           Total      16
                                                                              Second Semester
       Second Semester                                                        Course #   Course Name                                  Credits
       Course #     Course Name                                     Credits   SPC 101    Fundamentals of Oral Communication              3
       PSY 281      Educational Psychology                             3      CHM 271    Organic Chemistry II (w/lab)                    4
                    Social Sciences Requirement                        3      PHY 172    College Physics II (w/lab)                      4
                    Social Sciences Requirement                        3                 Social Sciences Requirement                     3
                    Physical Education Elective*                       3                 Humanities Requirement                          3
                    Physical Education Elective*                       3                 Physical Education                              1
                    Physical Education                                 1                                                      Total     18
                                                           Total      16
       Coaching Authorization
       BIO 162      Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology               3
       PSY 121      Developmental Psychology                           3
       PEC 101      Introduction to Coaching                           3
       PEC 128      Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries           3

       *Examples of physical education electives include: PEC 101
       Introduction to Coaching, PEC 128 Care and Prevention
       of Athletic Injuries, PEH 141 First Aid and PEH 101 Health
       Please check with advisor for other PE options
       **It is recommended that education majors take one natural
       science and one physical science course, with at least one
       containing a lab


       42
            Table of Contents                    Areas of Study             Course Descriptions                       Index


       Pre-Physical Therapy                                                 Pre-Physician Assistant




                                                                                                                                                 FORWARD
BACK




                                   First Year
                                                                                                      First Year
       First Semester
                                                                            First Semester
       Course #    Course Name                                    Credits
                                                                            Course #   Course Name                                  Credits
       SDV 108     The College Experience                            1
                                                                            SDV 108    The College Experience                          1
       ENG 105     Composition I                                     3
                                                                            ENG 105    Composition I                                   3
       BIO 112     General Biology I (w/lab)                         4
                                                                            MAT 134    Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry              3
       CHM 166     General Chemistry I (w/lab)                       5
                                                                            BIO 112    General Biology I (w/lab)                       4
                   Humanities Requirement                            3
                                                                            CHM 166    General Chemistry I (w/lab)                     5
                                                          Total     16
                                                                                       Physical Education                              1
       Second Semester                                                                                                      Total      17
       Course #    Course Name                                    Credits
                                                                            Second Semester
       ENG 106     Composition II                                    3
                                                                            Course #   Course Name                                  Credits
       BIO 113     General Biology II (w/lab)                        4
                                                                            ENG 106    Composition II                                  3
       CHM 176     General Chemistry II (w/lab)                      5
                                                                            PSY 111    Introduction to Psychology                      3
       MAT 210     Calculus I                                        4
                                                                            BIO 113    General Biology II (w/lab)                      4
                   Physical Education                                1
                                                                            CHM 176    General Chemistry II (w/lab)                    5
                                                          Total     17
                                                                                       Humanities Requirement                          3
                                  Second Year                                                                               Total     18
       First Semester                                                                                Second Year
       Course #    Course Name                                    Credits
                                                                            First Semester
       SPC 101     Fundamentals of Oral Communication                3
                                                                            Course #   Course Name                                  Credits
       PHY 162     College Physics I (w/lab)                         4
                                                                            SPC 101    Fundamentals of Oral Communication              3
       BIO 162     Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology              3
                                                                            CHM 261    Organic Chemistry I (w/lab)                     4
       PSY 111     Introduction to Psychology                        3
                                                                            PHY 162    College Physics I (w/lab)                       4
                   Humanities Requirement                            3
                                                                                       Social Sciences Requirement                     3
                   Physical Education                                1
                                                                                       Humanities Requirement                          3
                                                          Total     17
                                                                                       Physical Education                              1
       Second Semester                                                                                                      Total     18
       Course #    Course Name                                    Credits
                                                                            Second Semester
       MAT 156     Statistics                                        3
                                                                            Course #   Course Name                                  Credits
       PHY 172     College Physics II (w/lab)                        4
                                                                            MAT 156    Statistics                                      3
                   Social Sciences Requirement                       3
                                                                            CHM 271    Organic Chemistry II (w/lab)                    4
                   Psychology Elective*                              3
                                                                            PHY 172    College Physics II (w/lab)                      4
                   Humanities Requirement                            3
                                                                                       Social Sciences Requirement                     3
                                                          Total     16
                                                                                       Humanities Requirement                          3
                                                                                                                            Total     17
       *Examples of psychology electives include: PSY 121 Developmental
       Psychology and PSY 241 Abnormal Psychology




                                                                                                                                            43
            Table of Contents                   Areas of Study              Course Descriptions                          Index


       Psychology                                                           Secondary Education




                                                                                                                                                   FORWARD
BACK




                                   First Year                                                            First Year
       First Semester                                                       First Semester
       Course #    Course Name                                    Credits   Course #     Course Name                                     Credits
       SDV 108     The College Experience                            1      SDV 108      The College Experience                             1
       PSY 111     Introduction to Psychology                        3      PSY 111      Introduction to Psychology                         3
       ENG 105     Composition I                                     3      ENG 105      Composition I                                      3
       SOC 110     Introduction to Sociology                         3      EDU 213      Introduction to Education                          3
       REL 101     Survey of World Religions                         3                   Mathematics Requirement                            3
                   Mathematics Requirement                           3                   Humanities Requirement                             3
                   Physical Education                                1                                                           Total     16
                                                         Total      17      Second Semester
       Second Semester                                                      Course #     Course Name                                     Credits
       Course #    Course Name                                    Credits   ENG 106      Composition II                                     3
       ENG 106     Composition II                                    3      PSY 121      Developmental Psychology                           3
       MAT 156     Statistics                                        3                   Mathematics Requirement                            3
       PSY 121     Developmental Psychology                          3                   Social Sciences Requirement                        3
                   Sciences Requirement                              4                   Natural Science Requirement*                       4
                   Psychology Elective*                              3                                                           Total     16
                                                         Total      16
                                                                                                        Second Year
                                  Second Year                               First Semester
       First Semester                                                       Course #     Course Name                                     Credits
       Course #    Course Name                                    Credits   SPC 101      Fundamentals of Oral Communication                 3
       SPC 101     Fundamentals of Oral Communication                3      POL 111      American National Government                       3
                   Psychology Elective*                              3                   Humanities Requirement                             3
                   Psychology Elective*                              3                   Physical Science Requirement*                      3
       PHI 105     Introduction to Ethics                            3                   General Education Elective                         3
                   Sociology Elective**                              3                   Physical Education                                 1
                   Physical Education                                1                                                           Total     16
                                                         Total      16      Second Semester
       Second Semester                                                      Course #     Course Name                                     Credits
       Course #    Course Name                                    Credits   PSY 281      Educational Psychology                             3
                   Psychology Elective*                              3                   Humanities Requirement                             3
                   Psychology Elective*                              3                   Social Sciences Requirement                        3
                   Sociology Elective**                              3                   General Education Elective                         3
                   Humanities Requirement                            3                   General Education Elective                         3
                   Social Sciences Requirement                       3                   Physical Education                                 1
                                                         Total      15                                                           Total     16

       *Recommended psychology electives include the following:             *It is recommended that education majors take one natural science
       PSY 241 Abnormal Psychology, PSY 251 Social Psychology, and          and one physical science course, with at least one containing a lab
       PSY 281 Educational Psychology
       **Recommended sociology electives include the following:
       SOC 115 Social Problems, CLS 105 Cultural Diversity
       and Identity, and SOC 120 Marriage and Family




       44
            Table of Contents                   Areas of Study            Course Descriptions   Index


       Sports Management




                                                                                                             FORWARD
BACK




                                   First Year
       First Semester
       Course #    Course Name                                  Credits
       SDV 108     The College Experience                          1
                   Humanities Requirement                          3
       ENG 105     Composition I                                   3
       MAT 156     Statistics                                      3
       ECN 120     Principles of Macroeconomics                    3
       MGT 101     Principles of Management                        3
                   Physical Education                              1
                                                        Total     17
       Second Semester
       Course #    Course Name                                  Credits
       ENG 106     Composition II                                  3
       ECN 130     Principles of Microeconomics                    3
       MKT 110     Principles of Marketing                         3
                   Mathematics Requirement                         3
                   Physical Education                              1
                   Distributed Requirement*                        3
                                                        Total     16

                                  Second Year
       First Semester
       Course #    Course Name                                  Credits
       BUS 185     Business Law I                                  3
       ACC 131     Principles of Accounting I                      4
       PEC 108     Sports and Society                              3
                   Humanities Requirement                          3
                   Social Sciences Requirement                     3
                                                        Total     16
       Second Semester
       Course #    Course Name                                  Credits
       PEH 255     Introduction to Sports Management            3
       SPC 101     Fundamentals of Oral Communication           3
                   Distributed Requirement*                     3
                   Humanities Requirement                       3
                   Sciences Requirement                        3-4
                                                        Total 15-16

       *Distributed requirements may be selected
       from the areas of communications, humanities,
       mathematics and sciences, or social sciences




                                                                                                        45
              Table of Contents                    Areas of Study                 Course Descriptions                            Index


       Career-Related Programs




                                                                                                                                                          FORWARD
BACK




       Career Option Programs
            Associate of Science Degrees
       Some students who enter Southwestern do not wish to take career and technical education programs; but, four-year degree
       programs do not especially fit their needs either For these students another alternative is available--career option programs
       These programs are designed to prepare people for work after two years of study Credits earned in these programs may be transferred
       at a later time should a person desire to continue his/her education Upon completion of these programs with a 2 0 grade point
       average, an associate of science degree is granted Developmental courses will not count toward an associate of science degree
       Career option programs at Southwestern include the following:
            •	 Accounting
            •	 Agricultural Business
            •	 Business Administration
            •	 Office Systems Specialist
       Career and Technical Education Programs
            Associate of Applied Science Degrees, Associate of Applied Arts Degrees, Diplomas, or Certificates
       Southwestern’s career and technical education programs are designed to provide instruction of a preparatory type in the development
       of basic skills, safety, technical knowledge, and related information for the purpose of preparing persons for employment
       The skilled trade programs are equipped with labs similar to those in industry The facilities make possible practical instruction through
       hands-on experience using the instruments, tools, and equipment used in the field Instructors are trained and experienced in their field of
       expertise
       Credits granted in various programs are not necessarily transferable to other institutions Transfer of credits to a four-year program at another
       institution will be determined by the four-year institution on the basis that the courses and credits are applicable to the work outlined in the
       curriculum of that institution
       The associate of applied science or associate of applied arts degree is granted to students who complete two-year career and technical
       education programs and meet all graduation requirements
       A diploma is awarded upon successful completion of all courses in a career and technical education program of less than two years
       A certificate is awarded following successful completion of a select group of career courses in a four- to six-month format
       Most career and technical education programs require students to begin in August (fall semester) General education electives may be taken
       anytime
       Career and technical education programs at Southwestern include the following:
            •	 Accounting and Information Technology--Associate of Applied Science Degree
            •	 Agricultural Production Technology--Associate of Applied Science Degree
            •	 Automotive Repair/Automotive Repair Technology--Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
            •	 Business Systems Networking--Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
            •	 Carpentry and Building Trades--Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
            •	 Collision Repair/Refinish--Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
            •	 Graphic Design--Certificate
            •	 Help Desk--Diploma
            •	 Management Information Systems--Associate of Applied Science Degree
            •	 Medical Transcription--Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
            •	 Nursing Education (LPN and RN)--Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
            •	 Office Skills--Diploma
            •	 Professional Music--Associate of Applied Arts Degree
            •	 Structural Drafting/Structural Engineering Technology--Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
            •	 Web Design and Development--Associate of Applied Science Degree
               •	 Web Programming Track
               •	 Web Design Track

       46
            Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Accounting




                                                                                                                                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Associate of Science Degree
       The accounting program is designed to provide students with the fundamentals necessary to obtain entry-level positions
       for a career in the field of accounting Program instruction provides students with a systematic approach to analyze and
       track financial information through the accounts and records of a business The accounting degree may be used as a pre-CPA
       track and transferred to a four-year institution An accounting and information technology degree is also available


                                             Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
       Fall Semester                                                                                  Fall Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
           The College Experience                             SDV 108                 1                    Intermediate Accounting I                                ACC 211                  3
           Principles of Accounting I                         ACC 131                 4                    Computer Accounting                                      ACC 311                  3
           Introduction to Business                           BUS 102                 3                    Business Law I                                           BUS 185                  3
           Introduction to Keyboarding or proof                                                            Principles of Macroeconomics                             ECN 120                  3
                                                              ADM 105                   1
           of competency                                                                                   Business/Computer Elective**                                                      3
           Introduction to Computers                          CSC 110                  3                   Fundamentals of Oral
                                                                                                                                                                    SPC 101                 3
           Composition I                                      ENG 105                  3                   Communication
           General Education Elective*                                                 3                                                                                         Total:    18.0
           Physical Education                                                          1
                                                                        Total:        19.0            Spring Semester
                                                                                                      P    Course Name                                            Course #                Credits
       Spring Semester                                                                                     Cost Accounting                                        ACC 221                    3
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits                Income Tax Accounting                                  ACC 261                    3
           Principles of Accounting II                        ACC 132                 4                    Pre-Employment Strategies                              SDV 153                    2
           Composition II or Business                         ENG 106                                      Principles of Microeconomics                           ECN 130                    3
                                                                                        3
           Communications                                     BUS 121                                      Statistics or Quantitative Methods for                 MAT 156
                                                                                                                                                                                            3
           Intermediate Algebra or                                                                         Business Decision Making                               BUS 230
                                                              MAT 101                   3
           higher level math                                                                               Business Problem Solving                               BUS 238                   3
           General Education Elective*                                                 3                                                                                Total:             17.0
           Business Math and Calculators                      BUS 110                  3                                                                      AS Degree Total:             71.0
           Physical Education                                                          1
                                                                        Total:        17.0           **Business/computer elective options include, but are not limited to:
                                                                                                     Payroll Accounting                                                ACC 161              3
       *General education elective options include, but are not limited to:
                                                                                                     Human Relations                                                  BUS 161               3
       Introduction to Psychology                               PSY 111             3
                                                                                                     Quantitative Methods for                                         BUS 230               3
       Introduction to Literature                               LIT 101             3                Business Decision Making
       Introduction to Sociology                                SOC 110             3                Principles of Management                                         MGT 101               3
       College Algebra                                          MAT 120             3                Internship                                                       BUS 932               4
                                                                                                     Computer Business Applications                                   BCA 215               3
                                                                                                     Intro to Entrepreneurship                                        BUS 130               3
                                                                                                     Business Law II                                                  BUS 186               3
                                                                                                     Advanced Computer Business Applications                          BCA 214               3
                                                                                                     Statistics                                                       MAT 156               3

                                                                                                     Students must complete 71 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
                                                                                                     average to be awarded an associate of science degree in accounting




                         Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                                  47
            Table of Contents                             Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Accounting and Information Technology




                                                                                                                                                                                            FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Associate of Applied Science Degree
       This two-year applied program prepares students to work in the accounting profession by providing a foundation of principles of accounting
       and technology basics The emphasis is on strong information technology skills in order to enhance the use of accounting information
       systems and enterprise resource planning systems The accountants of tomorrow will find it necessary to extract data and present it in a way
       that can be used for decision making Students will be asked to apply advanced problem-solving techniques and accounting principles in a
       business environment

                                            Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
       Fall Semester                                                                                 Fall Semester
       P    Course Name                                      Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #       Credits
            The College Experience                           SDV 108                 1                    College Algebra                                          MAT 120           3
            Principles of Accounting I                       ACC 131                 4                    Business Communications                                  BUS 121           3
            Introduction to Keyboarding                      ADM 105                 1                    Computer Accounting                                      ACC 311           3
            Introduction to Business                         BUS 102                 3                    Business Law I or                                        BUS 185
                                                                                                                                                                                      3
            Introduction to Computers                        CSC 110                 3                    Regulatory Compliance                                    NET 731
            Composition I                                    ENG 105                 3                    Operating Systems Software Basics                        NET 132          3
                                                                   Total:           15.0                  Computer Hardware Basics                                 NET 122          3
                                                                                                                                                                         Total:    18.0
       Spring Semester
       P    Course Name                                      Course #              Credits           Spring Semester
            Computer Business Applications                   BCA 215                 3               P Course Name                                                 Course #       Credits
            Principles of Accounting II                      ACC 132                 4                 Advanced Computer Business
                                                                                                                                                                   BCA 214            3
            Fundamentals of Oral                                                                       Applications
                                                             SPC 101                   3               Cost Accounting or                                          ACC 221
            Communication                                                                                                                                                             3
            PC Operating Systems                             CIS 650                  3                Income Tax Accounting                                       ACC 261
            Business Math and Calculators                    BUS 110                  3                Business Problem Solving                                    BUS 238          3
                                                                   Total:            16.0              Pre-Employment Strategies                                   SDV 153          2
                                                                                                       General Education Elective*                                                  3
                                                                                                       Related Elective**                                                           3
                                                                                                                                                                      Total:       17.0
                                                                                                                                                           AAS Degree Total:       66.0

                                                                                                    *General education elective options include, but are not limited to:
                                                                                                    Introduction to Psychology                                        PSY 111     3
                                                                                                    Introduction to Literature                                        LIT 101     3
                                                                                                    Introduction to Sociology                                         SOC 110     3
                                                                                                    College Algebra                                                   MAT 120     3

                                                                                                    **Related electives may include, but are not limited to:
                                                                                                    Advanced Database and SQL                                          CIS 339    3
                                                                                                    Management Information Systems                                     CIS 755    3
                                                                                                    Payroll Accounting                                                 ACC 161    3

                                                                                                    Students must complete 66 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade
                                                                                                    point average to be awarded an associate of applied science
                                                                                                    degree in accounting and information technology




                        Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
       48
            Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Agricultural Business




                                                                                                                                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Associate of Science Degree
       This two-year program combines business courses with agricultural science and includes current ecological issues related to preserving
       our environment Careers in agricultural business include co-op, farm and feedlot manager, sales and technical service representative,
       grain merchandiser, commodity broker, banker, credit analyst, auditor, economist, fertilizer applicator, farmer, etc A two-year agricultural
       production technology program is also available


                                             Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
       Fall Semester                                                                                  Fall Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
           The College Experience                             SDV 108                 1                    Principles of Accounting I                               ACC 131                  4
           Principles of Agronomy                             AGA 114                 3                    Introduction to Agriculture Markets                      AGB 235                  3
           Introduction to Computers                          CSC 110                 3                    General Chemistry I (w/lab)                              CHM 166                  5
           Composition I                                      ENG 105                 3                    Agriculture Lab                                          AGC 909                  0
           College Algebra                                    MAT 120                 3                    Fundamentals of Oral
                                                                                                                                                                    SPC 101                   3
           Ag Business Elective*                                                      3                    Communication
           Agriculture Lab                                    AGC 909                 0                    Physical Education                                                               1
                                                                   Total:            16.0                                                                                        Total:    16.0

       Spring Semester                                                                                Spring Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
           Grain and Forage Crops or                          AGA 212                                      Agricultural Selling                                     AGB 336                  3
                                                                                        4
           Survey of the Animal Industry                      AGS 112                                      Farm Business Management                                 AGB 330                  3
           Western Civilization: Ancient to Early                                                          Beef Cattle Science                                      AGS 226                  3
                                                              HIS 110
           Modern or Western Civilization: Early                                                           Introduction to Ethics                                   PHI 105                  3
                                                              HIS 111                   3
           Modern to Present or                                                                            Introductory Biology (w/lab)                             BIO 105                  4
                                                              POL 111
           American National Government
                                                                                                           Agriculture Lab                                          AGC 909                  0
           Composition II                                     ENG 106                  3
                                                                                                           Physical Education                                                                1
           Principles of Microeconomics                       ECN 130                  3
                                                                                                                                                                        Total:             17.0
           Statistics                                         MAT 156                  3
                                                                                                                                                              AS Degree Total:             65.0
           Agriculture Lab                                    AGC 909                  0
                                                                   Total:             16.0
                                                                                                     *Ag business electives include, but are not limited to:
       Summer Session (Optional Ag Business Elective)*                                               Issues in Sustainable Agriculture                              AGA 450                   3
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits          Livestock Merchandising                                           AGS 280            3
           Internship                                         AGB 932                  3             Leadership in Agriculture                                         AGC 315            3
                                                                    Total:            3.0
                                                                                                     Livestock Evaluation                                              AGS 305            3
                                                                                                     Internship                                                        AGB 932            3
                                                                                                     Online Ag Course

                                                                                                     Students must complete 65 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
                                                                                                     average to be awarded an associate of science degree in agricultural
                                                                                                     business




                         Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                                  49
            Table of Contents                             Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Agricultural Production Technology




                                                                                                                                                                                           FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Associate of Applied Science Degree
       This agricultural degree option provides students with hands-on experiences and current knowledge of production and management
       techniques on the college’s 130-acre farm The successful operation of a farm is a mainstay in rural America Providing students
       with experience in sales, service, production, management, marketing and research are key to a healthy rural community This
       program is designed to give students opportunities to gain applied skills and knowledge and allows them to seek employment
       in the farming industry or to engage in a farming operation A two-year agricultural business option is also available


                                            Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
       Fall Semester                                                                                 Fall Semester
       P    Course Name                                      Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #      Credits
            The College Experience                           SDV 108                 1                    Principles of Accounting I                               ACC 131          4
            Principles of Agronomy                           AGA 114                 3                    Livestock Evaluation                                     AGS 305          3
            Introduction to Computers                        CSC 110                 3                    Introduction to Agriculture Markets                      AGB 235          3
            Fundamentals of Oral                                                                          Issues in Sustainable Ag or                              AGA 450
                                                             SPC 101                   3                                                                                           3
            Communication                                                                                 Leadership in Agriculture                                AGC 315
            Technical Math                                   MAT 743                  3                   Elective*                                                                3
            Livestock Merchandising                          AGS 280                  3                   Agriculture Lab                                          AGC 909         0
            Agriculture Lab                                  AGC 909                  0                                                                                 Total:    16.0
                                                                  Total:             16.0
                                                                                                     Spring Semester
       Spring Semester                                                                               P    Course Name                                              Course #      Credits
       P    Course Name                                      Course #              Credits                Agricultural Selling                                     AGB 336          3
            Principles of Microeconomics                     ECN 130                 3                    Farm Business Management                                 AGB 330          3
            Grain and Forage Crops                           AGA 212                 4                    Beef Cattle Science                                      AGS 226          3
            Agriculture Applications of                                                                   Sharpening Your Business Writing
                                                             AGC 308                   3                                                                           COM 101         1
            Computers                                                                                     Skills
            Survey of the Animal Industry                    AGS 112                  4                   Pre-Employment Strategies                                SDV 153         2
            Agriculture Lab                                  AGC 909                  0                   Elective*                                                                3
                                                                  Total:             14.0                 Agriculture Lab                                       AGC 909            0
                                                                                                                                                                      Total:      15.0
       Summer Session                                                                                                                                      AAS Degree Total:      67.0
       P    Course Name                                      Course #              Credits
            Internship                                       AGB 932                  3             * Students may choose electives from online agriculture courses
            Internship II                                    AGB 942                  3             or courses outside the agriculture program with approval of the
                                                                   Total:            6.0            instructor
                                                                                                    Students must complete 67 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
                                                                                                    average to be awarded an associate of applied science degree in
                                                                                                    agricultural production technology




                        Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
       50
            Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Automotive Repair/Automotive Repair Technology




                                                                                                                                                                                                FORWARD
BACK




       Awards: Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
       In this program, students will learn theory, diagnostics and repair procedures in basic automotive areas such as air conditioning, electricity,
       brakes, steering, and suspension systems Maintenance and light repairs are the fastest growing segment in automotive repair technology
       Salaries and benefits reflect this need as independent repair shops, dealerships and franchised shops are employing technicians specializing
       in one-day repairs



                                             Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
                                           Diploma                                                                               Associate of Applied Science Degree
       Fall Semester                                                                                  Fall Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #       Credits
           Success Seminar                                    SDV 110                 0.5                  Automotive Fuel Systems                                  AUT 834           4
           Introduction to Automotive                                                                      Automotive Engine Repair                                 AUT 163           3
                                                              AUT 104                   3
           Technology                                                                                      Advanced Automotive Engine Repair                        AUT 173           3
           Automotive Brake Systems                           AUT 503                  3                   Human Relations                                          BUS 161           3
           Automotive Suspension and Steering                 AUT 404                  4                                                                                  Total:    13.0
           Technical Math                                     MAT 743                  3
           Welding for Automotive                             AUT 140                  2              Spring Semester
                                                                   Total:             15.5            P    Course Name                                              Course #       Credits
                                                                                                           Automotive Electronic Engine
                                                                                                                                                                    AUT 844          6
                                                                                                           Controls
       Spring Semester                                                                                     Advanced Automotive Brakes and
                                                                                                                                                                    AUT 535          5
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits                Alignment
           Basic Automotive Electricity                       AUT 603                 3                    Physical Science (with lab)                              PHS 125          4
           Advanced Automotive Electricity                    AUT 652                 3                    Advanced Welding Techniques                              CRR 116          2
           Automotive Heating and Air                                                                                                                                    Total:     17.0
                                                              AUT 704                   4
           Conditioning
           Sharpening Your Business Writing
                                                              COM 101                   1             Summer Session
           Skills                                                                                     P    Course Name                              Course #                       Credits
           Pre-Employment Strategies                          SDV 153                  2                   Advanced Automotive Powertrain           AUT 243                           6
                                                                   Total:             13.0                 Advanced Automotive Tune-up              AUT 823                           4
                                                                                                                                                           Total:                   10.0
       Summer Session                                                                                               AAS Degree Total (including 1-year diploma):                    78.5
       P   Course Name                           Course #                           Credits
           Basic Automotive Powertrain           AUT 242                              6              Students must complete 78 5 credits and maintain a 2 0
           Automotive Service Management         AUT 870                              2              grade point average to be awarded an associate of applied
           Basic Automotive Body Maintenance     AUT 145                              2              science degree in automotive repair technology
                                                       Total:                        10.0
                      1-Year Automotive Repair Diploma Total:                        38.5            Students working through both the collision repair/refinish and
                                                                                                     automotive repair technology programs may need some elective
       Students must complete 38 5 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade                                  courses to achieve full-time financial aid status during the third
       point average to be awarded a diploma in automotive repair                                    year Suggested electives include introduction to business,
                                                                                                     introduction to entrepreneurship, fundamentals of computer
                                                                                                     operations, personal finance, and business math and calculators




                         Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                           51
             Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Business Administration




                                                                                                                                                                                                     FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Associate of Science Degree
       The business administration curriculum consists of a general education core with specific course work in business, accounting, economics,
       management, and law Graduates of this program will be able to display a knowledge of business concepts required for today’s ever-
       changing business environment with a background in critical thinking skills and team building The job opportunities are varied and may
       include finance, management, marketing, sales, or small business ownership


                                              Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
       Fall Semester                                                                                   Fall Semester
       P    Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
            The College Experience                             SDV 108                 1                    Business Law I                                           BUS 185                  3
            Principles of Accounting I                         ACC 131                 4                    Principles of Management                                 MGT 101                  3
            Introduction to Business                           BUS 102                 3                    Principles of Macroeconomics                             ECN 120                  3
            Composition I                                      ENG 105                 3                    Fundamentals of Oral
                                                                                                                                                                     SPC 101                   3
            Introduction to Keyboarding or proof                                                            Communication
                                                               ADM 105                   1
            of competency                                                                                   Business/Computer Elective**                                                     3
            Introduction to Computers                          CSC 110                   3                  General Education Elective*                                                      3
            Intermediate Algebra or higher level                                                                                                                                  Total:    18.0
                                                               MAT 101                   3
            math
            Physical Education                                                          1              Spring Semester
                                                                         Total:        19.0            P    Course Name                                            Course #                Credits
                                                                                                            Pre-Employment Strategies                              SDV 153                    2
       Spring Semester                                                                                      Business Law II                                        BUS 186                    3
       P    Course Name                                        Course #              Credits                Principles of Marketing                                MKT 110                    3
            Principles of Accounting II                        ACC 132                 4                    Principles of Microeconomics                           ECN 130                    3
            Composition II or                                  ENG 106                                      Business Problem Solving                               BUS 238                    3
                                                                                         3
            Business Communications                            BUS 121                                      Statistics or Quantitative Methods for                 MAT 156
            Computer Business Applications                     BCA 215                  3                                                                                                      3
                                                                                                            Business Decision Making                               BUS 230
            General Education Elective*                                                 3                                                                                Total:             17.0
            Business/Computer Elective**                                                3                                                                      AS Degree Total:             74.0
            Business/Computer Elective**                                                3
            Physical Education                                                          1             **Business/computer elective options available for emphasis tracks:
                                                                         Total:        20.0            --Accounting (A), Management (M), Entrepreneurship
                                                                                                      (E) and Sports Management (SM):
       *General education elective options include, but are not limited to:                                E-commerce (E)                                               BUS 150            3
            Introduction to Psychology                            PSY 111            3                     Cost Accounting (A & M)                                      ACC 221            3
            Introduction to Literature                            LIT 101            3                     Computer Accounting (A)                                      ACC 311            3
            Introduction to Sociology                             SOC 110            3                     Income Tax Accounting (A)                                    ACC 261            3
            College Algebra                                       MAT 120            3                     Small Business Mgmt (M & E)                                  MGT 110            3
                                                                                                           Human Relations (M)                                          BUS 161            3
                                                                                                           Introduction to Entrepreneurship (E)                         BUS 130            3
                                                                                                           Sports and Society (SM)                                      PEC 108            3
                                                                                                           Principles of Sports Management (SM)                         PEH 255            3
                                                                                                           Introduction to Physical Education (SM)                      PEH 162            3

                                                                                                      Students must complete 74 credits and maintain a
                                                                                                      2 0 grade point average to be awarded an associate
                                                                                                      of science degree in business administration




                          Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
       52
            Table of Contents                             Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Business Systems Networking




                                                                                                                                                                                                      FORWARD
BACK




       Awards: Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
       The business systems networking program is designed to provide the graduate with the skills necessary to install, configure, manage
       and maintain a network operating system These are the skills necessary to pass the CompTia A+ Helpdesk Exams and Microsoft Certified
       IT Professional Certification Exams Graduates will be prepared to work for any organization that currently has, or is planning to install, a
       network configuration for their computer system Graduates will learn about regulatory compliance and entry level forensics for maintaining
       a secure network environment Computer support organizations that consult with clients on the installation and maintenance of computer
       networks will find these graduates in high demand


                                            Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
                                          Diploma                                                                               Associate of Applied Science Degree
       Fall Semester                                                                                 Fall Semester
       P   Course Name                                       Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
           The College Experience                            SDV 108                 1                    Visual Basic                                             CIS 604                  3
           Introduction to Computers                         CSC 110                 3                    Windows Directory Services                               NET 343                  3
           College Algebra                                   MAT 120                 3                    Windows Network Management                               NET 323                  3
           Computer Hardware Basics                          NET 122                 3                    Implementing Windows Network
                                                                                                                                                                   NET 333                 3
           Operating Systems Software Basics                 NET 132                 3                    Infrastructure
           Fundamentals of Oral                                                                           Introduction to Psychology or other
                                                             SPC 101                   3                  social sciences course (with approval                    PSY 111                 3
           Communication
                                                                       Total:        16.0                 of instructor)
                                                                                                          Advanced Computer Business
                                                                                                                                                                   BCA 214                 3
       Spring Semester                                                                                    Applications
       P   Course Name                                       Course #              Credits                                                                                      Total:    18.0
           PC Operating Systems                              CIS 650                 3
                                                                                                     Spring Semester
           Windows Server                                    NET 313                 3
                                                                                                     P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
           Introduction to Programming Logic                 CIS 121                 3
                                                                                                          Windows Security                                         NET 353                  3
           Physical Science (w/lab)                          PHS 125                 4
                                                                                                          Advanced Database and SQL                                CIS 339                  3
           Computer Business Applications                    BCA 215                 3
                                                                                                          Web Infrastructure                                       CIS 230                  3
                                                                   Total:           16.0
                                                                                                          Web Design                                               GRA 151                  3
       Summer Session                                                                                     Statistics                                               MAT 156                  3
       P   Course Name                                       Course #              Credits                Composition I or
                                                                                                          Pre-Employment Strategies (2                             ENG 105
           Regulatory Compliance                             NET 731                 3
                                                                                                          credits) and                                             SDV 153                 3
           Computer Forensics and                                                                         Sharpening Your Business Writing                         COM 101
                                                             NET 730                   3
           Investigations                                                                                 Skills (1 credit)
           Internship                           BUS 932                               4                                                                   Total:                          18.0
                                                      Total:                         10.0                          AAS Degree Total (including 1-year diploma):                           78.0
           1-Year Business Systems Networking Diploma Total:                         42.0
                                                                                                    Students must complete 78 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
       Students must complete 42 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
                                                                                                    average to be awarded an associate of applied science degree in
       average to be awarded a diploma in business systems networking
                                                                                                    business systems networking




                        Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                                 53
              Table of Contents                             Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Carpentry and Building Trades




                                                                                                                                                                                              FORWARD
BACK




       Awards: Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
       The carpentry and building trades program will prepare students for entry into all carpentry fields from residential home construction
       to commercial building This program offers students opportunities to complete all four levels of apprenticeship training as
       recommended by the Bureau of Apprenticeship Training and is recognized by the Associated Builders and Contractors, Incorporated


                                              Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
                                            Diploma                                                                               Associate of Applied Science Degree
       Fall Semester                                                                                   Fall Semester
       P     Course Name                                       Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #       Credits
             Success Seminar                                   SDV 110                 0.5                  Carpentry Level III                                      CON 158           5
             Basic Construction Skills                         CON 141                  2                   Internship I                                             CON 401           8
             Carpentry Level I                                 CON 155                  3                   Human Relations                                          BUS 161           3
             Construction Lab IA                               CON 183                  5                                                                                  Total:    16.0
             Construction Lab IB                               CON 184                  5
             Technical Math                                    MAT 743                  3              Spring Semester
                                                                     Total:           18.5             P    Course Name                              Course #                       Credits
                                                                                                            Carpentry Level IV                       CON 159                           5
       Spring Semester                                                                                      Internship II                            CON 402                           8
       P     Course Name                                       Course #              Credits                Introduction to Business                 BUS 102                           3
             Carpentry Level II                                CON 156                 5                                                                    Total:                   16.0
             Construction Lab IIA                              CON 188                 5                             AAS Degree Total (including 1-year diploma):                    76.5
             Construction Lab IIB                              CON 189                 5
                                                                                                      Students must complete 76 5 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
             Sharpening Your Business Writing
                                                               COM 101                   1            average to be awarded an associate of applied science degree in
             Skills
             Pre-Employment Strategies                         SDV 153                  2
                                                                                                      carpentry and building trades
                                                                    Total:             18.0

       Summer Session
       P     Course Name                           Course #                          Credits
             Construction Lab III                  CON 187                              8
                                                         Total:                        8.0
            1-Year Carpentry and Building Trades Diploma Total:                       44.5

       Students must complete 44 5 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
       average to be awarded a diploma in carpentry and building trades




                          Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
       54
            Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Collision Repair/Refinish




                                                                                                                                                                                               FORWARD
BACK




       Awards: Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
       This ASE NATEF-certified program balances the I-CAR® Enhanced Delivery curriculum with actual hands-on experience in our lab/shop
       Automotive Service Excellence (ASE) certified staff will train students in areas of panel straightening, refinishing, structural and non-
       structural repair, plastic repair, welding, mechanical repairs and estimating The latest technology and quality workmanship are incorporated
       into the curriculum Students can earn I-CAR® Gold Class points and I-CAR® Platinum Individual recognition through our I-CAR® Industry
       Training Alliance Membership The training also allow students to become ASE certified This is an I-CAR Gold Class Professional program


                                             Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
                                           Diploma                                                                               Associate of Applied Science Degree
       Fall Semester                                                                                  Fall Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #      Credits
           Success Seminar                                    SDV 110                 0.5                  Human Relations                                          BUS 161          3
           Technical Math                                     MAT 743                  3                   Advanced Structural Repair                               CRR 572          2
           Introduction to Collision Repair                   CRR 301                  1                   Advanced Estimating                                      CRR 760          2
           Sheet Metal Welding                                CRR 101                  2                   Collision Lab III                                        CRR 363          2
           Sheet Metal Fundamentals                           CRR 324                  4                   Introduction to Automotive
                                                                                                                                                                    AUT 104         3
           Non-Structural Repairs                             CRR 420                  4                   Technology
           Introduction to Refinishing                        CRR 804                  4                   Automotive Brake Systems                                 AUT 503         3
                                                                    Total:           18.5                  Automotive Suspension and Steering                       AUT 404         4
                                                                                                                                                                         Total:    19.0
       Spring Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           Spring Semester
           Sharpening Your Business Writing                                                           P    Course Name                                              Course #      Credits
                                                              COM 101                   1
           Skills                                                                                          Physical Science (with lab)                              PHS 125          4
           Pre-Employment Strategies                          SDV 153                  2                   Collision Lab IV                                         CRR 364          2
           Estimating                                         CRR 743                  3                   Basic Automotive Electricity                             AUT 603          3
           Plastic Repair                                     CRR 201                  2                   Advanced Automotive Electricity                          AUT 652          3
           Frame and Uni-body Damage Analysis                 CRR 504                  4                   Automotive Heating and Air
                                                                                                                                                                    AUT 704         4
           Refinishing II                                     CRR 833                  3                   Conditioning
           Collision Lab I                                    CRR 361                  4                   Advanced Welding Techniques              CRR 116                         2
                                                                   Total:             19.0                                                                 Total:                  18.0
                                                                                                                    AAS Degree Total (including 1-year diploma):                   85.5
       Summer Session
       P   Course Name                            Course #                          Credits          Students must complete 85 5 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
                                                                                                     average to be awarded an associate of applied science degree in
           Mechanical Repairs                     CRR 602                             2
                                                                                                     collision repair/refinish
           Structural Repair                      CRR 534                             4
           Collision Lab II                       CRR 362                             3
           Auto Service Management                AUT 870                             2              Students working through both the collision repair/refinish and
                                                                                                     automotive repair technology programs may need some elective
                                                        Total:                       11.0
                                                                                                     courses to achieve full-time financial aid status during the third
               1-Year Collision Repair/Refinish Diploma Total:                       48.5
                                                                                                     year Suggested electives include introduction to business,
       Students must complete 48 5 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade                                  introduction to entrepreneurship, fundamentals of computer
       point average to be awarded a diploma in collision repair/refinish                            operations, personal finance, and business math and calculators




                         Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                          55
            Table of Contents                             Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Graphic Design




                                                                                                                                                                                FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Certificate
       The graphic design certificate is targeted for students interested in either print layout and/or Web publishing Students may be employed or
       looking to improve or update their skills in specific software programs


                                          9-Month
                                         Certificate
       Fall Semester
       P    Course Name                                      Course #              Credits
            The College Experience                           SDV 108                 1
            Computer Graphic Design                          ART 117                 3
            Web Multimedia                                   GRA 158                 3
            Layout Design                                    GRA 176                 3
                                                                   Total:           10.0


       Spring Semester
       P    Course Name                            Course #                        Credits
            Introduction to Computer Animation     ART 130                            3
            Web Design                             GRA 151                            3
            Digital Design                         GRA 137                            3
                                                           Total:                    9.0
                                Graphic Design Certificate Total:                   19.0

       Prior computer knowledge and experience is strongly recommended
       for this program
       Students must complete 19 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
       average to be awarded a graphic design certificate
       Students who desire to go further in this program, should look into
       the Web design and development program offered at SWCC




                        Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
       56
           Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Help Desk




                                                                                                                                                                                     FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Diploma
       The help desk diploma is a targeted program for individuals with previous computer knowledge Upon completion of this diploma program,
       students will either gain employment in a computer occupation or continue their education with one of the following programs: business
       systems networking, management information systems, or Web design


                                           1-Year
                                          Diploma
       Fall Semester
       P   Course Name                                       Course #              Credits
           The College Experience                            SDV 108                 1
           Keyboarding or Proof of Competency                ADM 105                 1
           Computer Business Applications                    BCA 215                 3
           Management Information Systems                    CIS 755                 3
           Human Relations                                   BUS 161                 3
           Computer Hardware Basics                          NET 122                 3
           Operating Systems Software Basics                 NET 132                 3
                                                                   Total:           17.0


       Spring Semester
       P   Course Name                                       Course #              Credits
           Advanced Computer Business
                                                             BCA 214                   3
           Applications
           PC Operating Systems                              CIS 650                   3
           Introduction to Programming Logic                 CIS 121                   3
           Pre-Employment Strategies                         SDV 153                   2
           Sharpening Your Business Writing
                                                             COM 101                   1
           Skills
           Fundamentals of Oral
                                                             SPC 101                   3
           Communication
                                                            Total:                   15.0
                                          Help Desk Diploma Total:                   32.0

       Prior computer knowledge and experience is strongly recommended
       for this program
       Students must complete 32 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
       average to be awarded a help desk diploma
       Courses taken during this program may be used toward other
       degress in SWCC’s business and information technology department




                        Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                57
            Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Management Information Systems




                                                                                                                                                                                                    FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Associate of Applied Science Degree
       This two-year program provides students with a balanced background of both business and computer technology courses This unique
       combination of courses will prepare students to effectively manage people, technology and change within the organization Possible areas
       of employment include help desk or technical services positions, corporate trainer, office manager, or information technology manager
       Software certifications may be obtained upon completion of the program


                                             Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
       Fall Semester                                                                                  Fall Semester
       P    Course Name                                       Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
            The College Experience                            SDV 108                 1                    Advanced Computer Business
                                                                                                                                                                    BCA 214                   3
            Introduction to Computers                         CSC 110                 3                    Applications
            Principles of Management                          MGT 101                 3                    Web Infrastructure                                       CIS 230                   3
            Introduction to Business                          BUS 102                 3                    Management Information Systems                           CIS 755                   3
            Introduction to Accounting or                     ACC 111                                      Business Law I or                                        BUS 185
                                                                                        3                                                                                                     3
            Principles of Accounting I (4 credits)            ACC 131                                      Regulatory Compliance                                    NET 731
            Human Relations                                   BUS 161                  3                   Visual Basic                                             CIS 604                 3
            Composition I                                     ENG 105                  3                   Social Sciences/Humanities Elective*                                             3
                                                                    Total:            19.0                                                                                       Total:    18.0

       Spring Semester                                                                                Spring Semester
       P    Course Name                                       Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
            Introduction to Entrepreneurship                  BUS 130                 3                    Advanced Database and SQL                                CIS 339                  3
            PC Operating Systems                              CIS 650                 3                    Networking/Programming Elective                                                   3
            Introduction to Programming Logic                 CIS 121                 3                    Pre-Employment Strategies                                SDV 153                  2
            Business Communications                           BUS 121                 3                    Business Problem Solving                                 BUS 238                  3
            Computer Business Applications                    BCA 215                 3                    Project Management                                       CIS 750                  3
            Fundamentals of Oral                                                                           Mathematics/Sciences Elective**                                                   3
                                                              SPC 101                   3
            Communication                                                                             Total:                                                                               17.0
                                                                        Total:        18.0                                                                  AAS Degree Total:              72.0

       Students must complete 75 credits and maintain a 2 0
       grade point average to be awarded an associate of applied                                     *Social sciences/humanities elective options
       science degree in management information systems                                              include, but are not limited to:
                                                                                                          Introduction to Psychology                                   PSY 111            3
                                                                                                          Introduction to Sociology                                    SOC 110            3
                                                                                                          Introduction to Philosophy                                   PHI 101            3
                                                                                                          Introduction to Ethics                                       PHI 105            3

                                                                                                     **Mathematics/sciences elective options
                                                                                                     include, but are not limited to:
                                                                                                          College Algebra or higher level math                         MAT 120            3
                                                                                                          Introductory Biology (w/lab)                                 BIO 105            4
                                                                                                          Physical Science (w/lab)                                     PHS 125            4




                         Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
       58
            Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Medical Transcription




                                                                                                                                                                                      FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Diploma
       The medical transcription diploma is designed for students desiring entry level medical transcription skills The core components of this
       program meld easily with the AAS medical transcription degree




                                            1-Year
                                           Diploma
       Fall Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits
           The College Experience                             SDV 108                 1
           Medical Terminology (fall only)                    HSC 114                 3
           Pharmacology Basics (fall only)                    PNN 208                 3
           Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology
                                                              BIO 162                   3
           (no lab)
           Office Procedures (fall only)                      ADM 162                  3
           Keyboarding (fall only)                            ADM 112                  3
           Keyboarding II (fall only)                         ADM 116                  3
                                                                   Total:             19.0

       Spring Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits
           Medical Transcription I (spring only)              MTR 120                 3
           Elements of Writing                                ENG 101                 3
           Fundamentals of Oral
                                                              SPC 101                   3
           Communication
           Pre-Employment Strategies              SDV 153                              2
           First Aid                              PEH 141                              2
                                                        Total:                        13.0
                   1-Year Medical Transcription Diploma Total:                        32.0

       Prior computer knowledge and experience is strongly recommended
       for this program

       Students must complete 32 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
       average to be awarded a medical transcription diploma

       Students who desire to go further in this program should look into
       the associate of applied science in medical transcription offered at
       SWCC




                         Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                 59
             Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Medical Transcription




                                                                                                                                                                                                     FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Associate of Applied Science Degree
       The medical transcription degree is designed to prepare graduates to work as medical transcriptionists for hospitals, physicians’
       clinics and other health care organizations According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, employment of medical transcriptionists is
       projected to grow faster than average for all occupations through 2014 Growing numbers of medical transcriptionists will be needed
       to amend patients’ records, edit documents from speech recognition systems, and identify discrepancies in medical reports


                                              Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
       Fall Semester                                                                                   Fall Semester
       P    Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
            The College Experience                             SDV 108                 1                    Medical Transcription II (fall only)                     MTR 121                  3
            Keyboarding (fall only)                            ADM 112                 3                    Office Procedures (fall only)                            ADM 162                  3
            Keyboarding II (fall only)                         ADM 116                 3                    Composition I                                            ENG 105                  3
            Medical Terminology (fall only)                    HSC 114                 3                    Business Law I (fall only)                               BUS 185                  3
            Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology                                                              Elective*                                                                         3
                                                               BIO 162                   3
            (no lab)                                                                                                                                                              Total:    15.0
            Pharmacology Basics (fall only)                    PNN 208                  3
            Introduction to Computers                          CSC 110                  3              Spring Semester
                                                                    Total:             19.0            P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
                                                                                                            Internship                                               BUS 932                  4
       Spring Semester                                                                                      Business Math and Calculators
                                                                                                                                                                     BUS 110                 3
       P    Course Name                                        Course #              Credits                (spring only)
            Elements of Writing                                ENG 101                 3                    Pre-Employment Strategies                             SDV 153                    2
            Medical Transcription I (spring only)              MTR 120                 3                    Business Communications                               BUS 121                    3
            Fundamentals of Oral                                                                            First Aid                                             PEH 141                    2
                                                               SPC 101                   3
            Communication                                                                                                                                               Total:              14.0
            Introduction to Psychology                         PSY 111                  3                                                                    AAS Degree Total:              66.0
            Elective*                                                                   3
            Elective*                                                                   3             Students must complete 66 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
                                                                         Total:        18.0           average to be awarded an associate of applied science degree in
                                                                                                      medical transcription
       *Electives may include, but are not limited to:
            Introduction to Accounting                        ACC 111                3                A one-year diploma in medical transcription is also available at
                                                                                                      SWCC
            Principles of Accounting I                        ACC 131                4
            Advanced Computer
                                                              BCA 214                3
            Business Applications
            Computer Business Applications                    BCA 215                3
            Integrated Computer
                                                              BCA 221                3
            Business Applications
            Introduction to Business                          BUS 102                3
            Introduction to Entrepreneurship                  BUS 130                3
            Human Relations                                   BUS 161                3
            Personal Finance                                   ECN 115                   3




                          Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
       60
           Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Nursing Education–LPN and RN




                                                                                                                                                                                                      FORWARD
BACK




       Awards: Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
       Southwestern offers the licensed practical nursing program (LPN) and the registered nursing program (RN) These programs are offered as
       a “ladder concept,” meaning students take the LPN program, and upon completion are eligible to apply for the RN program Graduates are
       eligible to take the LPN or RN certification exam at the end of their respective program

       Note: High school or college general chemistry and high school or college biology are
       highly recommended prior to entrance into the nursing program


                                            Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
                                     Practical Nursing                                                                                    Registered Nursing
       Fall Semester                                                                                 Fall Semester
       P   Course Name                                       Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
           Fundamentals of Nursing I                         PNN 172                 4                    Medical-Surgical Nursing                                 ADN 561                  7
           Fundamentals of Nursing II                        PNN 173                 4                    Mental Health Nursing                                    ADN 476                 6.5
           Pharmacology                                      PNN 231                 3                    Microbiology (w/lab)*                                    BIO 186                  4
           Introduction to Psychology*                       PSY 111                 3                                                                                   Total:           17.5
           Essentials of Anatomy
                                                             BIO 162                   3
           and Physiology *                                                                          Spring Semester
                                                                       Total:        17.0            P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
                                                                                                          Comprehensive Nursing                                    ADN 563                10.5
       Spring Semester                                                                                    Advanced Maternal-Child Health I                         ADN 433                  4
       P   Course Name                                       Course #              Credits                Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology
                                                                                                                                                                   BIO 163                 4
           Maternal-Child Health                             PNN 434                 4                    (w/lab) *
           Medical-Surgical Nursing I                        PNN 531                 7                                                                                          Total:    18.5
           Developmental Psychology *                        PSY 121                 3
           Nutrition *                                       BIO 151                 3               Summer Session
                                                                   Total:           17.0             P    Course Name                                Course #                            Credits
                                                                                                          Trends and Issues                          ADN 831                                3
       Summer Session                                                                                     Employment Empowerment                     ADN 850                                1
       P   Course Name                               Course #                      Credits                Advanced Maternal-Child Health II          ADN 443                                3
           Medical-Surgical Nursing II               PNN 532                          3                                                                    Total:                          7.0
           Introduction to Sociology*                SOC 110                          3                                     AAS RN Degree Total (including LPN):                          86.0
           Composition I *                           ENG 105                          3
                                                           Total:                    9.0            Students must have their LPN, complete an additional 43 credits (for
                                        1-Year LPN Diploma Total:                   43.0            a total of 86), and maintain a 2 0 grade point average to be awarded
                                                                                                    the associate of applied science degree in registered nursing
       Students must complete 43 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
       average to be awarded a diploma in practical nursing education                               (Nursing program information is continued on the next page )


        *These pre-nursing courses may be taken prior to official program acceptance, distributing credits across three,
        rather than two years Students have the option of taking pre-nursing courses through the Iowa Community
        College Online Consortium (ICCOC) with the exceptions of BIO 163, BIO 168, BIO 173, and BIO 186 Please
        see the optional pre-nursing (arts and sciences) year course outline for more information




                        Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                                 61
              Table of Contents                                Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Nursing Education–LPN and RN (continued)




                                                                                                                                                                                                FORWARD
BACK




       Awards: Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
       The nursing curriculum offers students learning experiences in courses emphasizing concepts of the nursing process, the health-illness
       continuum, ethics, communications, the sciences and the professional nursing practice role Students spend three days per week in the
       classroom and two days per week at a health care facility A variety of clinical sites provide excellent experiences with direct supervision by
       skilled clinical faculty
       To be accepted into SWCC’s nursing programs, applicants must meet the requirements below:
            •	 Achieve an ACT composite score of 19 or higher, or earn the following minimum scores on the COMPASS test:
              Writing = 70       Reading = 81           Pre-Algebra = 44
            •	 Receive a background check/inquiry of criminal records, prior to clinical, at student’s own expense
            •	 Meet clinical site requirements including drug screening
            •	 American Heart Association Health Care Provider CPR is required before entering clinicals
            •	 Submit the dental report form, physician’s physical examination form, and proof of current immunizations
            •	 Deposit of $50 for all conditionally accepted applicants
            •	 RN students must graduate from an LPN program approved by the Board of Nursing and submit a copy of a current Iowa
              practical nursing license (New graduates must have a current Iowa license prior to October 15)
            •	 RN students must also provide proof of Dependent Adult and Child Abuse training
            •	 RN students must also have completed at least three credits with a “C” grade or higher in each of the following
              courses: composition I (ENG 105), introduction to psychology (PSY 111), developmental psychology (PSY 121),
              introduction to sociology (SOC 110), and anatomy and physiology (BIO 162 or BIO 168 and BIO 173)
       Because SWCC has a limited number of slots available in its nursing programs, applications are ranked to determine who
       is accepted. LPN graduates MUST reapply to the RN program. Points are assigned using the objective criteria listed below.
       LPN capacity = 90 students (LPN is offered on Creston campus only). Application points are awarded based on:
              1 ACT composite or COMPASS scores in writing, reading and pre-algebra
              2 Any pre-nursing (arts and sciences) courses within the LPN program completed with a “C” grade or higher
              3 Highest current college degree (if any) awarded
       RN capacity = 40 students at Creston campus and 30 at Red Oak Center. Application points are awarded based on:
              1 Same as LPN numbers 1 and 3 above
              2 Any pre-nursing (arts and sciences) courses within the RN program completed with a “C” grade or higher
              3 Assessment of LPN educational preparation:
                a Students currently enrolled in LPN program: core nursing course grade at completion of the fall semester
                b Licensed LPNs: LPN diploma grade point average (GPA)
              4 Status as current SWCC LPN student or SWCC LPN alumni


        Optional Pre-Nursing (Arts and Sciences) Year
        This option is recommended for students who are unaccustomed to a full college load and/or who have heavy family responsibilities
        or work commitments These courses may be taken prior to official program acceptance and distribute semester hours across
        three, rather than two, years If this option is used, the remaining courses are taken after acceptance into the nursing program

       Fall Semester                                                                                      Spring Semester
       P     Course Name                                          Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #      Credits
             The College Experience                               SDV 108                 1                    Developmental Psychology                                 PSY 121          3
             Introduction to Psychology                           PSY 111                 3                    Introduction to Sociology                                SOC 110          3
             Composition I                                        ENG 105                 3                    Microbiology (w/lab )(RN-bound)                          BIO 186          4
             Nutrition                                            BIO 151                 3                    Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology
                                                                                                                                                                        BIO 163
             Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology                                                              (w/lab)
                                                                  BIO 162                  3                   (BIO 162 pre-requisite) or                                               4
             (LPN) or
                                                                                           or                  Human Anatomy and Physiology II w/
             Human Anatomy and Physiology I w/                                                                                                                          BIO 173
                                                                  BIO 168                  4                   lab (BIO 168 pre-requisite)
             lab (RN-bound)
             Pharmacology Basics (optional)                       PNN 208                  3                   Pharmacology Basics (optional)                           PNN 208         3
                                                                       Total:             16.0                                                                               Total:    17.0


                             Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
       62
            Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Office Skills




                                                                                                                                                                                      FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Diploma
       The office skills diploma is designed for students requesting entry-level technology skills Graduates are qualified for jobs utilizing
       data entry and basic receptionist skills This diploma program leads easily into the two-year office systems specialist degree


                                            1-Year
                                           Diploma
       Fall Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits
           The College Experience                             SDV 108                 1
           Elements of Writing                                ENG 101                 3
           Human relations                                    BUS 161                 3
           Introduction to Computers                          CSC 110                 3
           Keyboarding (fall only)                            ADM 112                 3
           Keyboarding II (fall only)                         ADM 116                 3
           Office Procedures (fall only)                      ADM 162                 3
                                                                    Total:           19.0

       Spring Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits
           Business Communications                            BUS 121                 3
           Business Math and Calculators                      BUS 110                 3
           Pre-Employment Strategies                          SDV 153                 2
           Computer Business Applications                     BCA 215                 3
           Fundamentals of Oral
                                                              SPC 101                   3
           Communication
           Introduction to Accounting                    ACC 111                       3
                                                               Total:                 17.0
                                         Office Skills Diploma Total:                 36.0

       Students must complete 36 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
       average to be awarded an office skills diploma
       Students who desire to go further in this program should look into
       the office systems specialist program offered at SWCC




                         Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                 63
             Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Office Systems Specialist




                                                                                                                                                                                                     FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Associate of Science Degree
       Office careers have great growth potential in the state of Iowa According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, many secretarial and
       administrative duties are of a personal, interactive nature and therefore are not easily automated Responsibilities such as planning
       conferences, working with clients and instructing staff require tact and communication skills Hands-on experience with the latest office
       equipment will provide students with the knowledge and skills needed for the challenges of an exciting office career Office skills and help
       desk diploma programs are also available


                                              Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
       Fall Semester                                                                                   Fall Semester
       P    Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
            The College Experience                             SDV 108                 1                    Business Law I                                           BUS 185                  3
            Keyboarding                                        ADM 112                 3                    Layout Design I                                          GRA 176                  3
            Office Procedures                                  ADM 162                 3                    Introduction to Business                                 BUS 102                  3
            Introduction to Computers                          CSC 110                 3                    Composition I                                            ENG 105                  3
            Keyboarding II                                     ADM 116                 3                    Advanced Computer Business
                                                                                                                                                                     BCA 214                   3
            Intermediate Algebra                               MAT 101                 3                    Applications
                                                                     Total:           16.0                  General Education Elective*                                                      3
                                                                                                            Physical Education                                                               1
       Spring Semester                                                                                                                                                            Total:    19.0
       P    Course Name                                        Course #              Credits
            Business Math and Calculators                      BUS 110                 3               Spring Semester
            Computer Business Applications                     BCA 215                 3               P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
            Principles of Accounting I                         ACC 131                 4                    Fundamentals of Oral
                                                                                                                                                                     SPC 101                   3
            Elements of Writing                                ENG 101                 3                    Communication
            General Education Elective*                                                3                    Personal Finance                                         ECN 115                   3
                                                                         Total:       16.0                  Business Communications                                  BUS 121                   3
                                                                                                            Pre-Employment Strategies                                SDV 153                   2
       *General education elective options include, but are not limited to:                                 Integrated Computer Business
                                                                                                                                                                     BCA 221                   3
            Essentials of Anatomy and                                                                       Applications
                                                              BIO 162                3                      Physical Education                                                               1
            Physiology (no lab)
                                                                                                            Business/IT/Related Elective**                                                   3
            Principles of Microeconomics                      ECN 130                3
                                                                                                                                                                         Total:             18.0
            Composition II                                    ENG 106                3                                                                         AS Degree Total:             69.0
            Introduction to Ethics                            PHI 105                3
            Introduction to Psychology                        PSY 111                3                **Business/IT/related elective options include, but are not limited to:
            Introduction to Sociology                         SOC 110                3                     Introduction to Accounting                                   ACC 110            3
                                                                                                           Computer Accounting                                          ACC 311            3
                                                                                                           Introduction to Entrepreneurship                             BUS 130            3
                                                                                                           Human Relations                                              BUS 161            3
                                                                                                           Internship                                                   BUS 932            4
                                                                                                           Web Design                                                   GRA 151            3
                                                                                                           Web Multimedia                                               GRA 158            3
                                                                                                           Medical Terminology                                          HSC 114            3
                                                                                                           Medical Transcription I                                      MTR 120            3
                                                                                                           Medical Transcription II                                     MTR 121            3
                                                                                                           Computer Hardware Basics                                     NET 122            3
                                                                                                           Operating Systems Software Basics                            NET 132            3

                                                                                                      Students must complete 69 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
                                                                                                      average to be awarded an associate of science degree in office
                                                                                                      systems specialist


                          Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
       64
           Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Professional Music




                                                                                                                                                                                                      FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Associate of Applied Arts Degree
       The first two years of college music study are, in many ways, the most important years in the education of a musician Well-learned skills
       and understanding provide an adequate base for a successful music vocation Because of this, the music curriculum focuses on thoroughly
       developing these most essential musical skills in the student This program is committed to preparing its students for music careers in a
       dynamic environment The goal is to help the serious musician gain musical mastery, which will enable them to succeed in and contribute to
       the art of music, whether in performance, education, or both


                                            Year 1                                                                                                Year 1
       Fall Semester                                                                                 Spring Semester
       P   Course Name                                       Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
           Success Seminar                                   SDV 110                 0.5                  Music Theory II                                          MUS 121                  3
           Psychology of Success                             MUS 198                  1                   Aural Skills II                                          MUS 131                  2
           Aural Skills I                                    MUS 130                  2                   Jazz Keyboard II                                         MUA 137                  2
           Music Theory I                                    MUS 120                  3                   Vocal Jazz Ensemble or                                   MUS 157
                                                                                                                                                                                           1
           Jazz Keyboard I                                   MUA 136                  2                   Instrumental Jazz Ensemble                               MUS 163
           Arranging I                                       MUS 180                  2                   Concert Choir or                                         MUS 140
                                                                                                                                                                                           1
           Vocal Jazz Ensemble or                            MUS 157                                      Concert Band                                             MUS 145
                                                                                       1                  Applied Piano                                            MUA 120                 1
           Instrumental Jazz Ensemble                        MUS 163
           Concert Choir or                                  MUS 140                                      Arranging II                                             MUS 181                 2
                                                                                       1
           Concert Band                                      MUS 145                                      Freshman Recital                                         MUS 195                 1
           Applied Piano                                     MUA 120                   1                                                                           MUA 101,
                                                                                                          Applied Voice, Brass, Woodwinds,
           Final Project I                                   MUS 197                   1                                                                           143, 170,               1
                                                                                                          Strings, or Percussion
           Solo Jazz Performance & Literature I              MUA 139                                                                                               126, 180
                                                                                       1                  General Education Elective*                                                      3
           or Jazz Improvisation                             MUS 190
                                                             MUA 101,                                                                                                           Total:    17.0
           Applied Voice, Brass, Woodwinds,
                                                             143, 170,                 1
           Strings, or Percussion                                                                   * The 12 credits of general education electives shall include
                                                             126, 180
           General Education Elective*                                                3             at least three credits from each of the following areas:
                                                                       Total:        19.5                Communications
                                                                                                         Social Sciences/Humanities
                                                                                                         Mathematics (MAT 101
                                                                                                         Intermediate Algebra or
                                                                                                         higher level)/Sciences
                                                                                                         3 additional credits from
                                                                                                         any of the above categories




                        Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                                 65
            Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Professional Music (continued)




                                                                                                                                                                                           FORWARD
BACK




       Award: Associate of Applied Arts Degree

                                             Year 2                                                                                               Year 2
       Fall Semester                                                                                  Spring Semester
       P    Course Name                                       Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #     Credits
            Music Theory III                                  MUS 220                 3                    Professional Music Seminar                               MUS 297         1
            Jazz Keyboard III                                 MUA 236                 2                    Introduction to Studio Engineering
                                                                                                                                                                    MUS 260        2
            Vocal Jazz Ensemble or                            MUS 157                                      and Production
                                                                                        1
            Instrumental Jazz Ensemble                        MUS 163                                      Fundamentals of Conducting                               MUS 290        2
            Concert Choir or                                  MUS 140                                      Music Theory IV                                          MUS 221        3
                                                                                        1
            Concert Band                                      MUS 145                                      Jazz Keyboard IV                                         MUA 237        2
            Applied Piano                                     MUA 120                   1                  Vocal Jazz Ensemble or                                   MUS 157
                                                                                                                                                                                   1
            Solo Jazz Performance & Literature II                                                          Instrumental Jazz Ensemble                               MUS 163
                                                              MUA 239
            (1 credit) or                                                               1                  Concert Choir or                                         MUS 140
                                                              MUS 193                                                                                                              1
            Jazz Improvisation II (2 credits)                                                              Concert Band                                             MUS 145
            Arranging III                                     MUS 280                   2                  Applied Piano                                            MUA 120        1
            Recording Studio Performance                      MUS 262                   2                  Arranging IV                                             MUS 281        2
                                                              MUA 101,                                     Sophomore Recital                                        MUS 295        1
            Applied Voice, Brass, Woodwinds,
                                                              143, 170,                 1                                                                           MUA 101,
            Strings, or Percussion                                                                         Applied Voice, Brass, Woodwinds,
                                                              126, 180                                                                                              143, 170,      1
            Final Project II                                  MUS 296                  1                   Strings, or Percussion
                                                                                                                                                                    126, 180
            General Education Elective*                                                3                   General Education Elective*                                             3
                                                                        Total:        18.0                                                                             Total:     20.0
                                                                                                                                                            AAA Degree Total:     74.5

                                                                                                     * The 12 credits of general education electives shall include at least
                                                                                                     three credits from each of the following areas:
                                                                                                          Communications
                                                                                                          Social Sciences/Humanities
                                                                                                          Mathematics (MAT 101
                                                                                                          Intermediate Algebra or
                                                                                                          higher level)/Sciences
                                                                                                          3 additional credits from
                                                                                                          any of the above categories

                                                                                                     Students must complete 74 5 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade
                                                                                                     point average to be awarded an associate of applied arts degree in
                                                                                                     professional music




                         Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
       66
            Table of Contents                               Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Structural Drafting/Structural Engineering Technology




                                                                                                                                                                                                        FORWARD
BACK




       Awards: Diploma or Associate of Applied Science Degree
       The objective of this program is to prepare students for entry-level positions in engineering, design, fabrication, construction and inspection
       phases of the construction industry The structural drafting program provides students with a good blend of the basics starting with
       fundamental drafting followed by concrete technology and computer aided drafting (CAD) Students study plan reading, which enables them
       to logically locate items in commercial and residential building and bridge plans


                                              Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
                                            Diploma                                                                               Associate of Applied Science Degree
       Fall Semester                                                                                   Fall Semester
       P   Course Name                                         Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
           The College Experience                              SDV 108                 1                    College Algebra & Trigonometry                           MAT 127                  5
           Introduction to Keyboarding or proof                                                             Connection Design                                        STR 201                  4
                                                               ADM 105                   1
           of competency                                                                                    SDS/2 Interactive Graphics                               CAD 280                  2
           Fundamentals of Technical Drafting                  DRF 113                  3                   Social Sciences Elective***                                                       3
           Plan Reading                                        STR 123                  4                   Recommended Elective**                                                            3
           Concrete Technology                                 STR 131                  1                                                                                         Total:    17.0
           Structural Steel Technology                         STR 141                  2
           AutoCAD I                                           CAD 113                  3              Spring Semester
           Introduction to Computers                           CSC 110                  3              P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
           Math Elective *                                                              3                   Physical Science (with lab)                              PHS 125                  4
                                                                         Total:        21.0                 Fundamentals of Oral
                                                                                                                                                                     SPC 101                   3
                                                                                                            Communication
                                                                                                            Steel Detailing with Detail CAD                          STR 225                 4
       Spring Semester                                                                                      Steel Detailing with SDS/2                               STR 226                 3
       P   Course Name                                         Course #              Credits                Recommended Elective(s)**                                                        5
           Structural Steel Engineering                        STR 146                 2                                                                    Total:                          19.0
           Trigonometry Segmental Functions                    STR 151                 2                             AAS Degree Total (including 1-year diploma):                           83.0
           Applied Geometry                                    STR 156                 2
           Steel Detailing I                                   STR 161                 3              **Recommended electives include, but are not limited to:
           Composition I                                       ENG 105                 3                   Introduction to Business                                     BUS 102            3
           Computer Business Applications                      BCA 215                 3                   Principles of Management                                     MGT 101            3
           Recommended Elective**                                                      3                   Visual Basic                                                 CIS 604            3
                                                                         Total:       18.0                 Introduction to Programming Logic                            CIS 121            3
                                                                                                           PC Operating Systems                                         CIS 650            3
       Summer Semester                                                                                     Composition II                                               ENG 106            3
       P   Course Name                             Course #                          Credits               Personal Finance                                             ECN 115            3
           Steel Detailing II                      STR 166                              4                  Intermediate Algebra                                         MAT 101            3
           AutoCAD II                              CAD 117                              3                  Calculus I                                                   MAT 210            4
           Professional Development                STR 181                              1
                                                                                                           College Physics I w/lab                                      PHY 162            4
                                                         Total:                        8.0
                                                                                                           Classical Physics I w/lab                                    PHY 212            5
                      1-Year Structural Drafting Diploma Total:                       47.0
       *Math electives for year one fall semester include, but are not limited                        ***Social sciences electives include, but are not limited to:
       to:                                                                                                 Principles of Macroeconomics                             ECN 120                3
           Elementary Algebra                                 MAT 062                3                     Principles of Microeconomics                             ECN 130                3
           Intermediate Algebra                                                                            Introduction to Psychology                               PSY 111                3
                                                              MAT 101                3
           (prerequisite for year two)                                                                     Introduction to Sociology                                SOC 110                3

                                                                                                      Students must complete 83 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
                                                                                                      average to be awarded an associate of applied science degree in
                                                                                                      structural engineering technology

                          Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                                   67
             Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Web Design and Development




                                                                                                                                                                                                     FORWARD
BACK




       Web Design Track
       Award: Associate of Applied Science Degree
       The demand for Web design and development positions continues to rise as a result of the use of technology in today’s businesses A shift
       in the computer programming field has produced a need for Web designers and developers Students may choose from two career tracks:
       Web design or Web programming The Web design track focuses on multi-media, graphical and layout aspects of Web site design The Web
       programming track will emphasize Web-application development, networking and server setup


                                              Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
       Fall Semester                                                                                   Fall Semester
       P    Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
            The College Experience                             SDV 108                 1                    Layout Design                                            GRA 176                  3
            Introduction to Computers                          CSC 110                 3                    Web Multimedia                                           GRA 158                  3
            Introduction to Business                           BUS 102                 3                    Business Law I or                                        BUS 185
                                                                                                                                                                                               3
            Human Relations                                    BUS 161                 3                    Regulatory Compliance                                    NET 731
            Composition I                                      ENG 105                 3                    Web Infrastructure                                       CIS 230                   3
            Mathematics Elective*                                                      3                    Computer Graphic Design                                  ART 117                   3
            Related Elective***                                                        3                    Advanced Computer Business
                                                                                                                                                                     BCA 214                   3
                                                                         Total:       19.0                  Applications
                                                                                                                                                                                  Total:    18.0
       Spring Semester
       P    Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           Spring Semester
            Computer Business Applications                     BCA 215                 3               P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
            Business Communications                            BUS 121                 3                    Web Design                                               GRA 151                  3
            Principles of Marketing or                         MKT 110                                      Digital Design                                           GRA 137                  3
                                                                                         3                  Introduction to Computer Animation                       ART 130                  3
            E-Commerce                                         BUS 150
            Introduction to Entrepreneurship                   BUS 130                   3                  Business Problem Solving                                 BUS 238                  3
            Fundamentals of Oral                                                                            Pre-Employment Strategies                                SDV 153                  2
                                                               SPC 101                   3
            Communication                                                                                   General Education Elective**                                                      3
            Related Elective***                                                         3                                                                               Total:              17.0
                                                                         Total:        18.0                                                                  AAS Degree Total:              72.0

       *Mathematics elective options include, but are not limited to:                                 ***Related elective options include, but are not limited to:
            College Alegebra                                      MAT 120            3                     Computer Art                                                 ART 124            3
            College Alegebra and Trigonometry                     MAT 127            5                     Small Business Management                                    MGT 110            3
            Statistics                                            MAT 156            3                     2-D Design                                                   ART 120            3
                                                                                                           College Algebra                                              MAT 120            3
       **General education elective options include, but are not limited to:
            Introduction to Psychology                            PSY 111            3                Students must complete 72 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
            Introduction to Sociology                             SOC 110            3                average to be awarded an associate of applied science degree in
                                                                                                      Web design
            Introduction to Ethics                                PHI 105            3
            Art Appreciation                                      ART 101            3
            College Algebra                                       MAT 120            3




                          Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
       68
            Table of Contents                              Areas of Study                               Course Descriptions                                             Index


       Web Design and Development (continued)




                                                                                                                                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




       Web Programming Track
       Award: Associate of Applied Science Degree


                                             Year 1                                                                                               Year 2
       Fall Semester                                                                                  Fall Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
           The College Experience                             SDV 108                 1                    Web Multimedia                                           GRA 158                  3
           Introduction to Computers or                       CSC 110                                      Java                                                     CIS 171                  3
                                                                                        3
           Computer Business Applications                     BCA 215                                      Web Infrastructure                                       CIS 230                  3
           Human Relations                                    BUS 161                  3                   Advanced Computer Business
                                                                                                                                                                    BCA 214                   3
           Visual BASIC                                       CIS 604                  3                   Applications
           Composition I                                      ENG 105                  3                   Programming/Networking
                                                                                                                                                                                              3
           Mathematics/Related Elective*                                               3                   Elective***
           General Education Elective**                                                3                   Mathematics/Related Elective*                                                    3
                                                                        Total:        19.0                                                                                       Total:    18.0

       Spring Semester                                                                                Spring Semester
       P   Course Name                                        Course #              Credits           P    Course Name                                              Course #              Credits
           Web Design                                         GRA 151                 3                    Server Side Web Programming                              CIS 215                  3
           Introduction to Programming Logic                  CIS 121                 3                    Principles of Marketing                                  MKT 110                  3
           Fundamentals of Oral                                                                            Pre-Employment Strategies                                SDV 153                  2
                                                              SPC 101                   3
           Communication                                                                                   Data Structures                                          CIS 152                  3
           PC Operating Systems                               CIS 650                   3                  Programming/Networking
                                                                                                                                                                                              3
           Mathematics/Related Elective*                                                3                  Elective***
           Programming/Networking                                                                          General Education Elective**                                                     3
                                                                                        3
           Elective***                                                                                                                                                 Total:              17.0
                                                                        Total:        18.0                                                                  AAS Degree Total:              72.0

       *Mathematics/Related elective options include, but are not limited                            ***Programming/networking elective options
       to:                                                                                           include, but are not limited to:
           Introduction to Business                              BUS 102            3                     Advanced Database and SQL                                    CIS 339            3
           Small Business Management                             MGT 110            3                     C++                                                          CIS 161            3
           Statistics                                            MAT 156            3                     Computer Hardware Basics                                     NET 122            3
           College Algebra                                       MAT 120            3                     Operating Systems Software Basics                            NET 132            3
           College Algebra and Trigonometry                      MAT 127            5                     Special Topics in Computers                                  CIS 949            3


                                                                                                     Students must complete 72 credits and maintain a 2 0 grade point
       **General education elective options include, but are not limited to:
                                                                                                     average to be awarded an associate of applied science degree in Web
           Introduction to Psychology                            PSY 111            3                programming
           Introduction to Sociology                             SOC 110            3
           Introduction to Ethics                                PHI 105            3
           Art Appreciation                                      ART 101            3
           College Algebra                                       MAT 120            3




                         Students should check with their advisors for correct semester and section numbers. This outline is for advising and schedule planning purposes only.
                                                                                                                                                                                                  69
            Table of Contents        Areas of Study   Course Descriptions   Index




                                                                                    FORWARD
BACK




                                This page intentionally left blank.




       70
          Table of Contents              Areas of Study          Course Descriptions               Index




                                              05
                                                                                                                           FORWARD
BACK




       Course Descriptions
       Sample Entry                           Computer Programming               Management
                                              Cultural Studies                   Marketing
       Prefix Description Key                 Communication                      Medical Transcription
                                              Construction                       Music-Applied
       Course Descriptions                    Criminal Justice                   General Music
         Accounting                           Collision Repair/Refinish          Computer Networking
         Administration Assistant             Computer Science                   Physical Education Activities
         Associate Degree Nursing             Drafting                           Coaching/Officiating
         Agriculture-Agronomy                 Early Childhood Education          General Physical Education
         Agriculture-Farm Management          Economics                             and Health
         Agriculture-Comprehensive            Education                          Intercollegiate Physical Education
         Agriculture-Animal Science           Emergency Medical Services         Philosophy
         Anthropology                         English Composition                Physical Science
         Art                                  Environmental Science              Physics
         Automotive Technology                Non-Intensive English as a         Practical Nursing
         Business Computer Application           Second Language (ESL)           Political Science
         Biology                              Foreign Language-Spanish           Psychology
         Business                             Geography                          Reading
         Computer Aided Drafting              Graphic Communications             Religion
         Chemistry                            History                            Student Development
                                              Health Sciences                    Sociology
                                              Literature                         Speech
                                              Mathematics                        Structural Steel


                                                                                                                      71
            Table of Contents                         Areas of Study                      Course Descriptions                                 Index


            Sample Entry:




                                                                                                                                                                FORWARD
BACK




                 000-009 developmental courses
                 100-899 courses intended to meet specific requirements for certificates, diplomas, and degrees in career, technical, and transfer programs.
                 900-999 generic focus courses, such as special topics, on-the-job training (OJT), and internships

                                                                          *denotes course may be repeated for credit
                    discipline prefix of program
                    or subject (see key below)                                                                               course credits
                                                             ABC 123*                                         4
                                                             Intro to Course Descriptions
                                                             This course will aid the student in deciphering
                                     course title            the Southwestern course numbering system.
                                                             Special topics include prefixes, course
                                                             numbers, and the ratio between lecture, lab,
                                                             and internship within the description system.
                                                             (543:321) (1, 2, 16, 8)
                                                                                          Number of contact hours per week in a 16-week semester
                                                                                          1 = # of lecture hours
            The following course descriptions            for office use only              2 = # of lab hours
            appear in alphabetical order by                                               16= # of clinical hours (will appear only if applicable)
            their three-letter prefixes:                                                  8 = # of internship hours (will appear only if applicable)




        Prefix Description Key
        ACC     Accounting                                   CSC    Computer Science                               MUA     Music-Applied
        ADM     Administration Assistant                     DRF    Drafting                                       MUS     General Music
        ADN     Associate Degree Nursing                     ECE    Early Childhood Education                      NET     Computer Networking
        AGA     Agriculture-Agronomy                         ECN    Economics                                      PEA     Physical Education Activities
        AGB     Agriculture-Farm Management                  EDU    Education                                      PEC     Coaching/Officiating
        AGC     Agriculture-Comprehensive                    EMS    Emergency Medical Services                     PEH     General Physical Education and
        AGS     Agriculture-Animal Science                   ENG    English Composition                                    Health
        ANT     Anthropology                                 ENV    Environmental Science                          PEV     Intercollegiate Physical Education
        ART     Art                                          ESL    Non-Intensive English as a Second              PHI     Philosophy
        AUT     Automotive Technology                               Language (ESL)                                 PHS     Physical Science
        BCA     Business Computer Application                FLS    Foreign Language-Spanish                       PHY     Physics
        BIO     Biology                                      GEO    Geography                                      PNN     Practical Nursing
        BUS     Business                                     GRA    Graphic Communications                         POL     Political Science
        CAD     Computer Aided Drafting                      HIS    History                                        PSY     Psychology
        CHM     Chemistry                                    HSC    Health Sciences                                RDG     Reading
        CIS     Computer Programming                         LIT    Literature                                     REL     Religion
        CLS     Cultural Studies                             MAT    Mathematics                                    SDV     Student Development
        COM     Communication                                MGT    Management                                     SOC     Sociology
        CON     Construction                                 MKT    Marketing                                      SPC     Speech
        CRJ     Criminal Justice                             MTR    Medical Transcription                          STR     Structural Steel
        CRR     Collision Repair/Refinish



       72
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                     Course Descriptions                                Index



       Course Descriptions




                                                                                                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




                                                            ACC 221                                          3    prepares them to use keyboarding skills
       Accounting                                           Cost Accounting                                       more effectively. (180:105) (0, 2)
                                                            Prerequisite: ACC 132 Principles of
       ACC 111                                          3   Accounting II. An in-depth study of the
                                                                                                                  ADM 112                                          3
       Introduction to Accounting                                                                                 Keyboarding
                                                            various components of cost, types of cost
       A presentation of basic accounting proce-                                                                  Students will develop mastery of the keyboard
                                                            accounting systems, related managerial
       dures and principles designed to introduce                                                                 by touch control utilizing proper keyboarding
                                                            functions of planning, controlling, and
       students to the accounting cycle for both                                                                  techniques. Students will also be introduced
                                                            decision-making. (300:235) (3, 0)
       a service enterprise and a merchandising                                                                   to the concepts and basic operations of
       enterprise organized as a sole proprietorship.       ACC 261                                          3    document processing. (180:210) (2, 2)
       Recommended for secretarial, non-business            Income Tax Accounting                                 ADM 116                                          3
       majors, and those students wishing to review         Prerequisite: ACC 131 Principles of
                                                                                                                  Keyboarding II
       accounting principles before taking ACC 131          Accounting I. Study of the application of
                                                                                                                  Prerequisite: ADM 112 Keyboarding or equiva-
       Principles of Accounting I. (300:105) (3, 0)         Federal and State Tax Laws for individuals
                                                                                                                  lent. This course emphasizes keyboarding tech-
                                                            and corporations. Emphasis on general tax
       ACC 131                                          4   procedures for individuals. (300:240) (3, 0)
                                                                                                                  niques, speed, and accuracy. Student activities
       Principles of Accounting I                                                                                 include formatting business communications,
       Development of double entry accounting               ACC 311                                          3    tables, and reports utilizing features found
       theory; recording and posting transactions;          Computer Accounting                                   in popular office software. (180:211) (2, 2)
       adjusting and closing books at the end of the        Prerequisites: ACC 131 Principles of
                                                            Accounting I or ACC 111 Introduction to
                                                                                                                  ADM 162                                          3
       fiscal period; preparation of financial state-
                                                                                                                  Office Procedures
       ments; work in accounting principles involving       Accounting or equivalent. An introduction to
                                                                                                                  Recommended co-requisites: CSC
       cash, receivables, investments, inventories,         computer applications of accounting proce-
                                                                                                                  110 Introduction to Computers, ADM 112
       plant assets, and payroll. (300:112) (4, 0)          dures. Includes analysis and design of output
                                                                                                                  Keyboarding, or ADM 116 Keyboarding II. This
                                                            forms and operation of microcomputers.
       ACC 132                                          4   Special emphasis on payroll, including setup,
                                                                                                                  course emphasizes the responsibilities and
       Principles of Accounting II                          processing, and reporting. (300:210) (3, 0)
                                                                                                                  opportunities of the office professional. Topics
       Prerequisite: ACC 131 Principles of Accounting I.                                                          addressed include continued technological
       A continuation of the first semester’s work in       ACC 928                                         1-3   advances, the global marketplace, and increas-
       principles of accounting with emphasis on            Independent Study                                     ing diversity in the labor market. Students will
       accounting for the corporate form of business,       A student/instructor designed course                  use effective communication skills to process
       an introduction to the process of decision-          intended for concentrated or advanced                 information via technology and become
       making, managerial accounting including cost         study. Approval by the Offices of Instruction         productive team members. (180:120) (3, 0)
       behavior and budgeting. (300:113) (4, 0)             and Student Services is required. (300:299)

       ACC 161                                          3 ACC 949                                           1-3
       Payroll Accounting                                   Special Topics                                        Associate Degree
       Prerequisite: ACC 131 Principles of
       Accounting I. This introductory course
                                                            Special Topics expands the curriculum by
                                                            allowing students to enroll for up to three           Nursing
       covers the processes of payroll records              credits in a specific course or program area.         ADN 433                                          4
       and procedures. Topics include methods               Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-              Advanced Maternal Child Health I
       of computing compensations, state and                sion of the particular area and is developed          This course builds upon the student’s previ-
       federal laws affecting payroll, mandatory and        by the teaching faculty to meet unique                ous knowledge and experience with basic
       voluntary payroll deductions, methods of             interests and needs of the students.                  maternal and child health. The student will
       keeping records, and preparation of internal                                                               apply the nursing process in clinical settings
       and governmental reports. (300:241) (3, 0)                                                                 while performing the skills/procedures
       ACC 211                                          3   Administration                                        registered nurses do in selected obstetri-
                                                                                                                  cal settings. Complications of pregnancy,
       Intermediate Accounting I
       Prerequisite: ACC 132 Principles of                  Assistant                                             labor, delivery, and the newborn will be
       Accounting II. A course designed for the                                                                   presented. Within the scope of the registered
       two-year accounting program with emphasis
                                                            ADM 105                                          1    nurse’s role with obstetrical consumers,
       on accounting theory and practice. Special
                                                            Introduction to Keyboarding                           nursing process and health teaching will be
                                                            In this course students are introduced                explored and practiced. (240:290) (3, 4)
       treatment of the components of the bal-
                                                            to touch control of the keyboard and
       ance sheet from current assets through
                                                            proper keyboarding techniques, which
       long-term liabilities. (300:220) (3, 0)


                                                                                                                                                                73
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                    Course Descriptions                               Index

       ADN 443                                        3 ADN 831                                            3    Field trips to sustainable farms and guest
       Advanced Maternal Child Health II                   Trends and Issues                                    speakers highlight this course. (850:191) (2, 2)




                                                                                                                                                                      FORWARD
BACK




       A continuation of ADN 433 Advanced                  The Level II student will explore the histori-
       Maternal-Child Health I, focusing upon              cal perspective of nursing, current issues in
                                                                                                                AGA 928                                         1-3
                                                                                                                Independent Study
       the family unit and disease processes               nursing, and the health care delivery system.
                                                                                                                A student/instructor designed course
       affecting children. (240:291) (2, 4)                Problem solving related to nursing practice will
                                                                                                                intended for concentrated or advanced
                                                           be discussed and role played. An understand-
       ADN 476                                      6.5    ing of legal aspects and responsibility for con-
                                                                                                                study. Approval by the Offices of Instruction
       Mental Health Nursing                               tinued growth and professionalism will help
                                                                                                                and Student Services is required. (850:299)
       This course will provide a study of and
       interaction with individuals with dysfunctional
                                                           prepare the student for transition from student      AGA 949                                         1-3
                                                           to licensed registered nurse. (240:281) (3, 0)       Special Topics
       behaviors. As a valuable member of the
                                                                                                                Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       professional health team, the student will          ADN 850                                         1    allowing students to enroll for up to three
       learn modalities of psychotherapies. Clinical       Employment Empowerment                               credits in a specific course or program area.
       treatment units will include alcohol and drug       This course will reinforce prior knowledge
                                                                                                                Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       abuse, adult psychiatric, outpatient, and other     acquired as part of the nursing curriculum. The
                                                                                                                sion of the particular area and is developed
       appropriate settings. An educational approach       purpose of this course is to empower students
                                                                                                                by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       will be made to develop psychiatric nursing to      as they prepare for the NCLEX exam by apply-
                                                                                                                interests and needs of the students.
       be therapeutic, personalized, comprehensive,        ing previously acquired science and nursing
       rehabilitative, and preventive. When possible,      content to the patient care process. By facilitat-
       the student will assist the therapist in treating   ing successful completion of the NCLEX exam,
       the patient within the home and community
       environment, using the nursing process.
                                                           graduates will become employed in the role
                                                           of a registered nurse as soon as possible. (1, 0)
                                                                                                                Agriculture-Farm
       Psychotropic drugs and their effects upon the                                                            Management
       behavioral and physical systems will be stud-
                                                                                                                AGB 235                                          3
       ied. Emphasis will be placed on learning basic
       counseling techniques and therapeutic com-          Agriculture-                                         Introduction to Agriculture Markets
       munications. Although this course content is
       primarily about psychiatric patients, the same
                                                           Agronomy                                             Prerequisite: ECN 130 Principles of
                                                                                                                Microeconomics. An introduction to the eco-
       principles will generally apply in all realms of                                                         nomic principles of marketing farm products
                                                           AGA 114                                         3    including their movement through processing
       human interrelationships. (240:273) (4, 10)         Principles of Agronomy                               firms, food manufacturers, and retailers. The
                                                           A lecture/laboratory class that serves as a
       ADN 561                                        7                                                         prices and marketing costs incurred by farms
                                                           base for several subsequent courses. Crop
       Medical-Surgical Nursing                                                                                 and agribusiness are explored along with
                                                           growth and development along with soil
       This course will build upon the student’s                                                                functional and organizational issues of these
                                                           management principles are emphasized.
       previous knowledge of and experience with                                                                farms and agribusinesses. An introduction to
                                                           Additional topics include: diseases, insects,
       basic medical surgical care. The student will                                                            the commodities future markets includes the
                                                           weeds, weather, tillage, harvesting, and
       be required to apply the nursing process in                                                              mechanics of hedging and the use of forward
                                                           grain storage and handling. An interactive
       classroom and clinical settings as it applies                                                            pricing to manage price risk. A commodity
                                                           computer based system serves as a basis for
       to the registered nurse’s role with medical                                                              trading simulation is utilized and students
                                                           the laboratory portion of the course. (2, 2)
       surgical consumers. Physical assessment,                                                                 help manage the sales of a portion of the
       disease information, and nursing interventions      AGA 212                                         4    college farm products. (850:140) (3, 0)
       will be presented and applied. The physical         Grain and Forage Crops
       side effects of therapeutic medications will be     Prerequisite: AGA 114 Principles of Agronomy.
                                                                                                                AGB 330                                          3
       included. Wellness issues and communica-                                                                 Farm Business Management
                                                           This course emphasizes production and
       tion skills, including teaching techniques,                                                              Prerequisites: AGA 212 Grain and Forage Crops,
                                                           management of corn, soybeans, oats, and
       will be presented. (240:270) (4, 12)                                                                     AGS 226 Beef Cattle Science, ACC 131 Principles
                                                           forage crops in Iowa. Determination of
                                                                                                                of Accounting I, and ECN 130 Principles
                                                           plant characteristics, growth and develop-
       ADN 563                                    10.5                                                          of Microeconomics. This capstone course
                                                           ment, management practices, and crop
       Comprehensive Nursing                                                                                    incorporates the production and financial deci-
                                                           utilization are explored with the college
       A continuation of ADN 561 Medical-Surgical                                                               sions of farm operation with record keeping
                                                           farm used as a lab setting. (2, 4)
       Nursing. This course provides the student                                                                through a farm accounting package. Decisions
       with the opportunity for expanding the              AGA 450                                         3    obtained through problem solving techniques
       advanced student nurse’s role within hospitals      Issues in Sustainable Agriculture                    utilizing the college farm will be learned.
       and within the community health setting.            The transformation from subsistence to indus-        Students will prepare a farm plan including
       The student will become an integral part            trialized agriculture is examined to determine       production and financial information for a farm
       of the nursing team as he/she provides              the agroecological consequences. The college         operation of their choice. (850:130) (3, 0)
       nursing care using nursing principles with          farm is used to determine current practices
       increasing independence. (240:276) (6, 18)          and possible improvements in sustainability.



       74
            Table of Contents                           Areas of Study                     Course Descriptions                                 Index

       AGB 336                                           3
       Agricultural Selling                                   Agriculture-                                           Agriculture-




                                                                                                                                                                          FORWARD
BACK




       Prerequisite: ECN 130 Principles of
       Microeconomics. Principles of selling applied          Comprehensive                                          Animal Science
       to agricultural settings. Examination of
                                                              AGC 308                                           3 AGS 112                                            4
       agricultural consumers’ buying habits and
                                                              Agriculture Applications of                            Survey of the Animal Industry
       the development of sales strategies to meet
                                                              Computers                                              The history of animals and their interac-
       these consumers’ needs and wants serves as a
                                                              Prerequisite: CSC 110 Introduction to                  tion with humans will start the course. The
       foundation of this course. Two main activities
                                                              Computers. This course features the design             progression of the animal industry relating to
       dominate this course. Students spend a day
                                                              and use of agribusiness decision aids. Students        U.S. agriculture from its conception to modern
       shadowing an agricultural sales professional
                                                              will design a variety of spreadsheets for com-         time follows. Terminology, care, breeding,
       to observe and report on specific practices.
                                                              mon production and financial decision making           production, and marketing will be explored
       In a final activity, Ready-Set-Sell, students
                                                              plus explore the use of existing spreadsheets          for the following species: beef cattle, dairy
       prepare and deliver a sales presentation to an
                                                              from commercial, educational, and govern-              cattle, equine, poultry, swine, sheep, com-
       agricultural sales professional. (850:170) (2, 2)
                                                              mental agencies. The creation and utilization          panion animals, and specialty animals. (3, 2)
       AGB 928                                         1-3    of databases for farm record keeping will also
                                                                                                                     AGS 226                                         3
       Independent Study                                      be covered. Students will be introduced to
                                                              stand-alone programs for specific tasks such           Beef Cattle Science
       A student/instructor designed course
                                                              as ration balancing. The course concludes              Prerequisite: AGS 112 Survey of the
       intended for concentrated or advanced
                                                              with the familiarization of GIS technology             Animal Industry. The breeding, health, nutri-
       study. Approval by the Offices of Instruction
                                                              and the transfer of GIS data from agricultural         tion, facilities, and marketing of beef cattle are
       and Student Services is required. (850:299)
                                                              machines, and handheld devices, to standard            examined in this course. Issues in the produc-
       AGB 932                                           3    computing equipment. (850:120) (3, 0)                  tion segments of: seedstock, cow-calf, yearling/
       Internship                                                                                                    stocker, and feedlot operations are emphasized
       This course provides students with oppor-              AGC 315                                           3    in the context of production management.
       tunities to gain on-the-job experience in              Leadership in Agriculture                              Hands-on exposure to artificial insemination
       the agriculture industry. Students will gain           Students learn leadership theories and strate-         will be demonstrated. Students will select a
       an understanding of qualities and skills               gies applied to an agricultural setting in this        beef operation, determine an existing analysis,
       needed for success in the agricultural field.          course. Development and practice of leader-            and offer recommendations for improvement
       Coordination and guidance will be provided             ship skills is achieved through the required           as a capstone activity. (850:181) (2, 2)
       by department instructors. (850:200) (0, 0, 12)        participation in a community or professional
                                                              organization. Contains the introductory skills         AGS 280                                         3
       AGB 942                                           3    of parliamentary procedure, with an analysis           Livestock Merchandising
       Internship II                                          of their use in a local organization. (3, 0)           Merchandizing non-market animals is explored
       This course, a continuation of AGB                                                                            in this course. Students are exposed to various
       932 Internship, provides students with                 AGC 909                                           0    methods of merchandizing high quality
       opportunities to gain on-the-job experience in         Agriculture Lab                                        animals including private treaty sales, consign-
       the agriculture industry. Students will gain an        In this lab, students will have designated             ment sales, and production sales. Planning
       understanding of qualities and skills needed           times to assist with maintenance of the                and participation in the Breeders’ Classic, an
       for success in the agricultural field. This furthers   ag site, facilities, and cattle operations; as         annual club-calf sale, are requirements for
       the students’ work experience opportunities            well as facilitate the daily management                students in this course. (850:186) (2, 2)
       with more advanced concepts and business               decisions. Labs will focus on participation,
                                                              work ethic, and teamwork skills. (0,2)                 AGS 305                                         3
       practices. Department instructors will provide
                                                                                                                     Livestock Evaluation
       coordination and guidance. (0, 0, 12)
                                                              AGC 928                                          1-3   Prerequisites: AGS 112 Survey of the
       AGB 949                                         1-3 Independent Study                                         Animal Industry and AGS 226 Beef Cattle
       Special Topics                                         A student/instructor designed course                   Science OR past livestock judging experi-
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by               intended for concentrated or advanced                  ence. Beef, swine, and sheep are used
       allowing students to enroll for up to three            study. Approval by the Offices of Instruction          to determine suitability of breeding and
       credits in a specific course or program area.          and Student Services is required. (850:299)            market animals. Tools and techniques of
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-                                                                      livestock judging are taught and practiced.
                                                              AGC 949                                          1-3   Involvement in the college’s livestock
       sion of the particular area and is developed
                                                              Special Topics                                         judging team is possible with concurrent
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique
                                                              Special Topics expands the curriculum by               enrollment in this course. (850:210) (2, 2)
       interests and needs of the students.
                                                              allowing students to enroll for up to three
                                                              credits in a specific course or program area.          AGS 810                                         3
                                                              Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-               Animal Science
                                                              sion of the particular area and is developed           An introductory science course dealing with
                                                              by the teaching faculty to meet unique                 analysis of the livestock industry with emphasis
                                                              interests and needs of the students.                   on reproduction, inheritance, performance test-
                                                                                                                     ing, selection, and marketing. (850:110) (3, 0)
                                                                                                                                                                    75
            Table of Contents                           Areas of Study                    Course Descriptions                                 Index

       AGS 928                                         1-3   Special attention will be given to women                ART 133                                        3
       Independent Study                                     in the arts and multiculturalism in the arts.           Drawing




                                                                                                                                                                        FORWARD
BACK




       A student/instructor designed course                  Discussion of current and possible future               Drawing is a foundation course dealing
       intended for concentrated or advanced                 trends will also be covered. (720:169) (3, 0)           with the practices and applications of basic
       study. Approval by the Offices of Instruction                                                                 drawing principles and techniques. Studio
       and Student Services is required. (850:299)
                                                             ART 117                                             3   research of the various media and composi-
                                                             Computer Graphic Design
                                                                                                                     tional aspects is included. (720:130) (3, 0)
       AGS 949                                         1-3   Computer Graphic Design is a studio-oriented
       Special Topics                                        course designed to use the computer as a                ART 134                                        3
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by              tool for graphics production. Typography,               Drawing II
       allowing students to enroll for up to three           page layout, fine art, graphic design, and              Prerequisite: ART 133 Drawing. Drawing II is a
       credits in a specific course or program area.         digital photography are among the top-                  continuation of Drawing dealing with the prac-
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-              ics discussed in class. (720:175) (3, 0)                tices and applications of basic drawing prin-
       sion of the particular area and is developed                                                                  ciples and techniques. Studio and sketchbook
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique
                                                             ART 120                                             3   assignments will explore the various media
                                                             2-D Design
       interests and needs of the students.                                                                          and compositional aspects. (720:131) (3, 0)
                                                             This studio course is a preparatory class for
                                                             all 2-D classes and an introduction to basic            ART 143                                        3
                                                             design elements and principles including color,         Painting
       Anthropology                                          craft, and presentation. Students are taught
                                                             to work through a design problem via stages
                                                                                                                     This is a studio course in beginning painting
                                                                                                                     exploring the various elements of painting
       ANT 105                                          3    of editing and critiques to achieve the best            from color, composition, and technique, to cre-
       Cultural Anthropology                                 possible design solution. (720:170) (3, 0)              ative invention and expression. (720:140) (3, 0)
       This course will consist of two parts. The
       first part, physical anthropology, will deal          ART 123                                             3 ART 144                                          3
       with man’s origin and development in                  3-D Design                                              Painting II
       prehistoric times, the origin of races, and           Prerequisite: ART 120 2-D Design is strongly            Prerequisite: ART 143 Painting. This studio
       the diffusion of humans around the globe.             recommended before enrolling in this                    class further explores the techniques in
       The second part, cultural anthropology,               course. This is a studio class which is a               painting. Students will develop and explore
       will trace the rise of the human species              continuation of two-dimensional design                  conceptual concerns. (720:141) (3, 0)
       through the use of tools and culture. This            but deals with the principles of space and
       part will also examine some contemporary              art in the third-dimension. (720:171) (3, 0)            ART 145                                        3
                                                                                                                     Water Color
       non-Western cultures. (620:230) (3,0)                 ART 124                                             3   Water Color is a studio course of begin-
                                                             Computer Art                                            ning painting exploring watercolor media.
                                                             Computer Art is a studio-oriented course                Included in this investigation: various
       Art                                                   designed to use the computer as a tool
                                                             for the production of studio quality, two-
                                                                                                                     elements of painting from color, composi-
                                                                                                                     tion and technique to creative invention
       ART 101                                          3    dimensional imagery. Technology in the arts             and expression. (720:142) (3, 0)
       Art Appreciation                                      is a relatively new outlet for many artists, this
       This course is a study of the elements,               course aims to experiment with a variety of             ART 157                                        3
       principles, and forms of expression from              software and peripherals to generate person-            Printmaking
       the major periods of Western Art. Although            ally authentic works of art. (720:174) (3, 0)           Printmaking is a studio course of beginning
       the works will be studied in the context of                                                                   monotype and relief printing processes.
       history, this is not a chronological survey of
                                                             ART 130                                             3   Woodcut, linoleum cut, and monoprints
                                                             Introduction to Computer Animation                      in black and white, multi-block color, and
       art. A variety of approaches to learning will be
                                                             Prerequisites: ART 124 Computer Art or ART              reduction printing will be covered. Basic
       used, including films, hands-on experiences,
                                                             117 Computer Graphic Design or instructor               knowledge, production procedures,
       possible field trips, and slides. (720:110) (3, 0)
                                                             approval. Computer Animation is a studio-               drawing skills, and experimentation
       ART 102                                          3    oriented course designed to use the computer            will be included. (720:150) (3, 0)
       Art for Elementary Education                          as a tool for motion graphics. It is a begin-
       This course is designed to introduce and              ning course that concentrates on the basic              ART 163                                        3
       to prepare students for the world of art              techniques of animation. Class exercises and            Sculpture
       education. Students will prepare and                  projects explore a variety of techniques, materi-       Prerequisites: ART 120 2-D Design and ART
       carry out lesson plans. (720:240) (3, 0)              als, designs, and writing for animation. The            123 3-D Design. One of the prerequisites
                                                             course will utilize software programs including         may be taken the same semester as the class
       ART 110                                          3    Adobe Photoshop and Adobe After Effects as              itself. This course will broaden the student’s
       Contemporary Art and Issues                           they apply to 2D animation. (720:176) (3, 0)            knowledge and understanding of how to make
       Contemporary Art and Issues is a history of                                                                   and think about three-dimensional works of
       visual arts course from 1940 to the present.                                                                  art through aesthetic and conceptual consid-
       Lives, careers, achievements, and controversies                                                               erations. Modeling and constructive methods
       of artists and the art world will be investigated.                                                            will be learned using various materials such
       76
            Table of Contents                           Areas of Study                  Course Descriptions                                  Index

       as wood, clay, plastic, etc. by creating four        ART 949                                         1-3   with the actual adjustments and repairs of
       different sculpture projects. (720:165) (3, 0)       Special Topics                                        defective components and assemblies in




                                                                                                                                                                         FORWARD
BACK




                                                            Special Topics expands the curriculum by              a supervised lab setting. (120:210) (1, 4)
       ART 173                                          3   allowing students to enroll for up to three
       Ceramics
                                                            credits in a specific course or program area.
                                                                                                                  AUT 242                                           6
       A beginning course in studio ceramics. Basic                                                               Basic Automotive Powertrain
                                                            Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       methods of hand building and processes for                                                                 This course is designed to introduce the
                                                            sion of the particular area and is developed
       functional and sculptural products are learned                                                             student to hydraulics and mechanical systems
                                                            by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       through studio experiences. (720:160) (3, 0)                                                               used in automotive transmissions. Theory and
                                                            interests and needs of the students.
                                                                                                                  operating principles of powertrain compo-
       ART 174                                          3                                                         nents such as engines, clutches, transmission,
       Ceramics II                                                                                                differentials, transfer cases, transaxles, and drive
       Prerequisite: ART 173 Ceramics. An advanced
       course in studio pottery, including firing tech-     Automotive                                            axles will be presented. General diagnosis
                                                                                                                  procedures and basic repair operations will be
       nique, special clay bodies, forming problems,
       and glaze calculations. (720:161) (3, 0)
                                                            Technology                                            a part of the lab experience. (120:216) (4, 4)

                                                          AUT 104                                            3 AUT 243                                              6
       ART 198                                          1 Introduction to Automotive                              Advanced Automotive Powertrain
       Art Explorations I                                   Technology                                            This course will cover the principles,
       This class will take the fear out of art.                                                                  components and operation of modern
                                                            This course provides instruction in the selection
       Students will explore mediums such as                                                                      transmissions and transaxles (both manual
                                                            and use of mechanics’ tools and precision
       painting, drawing, printmaking, and col-                                                                   and automatic), clutch assembly, driveshaft,
                                                            measuring devices. Practical, hands-on
       lage. Art historical references will also be                                                               transfer cases, C-V joints, and drive axle
                                                            activities with automotive engines and shop
       used to help reinforce learning. Students                                                                  systems. Lab experience will include in-car
                                                            safety will be emphasized. (120:156) (2, 2)
       will leave with a better understanding of                                                                  and bench diagnosis, maintenance, adjust-
       the medium that suits them best. (1, 0)              AUT 140                                          2    ments, and reconditioning using specialty
                                                            Welding for Automotive Mechanics                      tools and equipment. (120:217) (2, 8)
       ART 199                                          1   A basic understanding of sheet metal welding
       Art Explorations II                                  theory, procedures, and safety as related to          AUT 404                                           4
       This class will take the fear out of art. Students                                                         Automotive Suspension and Steering
                                                            automotive repair will be covered. Students
       will explore mediums such as ceramics,                                                                     This course will provide instruction in
                                                            will develop the skills in oxy-acetylene heating,
       two-dimensional design, three-dimensional                                                                  the theory of operation and service
                                                            cutting, and gas metal arc (MIG) sheet metal
       design, and watercolor. Art historical references                                                          procedures of automotive alignment and
                                                            welding. Matching the proper equipment
       will also be used to help reinforce learning.                                                              suspension systems. (120:168) (2, 4)
                                                            to the job, proper setup and maintenance
       Students will leave with a better understanding
                                                            of equipment, and proper operating tech-
       of the medium that suits them best. (1, 0)
                                                            niques will be presented. (120:112) (1, 2)
                                                                                                                  AUT 503                                           3
                                                                                                                  Automotive Brake Systems
       ART 203                                          3 AUT 145                                            2    This course will provide instruction in the
       Art History I                                        Basic Automotive Body Maintenance                     theory of operation and service procedures of
       Prerequisite: ART 101 Art Appreciation.                                                                    automotive braking systems. (120:167) (2, 2)
                                                            Adjustments to doors, hoods, deck lids, and
       Prehistoric through fifteenth century art.
                                                            windows will be presented. Students will
       This course is a survey of the development
                                                            learn to provide service to movable windows
                                                                                                                  AUT 535                                           5
       of sculpture, painting and architecture from
                                                            and to diagnose and repair wind noise
                                                                                                                  Advanced Automotive Brakes and
       their origin through the Greek Classical,
                                                            and water leaks. Students will also receive
                                                                                                                  Alignment
       Early Christian, Medieval, Romanesque,                                                                     This course is designed to require the student
                                                            information on vehicle detailing and other
       and Gothic periods. (720:120) (3, 0)                                                                       to build on and apply the knowledge and skills
                                                            minor cosmetic operations. (120:116) (1, 2)
                                                                                                                  gained in AUT 503 Automotive Brake Systems
       ART 204                                          3 AUT 163                                            3    and AUT 404 Automotive Suspension and
       Art History II                                       Automotive Engine Repair                              Steering. Through supervised lab experiences,
       Prerequisite: ART 101 Art Appreciation.                                                                    students will study advanced techniques in
                                                            This course will provide instruction in the
       Renaissance through Contemporary                                                                           the diagnosis, service, and repair of brake
                                                            theory and operation of the four stroke auto-
       art. A survey of the visual arts from the                                                                  and suspension systems. (120:140) (2, 6)
                                                            motive engine. Students will gain hands on
       sixteenth century through the Baroque,
                                                            experience in a lab setting learning how to ser-
       Impressionism, Cubism, Expressionism, to the
                                                            vice and repair cylinder heads. (120:122) (2, 2)
                                                                                                                  AUT 603                                           3
       works of the present day. (720:121) (3, 0)                                                                 Basic Automotive Electricity
                                                          AUT 173                         3                       This course will provide instruction in
       ART 928                                        1-3 Advanced Automotive Engine Repair                       theory and operation of automotive electrical
       Independent Study                                    This course is designed to provide the student        circuits. Safety, meters, and service informa-
       A student/instructor designed course                                                                       tion will be emphasized. (120:157) (2, 2)
                                                            with instruction in the proper diagnosis and
       intended for concentrated or advanced
                                                            repair of engine malfunctions. Students will
       study. Approval by the Offices of Instruction
                                                            learn diagnostic procedures using modern,
       and Student Services is required. (720:299)
                                                            high tech equipment and will flow through

                                                                                                                                                                   77
            Table of Contents                         Areas of Study                    Course Descriptions                              Index

       AUT 652                                         3                                                        and reports, integrating and analyzing data,
       Advanced Automotive Electricity                      Business                                            and managing and securing a database. (2,2)




                                                                                                                                                                      FORWARD
BACK




       This course is designed to provide instruc-
       tion in the diagnosis, repair, and service           Computer                                            BCA 215
                                                                                                                Computer Business Applications
                                                                                                                                                                  3
       of electrical and electronic components
       found on current vehicles. (120:158) (2, 2)
                                                            Application                                         Prerequisite: CSC 110 Introduction to
                                                                                                                Computers or equivalent or instructor
       AUT 704                                         4 BCA 052
                                                         Fundamentals of Computer
                                                                                                           3    approval. This is a course for experienced
       Automotive Heating and Air                                                                               computer users. This is an upper level
       Conditioning                                         Operations                                          applications course utilizing Microsoft Office
                                                            This non-transfer course is designed to assist      programs. Special attention will be given
       This course will provide instruction in the
                                                            students who have limited experience with           to program integration and applying skills
       theory of operation of auto air conditioning
                                                            a personal computer. Skills emphasized will         to business situations. (360:120) (2, 2)
       and heating systems. Students will learn how
                                                            include file management, Internet navigation,
       to diagnose and service auto air condition-
       ing and heating systems. (120:169) (2, 4)
                                                            email, and entry level functions of Microsoft       BCA 221                                           3
                                                            Word, Excel, and PowerPoint. Students               Integrated Computer Business
       AUT 823                                         4    may use this course to prepare for CSC              Applications
       Advanced Automotive Tune-up                          110 Introduction to Computers. (090:140) (3, 0)     Prerequisite: BCA 214 Advanced Computer
       This course is designed to train the student                                                             Business Applications. Suggested prerequi-
       in preventative maintenance, tune-ups, and
                                                            BCA 152                                        3    sites: ADM 116 Keyboarding II or equivalent.
       engine performance testing procedures.
                                                            Comprehensive Spreadsheets                          This course is designed for future business
                                                            Prerequisite: CSC 110 Introduction to               workers needing an understanding of the
       Theory, diagnosis, and repair of automotive
                                                            Computers or instructor approval. Concepts of       many facets of office technology. Emphasis
       ignition, electrical, and automotive fuel systems
                                                            spreadsheets and application in the business        is on taking real business simulations or
       will be covered. Students will be instructed on
                                                            world are covered. Introductory topics include      office jobs and using available equipment
       the proper use of computerized engine analyz-
                                                            creation of spreadsheets, data manipula-            and software to integrate these technologies
       ers and other related technology used in the
                                                            tion, printing, formatting, use of predefined       in an office environment. (180:134) (2, 2)
       modern day automotive shop. (120:203) (2, 4)
                                                            functions and charts. Advanced topics will
       AUT 834                                         4    include creating macros, filtering, import-         BCA 928                                         1-3
       Automotive Fuel Systems                              ing and exporting data, and spreadsheet             Independent Study
       This course will provide the instruction             analysis. Application to business situations        Student/instructor designed course intended
       to introduce the student to basic fuel               will be emphasized. Microsoft Excel will            for concentrated or advanced study.
       system principles. Students will study               be used for this course. (360:131) (2, 2)           Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
       theory and will gain hands-on experi-                                                                    Student Services is required. (360:299)
       ence by cleaning, repairing, and adjusting
                                                            BCA 167                                        3
       automotive fuel systems. (120:130) (2, 4)
                                                            Comprehensive Databases                             BCA 949                                         1-3
                                                            Prerequisite: CSC 110 Introduction to               Special Topics
       AUT 844                                         6    Computers or instructor approval. An in-depth       Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       Automotive Electronic Engine                         study of database management concepts,              allowing students to enroll for up to three
       Controls                                             their uses, roles, limitations, advantages, and     credits in a specific course or program area.
       This course is designed to require students          disadvantages. Students, through hands-on           Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       to apply knowledge and skills gained in AUT          experience, will learn to use database manage-      sion of the particular area and is developed
       603 Basic Automotive Electricity, AUT 652            ment software to design, create, set up, utilize,   by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       Advanced Automotive Electricity and AUT              query, program, customize, and integrate            interests and needs of the students.
       834 Automotive Fuel Systems. Through                 databases. Application to business situations
       supervised labs, students will experience            will be emphasized. Microsoft Access will
       hands on diagnosis and repair of the
       computers, sensors, and control devices
                                                            be used for this course. (360:136) (2, 2)
                                                                                                                Biology
       of late model cars. (120:200) (3, 6)
                                                            BCA 214                                        3
                                                         Advanced Computer Business                             BIO 105                                           4
       AUT 870                                         2 Applications                                           Introductory Biology(w/lab)
       Automotive Service Management                        Prerequisite: BCA 215 Computer Business             An introduction to basic biological principles
       This course is designed to acquaint the              Applications or equivalent or instructor            with emphasis on topics and issues of current
       student with the day-to-day operations of the        approval. This course covers post-advanced          interest and applications of biology related to
       automotive service industry. Instruction will be     applications utilizing Microsoft Office. The        the medical, ethical, and social dilemmas of
       provided for customer relations, shop manage-        primary focus will be on spreadsheet and            humans integrating with the biosphere. The
       ment, service write-ups, warranty procedures,        database applications. Emphasis will be             required laboratory will stress the process of
       and flat rate time guides. Students will practice    placed on advanced spreadsheet topics such          science and exposure to living organisms.
       procedures in a live lab setting. (120:236) (2, 0)   as macros, filtering, importing and exporting       Topics to be considered are structure, func-
                                                            data, and spreadsheet analysis. Database            tion, metabolism of cells, genetics, impact of
                                                            emphasis will be placed on customizing forms        molecular biology and genetic engineering,


       78
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                    Course Descriptions                                Index

       plants, animals, diversity, and evolution. Three     metabolism. Emphasis is on normal nutri-             and cardiovascular system, lymphatic system,
       lecture hours, two lab hours. (800:100) (3, 2)       tion, although discussion of nutrition during        respiratory system, digestive system, urinary




                                                                                                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




                                                            disease is included. Designed for students           system, and the reproductive system, along
       BIO 112                                          4   in health related fields.(800: 140) (3, 0)           with brief associated pathology of each system.
       General Biology I (w/lab)                                                                                 Three lecture hours, two lab hours (3, 2).
       Introduction to principles of biological science,    BIO 162                                          3
       including the chemistry and structure/               Essentials of Anatomy and                            BIO 186                                          4
       function of cells, heredity, evolution, and          Physiology                                           Microbiology (w/lab)
       diversity. The required laboratory provides          (Designed for nursing and allied health              Prerequisites: One year of high school chem-
       concrete experiences for course concepts             students.) Prerequisites: One year of high           istry or CHM 101 Fundamentals of Chemistry
       and exposure to a variety of organisms. This         school biology or one year of high school            and BIO 112 General Biology I or equivalent or
       course is intended for those students in majors      chemistry or CHM 101 Fundamentals of                 instructor approval. Students study cytology,
       requiring a two-semester sequence. Three             Chemistry or instructor approval. Introduces         metabolism, and diversity of microscopic
       lecture hours, two lab hours.(800:110) (3, 2)        the student to the structure, function,              organisms. Pathogens, etiology, and basic
                                                            and organization of the human body                   immunology are emphasized. Laboratory
       BIO 113                                          4   and all body systems. (800:130) (3, 0)               includes isolation, cultivation and control of
       General Biology II (w/lab)                                                                                selected bacteria, fungi, and others. Three
       A continuation of BIO 112 General                    BIO 163                                          4   lecture hours, two lab hours. (800:260) (3, 2)
       Biology I, this course examines metabo-              Essentials of Anatomy and
       lism, form, and function in plant and                Physiology (w/lab)                                   BIO 190                                          3
       animal life, and ecology. Three lecture              (Designed for nursing and allied health              Introductory Biotechnology
       hours, two lab hours. (800: 111) (3, 2)              students.) Prerequisites: BIO 112 General            Introduction to basic principles of biotech-
                                                            Biology I or BIO 162 Essentials of Anatomy           nology with emphasis on genetic theory,
       BIO 125                                          4   and Physiology and one year of high school           recombinant DNA theory, practice, and
       Plant Biology (w/lab)                                chemistry or equivalent or instructor approval       application. Students will look at applica-
       Comprehensive study of cytology, metabo-             This course is a progressive study of the            tions of molecular genetics in research,
       lism, diversity, reproduction, evolution,            structure and function of the cellular/tissue        human medicine, and agriculture. (3,0)
       and ecology of plants. Laboratory covers             and organ/system levels of the human body.
       morphology of algae, fungi, bryophytes,              Laboratory includes study of both gross              BIO 191                                          3
       lower vascular plants, and seed plants. Three        and microscopic structure of all systems             Introductory Biotechnology w/lab
       lecture hours, two lab hours. (800:160) (3, 2)       and function with dissection. Three lecture          Introduction to basic principles of biotech-
                                                            hours, two lab hours (800: 240) (3, 2)               nology with emphasis on genetic theory,
       BIO 130                                          4                                                        practice, and applications. Students will look at
       Animal Biology (w/lab)                               BIO 168                                          4   applications of molecular genetics in criminal
       A progressive study of the animal phyla,             Human Anatomy and Physiology I                       justice, research, human medicine, agriculture
       including structure, function, metabolism,           Prerequisite: BIO 105 Introductory Biology,          and business. Students will gain lab skills with
       diversity, and evolutionary relationships.           BIO 112 General Biology I, or one year of high       required laboratory, working with bacteria,
       Laboratory studies the anatomy and clas-             school biology within the past five years,           restriction enzymes, electrophoresis, and
       sification of selected animals through               and CHM 101 Fundamentals of Chemistry                other methods of molecular genetics. Two
       animal dissections. Three lecture hours,             or one year of high school chemistry within          lecture hours, two lab hours.(800:105) (2, 2)
       two lab hours (800:150) (3, 2)                       the past five years. This course is a study of
                                                            the structure and function of the human              BIO 928                                         1-3
       BIO 146                                          3                                                        Independent Study
       Genetics                                             body with combined lecture and laboratory.
                                                            This is the first semester of a two-semester         Student/instructor designed course intended
       Prerequisite: At least one semester of col-                                                               for concentrated or advanced study.
       lege biology (such as BIO 105 Introductory           course. Major topics addressed include levels
                                                            of organization, basic chemistry and metabo-         Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
       Biology or BIO 112 General Biology I) should                                                              Student Services is required. (800:299)
       be completed before taking this class. This          lism, cytology and histology. The systems
       course is an introduction to genetics. Topics        covered include the integumentary, skeletal,         BIO 949                                         1-3
       include  DNA, chromosomes, Mendelian                 muscular, nervous, and endocrine, along with         Special Topics
       genetics, mutations, molecular genetics,             brief associated pathology of each system.           Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       recombinant DNA, Genetically Modified                Three lecture hours, two lab hours (3, 2).           allowing students to enroll for up to three
       Organisms (GMOs), genetic engineering,               BIO 173                                          4   credits in a specific course or program area.
       molecular genetics, and genetic disease.  (3, 0)   Human Anatomy and Physiology II                        Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
                                                                                                                 sion of the particular area and is developed
       BIO 151                                          3 w/lab                                                  by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       Nutrition                                            Prerequisite: BIO 168 Human Anatomy and
                                                            Physiology I. This course is a study of the          interests and needs of the students.
       Prerequisite: One year of high school
       chemistry or CHM 101 Fundamentals of                 structure and function of the human body
       Chemistry or equivalent or instructor approval.      with combined lecture and laboratory. This
       Study of an individual’s health as related           is the second semester of a two-semester
       to the influence of nutrients and energy             course. Major topics addressed include blood

                                                                                                                                                                  79
            Table of Contents                         Areas of Study                     Course Descriptions                               Index

                                                             BUS 161                                         3   individual disciplines to perform case analysis,
       Business                                              Human Relations                                     promoting critical thinking skills, teamwork and




                                                                                                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




                                                             Human Relations is a course designed                a cross-functional business environment. (This
       BUS 102                                           3   to improve students’ ability to function            course should be taken in the final semester
       Introduction to Business                              in the workplace. This class will work on           of a student’s program.) (320:270) (3, 0)
       The functions and practices of modern busi-           increasing students’ self-awareness and
       ness and the economic institutions that facili-       improving their ability to get along with
                                                                                                                 BUS 928                                         1-3
       tate the operation of individual business units.                                                          Independent Study
                                                             customers, coworkers, and supervisors.
       The interrelations existing in the various phases                                                         Student/instructor designed course intended
                                                             The course will build communication and
       of business activity: organization, finance,                                                              for concentrated or advanced study.
                                                             human relation skills. (320:100) (3, 0)
       production, and marketing. (320:110) (3, 0)                                                               Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
                                                           BUS 185                                           3   Student Services is required. (320:299)
       BUS 110                                           3 Business Law I
       Business Math and Calculators                         After an introduction to the legal system and
                                                                                                                 BUS 932                                          4
       A study of the mathematics of business                                                                    Internship
                                                             an overview of the Constitution, torts and
       in its application to a variety of vocations                                                              The business and information technology
                                                             criminal law, the course focuses on one of the
       including fundamental mathematical                                                                        department offers, at certain stages of their
                                                             most significant bodies of law--contracts. The
       processes, fractions, price and cost, interest,                                                           curriculum, cooperative programs in which
                                                             area of contract law will expose the student to
       bank discounts, cash and trade discounts,                                                                 students may gain practical experience. When
                                                             the rules developed by our society which allow
       depreciation, payroll and taxes, and financial                                                            the student has reached a predetermined level
                                                             promises to be binding and enforceable, rules
       statements. Students will acquire the skills to                                                           of proficiency, each student is placed at a train-
                                                             which allow promises to be broken, and rules
       use Microsoft Excel and traditional methods                                                               ing station for a minimum of 160 contact hours
                                                             which govern the remedies. (320:240) (3, 0)
       to perform each concept. (320:115) (3, 0)                                                                 where practical experience can supplement
                                                           BUS 186                                           3   the classroom skill-building. (320:262) (0, 0, 16)
       BUS 121                                           3 Business Law II
       Business Communications                               No prerequisite, however BUS 185 Business
                                                                                                                 BUS 949                                         1-3
       Prerequisite: ENG 101 Elements of Writing                                                                 Special Topics
                                                             Law I is recommended. The course begins
       or minimum COMPASS writing score of                                                                       Special Topics expands the curriculum by
                                                             with a study of Section 2 of the Uniform
       69. This course is a study ofcommunica-                                                                   allowing students to enroll for up to three
                                                             Commercial Code, which deals with sales.
       tions for the typical business situation.                                                                 credits in a specific course or program area.
                                                             The course turns next to reviewing the
       To be covered are reports and letters of                                                                  Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
                                                             various types of employment relations and
       inquiry, orders, credit, collections, sales,                                                              sion of the particular area and is developed
                                                             business associations, including partner-
       and handling disputes. (320:200) (3, 0)                                                                   by the teaching faculty to meet unique
                                                             ships and corporations. The remainder of
                                                                                                                 interests and needs of the students.
       BUS 130                                           3   the course is spent studying real estate law,
       Introduction to Entrepreneurship                      and, if possible, trusts. (320:241) (3, 0)

                                                                                                                 Computer Aided
       This course examines the preparations                 BUS 230                                         3
       and methods needed to start a business,               Quantitative Methods for Business
       including business plan preparation, the
       management functions needed to keep it
                                                             Decision Making
                                                             Prerequisite: MAT 101 Intermediate Algebra or
                                                                                                                 Drafting
       operating on a sound basis, financial analysis        instructor approval. A study of the quantita-       CAD 113                                          3
       system, management, sales promotion,                  tive methods commonly used in business              AutoCAD I
       purchasing, pricing, human resources manage-          and related areas. The course includes a basic      The student will become familiar with
       ment, credit, insurance, inventory control,           algebra and probability review, decision            two-dimensional capabilities of AutoCAD.
       regulations, and taxes. (320:123) (3, 0)              theory, models, linear programming, forecast-       The student will learn to be proficient, work
       BUS 150                                           3   ing, and inventory control. (320:236) (3, 0)        with blocks, attributes, libraries, and set
       E-commerce                                                                                                up template drawings. (220:172) (2, 2)
                                                             BUS 238                                         3
       Internet marketing is designed to improve             Business Problem Solving                            CAD 117                                          3
       students’ understanding of basic marketing            A capstone course for those students in busi-       AutoCAD II
       principles and their application to the emerg-        ness and information technology programs.           Prerequisite: CAD 113 AutoCAD I. The
       ing electronic commerce (E-commerce) indus-           The course will apply knowledge learned             student will learn about isometric drawings
       try. Students will demonstrate knowledge              in business curriculum including account-           from 2D images, develop 3D images, solid
       in Web page formatting incorporating the              ing, management, marketing, information             modeling, basic AutoLISP programming, and
       needed elements to make business Web pages            technology, E-commerce and office systems           data source connection. (220:177) (2, 2)
       usable and successful. This class will deal with      through the development of business strategy
       the business applications and implications of         and implementation. Topics to be covered            CAD 280                                          2
       beginning E-commerce study. (Note that this           include development of a mission statement,         SDS/2 Interactive Graphics
       is not a fundamentals of Web programming or           value creation, SWOT analysis and strategy          Prerequisite: CAD 117 AutoCAD II. The student
       computer programming class.) (320:243) (3, 0)         implementation and assessment. Students             will become familiar with the capabilities
                                                             will share knowledge learned across their           of SDS/2 Editor. The student will learn to

       80
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                      Course Descriptions                                 Index

       be proficient using the drawing editor by             aromatics, and alcohols. Laboratory work              course will also include discussions of other
       creating drawings, work with assemblies,              is designed to supplement and support                 JAVA elements, such as interfaces, contain-




                                                                                                                                                                           FORWARD
BACK




       adaptive detailing, global standards, and             lecture and discussion topics. Three lecture          ers, and polymorphism. (360:226) (3, 0)
       set up template drawings. (20:212) (1,2)              hours, three lab hours (820:290) (3,3)
                                                                                                                 CIS 161                                              3
                                                             CHM 271                                           4 C++
                                                             Organic Chemistry II (w/lab)                          Prerequisite: Experience in a programming
       Chemistry                                             Prerequisites: CHM 261 Organic Chemistry I            language. An introduction to C++. The course
                                                             or instructor approval. This course is the last       will include files, arithmetic and logical opera-
       CHM 101                                           3   four hours of an eight-hour sequence in               tions, control structures, functions and param-
       Fundamentals of Chemistry                             organic chemistry. The broad topics of                eter passing, arrays, a preface to using objects,
       This course is an introduction to the principles      discussion are: nomenclature, synthesis,              and incorporation of the older C include
       and theories of general chemistry. Topics             structure and bonding, reaction mechanisms,           files into C++ programs. (360:230) (3, 0)
       of study include: atomic structure, chemical          and physical properties. An emphasis is
       bonding, matter, chemical reactions, solu-            placed on using spectroscopic techniques              CIS 171                                            3
       tions, stoichiometry, acids, bases, and nuclear       to determine structural arrangement, car-             JAVA
       chemistry. This course is intended for students       bonyl compounds, benzene compounds,                   Prerequisite: Programming in BASIC or
       desiring a basic background in general                alcohols, and ethers. Laboratory work                 another computer language. An introduc-
       chemistry and for those majoring in an allied         is designed to supplement and support                 tion to structured programming using
       health field. This course will not be considered      lecture and discussion topics. Three lecture          JAVA. Topics will include variables, data
       a laboratory course but will incorporate              hours, three lab hours. (820:291) (3,3)               types, mathematical expressions, input and
       the use of student-centered activities to                                                                   output, standard functions, user-defined
       help facilitate learning. (820:180) (3, 0)            CHM 928                                         1-3   functions, classes, control structures,
                                                             Independent Study                                     iteration, file streams, aspects of objects, and
       CHM 166                                           5   Student/instructor designed course intended           Windows API interface. (360:200) (3, 0)
       General Chemistry I (w/lab)                           for concentrated or advanced study.
       This course is the first five hours of a 10-hour      Approval by the Offices of Instruction and            CIS 215                                            3
       sequence in general chemistry. The broad top-         Student Services is required.(820:299)                Server Side Web Programming
       ics of discussion are: gases, liquids and solids,                                                           Prerequisites: CIS 604 Visual Basic, CIS 171 JAVA,
       atoms and molecules, nomenclature and                 CHM 949                                         1-3   and some experience in coding HTML. An
       chemical arithmetic, atomic structure, proper-        Special Topics                                        introduction to the theory and implementa-
       ties of elements, chemical bonding, and energy        Special Topics expands the curriculum by              tion of interactive Web programming. The
       changes in chemical reactions. Laboratory             allowing students to enroll for up to three           course will begin with JAVA script and HTML
       work is designed to supplement and support            credits in a specific course or program area.         input forms and move on to interfacing
       lecture and discussion topics. Four lecture           Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-              them with simple programs in Perl CGI, ASP,
       hours, two lab hours. (820:190) (4, 2)                sion of the particular area and is developed          and JSP. The remainder of the semester will
                                                             by the teaching faculty to meet unique                focus on PHP and MySQL. (360:247) (3, 0)
       CHM 176                                           5   interests and needs of the students.
       General Chemistry II (w/lab)                                                                                CIS 230                                            3
       Prerequisite: CHM 166 General Chemistry I.                                                                  Web Infrastructure
       General Chemistry II is an extension of General                                                             Prerequisite: A business, networking, or MIS
       Chemistry I. The general topics of discussion         Computer                                              major or programming experience. A three-

                                                             Programming
       are: solutions, oxidation-reduction, chemical                                                               part introduction to computer programming
       equilibrium, acids and bases, ionic equilib-                                                                technology. The first section, literacy, deals
       rium, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics,                                                                  with history of hardware, software, multi-
                                                             CIS 121                                           3   user technologies, and programming. The
       nuclear chemistry, carbon compounds, and              Introduction to Programming Logic                     second section will be an introduction to
       polymers and proteins. Laboratory work                This course will provide a basic understand-
       is designed to supplement and support                                                                       networking. Topics will include installation
                                                             ing of problem-solving concepts. The course
       lecture and discussion topics. Four lecture                                                                 of server software and hardware, protocols,
                                                             explains the logic behind storing and moving
       hours, two lab hours (820:191) (4, 2)                                                                       user accounts, privileges, data sharing, and
                                                             data and the programming logic required to            networked programs. The third section
       CHM 261                                           4   meet the needs and parameters of end users            will cover Web-hosting topics. Students
       Organic Chemistry I (w/lab)                           and the systems they utilize. (360:155) (3, 0)        will register a domain name, lease a Web
       Prerequisites: CHM 176 General Chemistry II                                                                 host, and set up pseudo business Web
                                                             CIS 152                                           3
       or instructor approval This course is the first                                                             sites on a remote host. (360:112) (3, 0)
                                                             Data Structures
       four hours of an eight-hour sequence in               Prerequisite: CIS 171 JAVA. This course will
       organic chemistry. The broad topics of                                                                      CIS 339                                            3
                                                             cover the development and implementation
       discussion are: nomenclature, synthesis,                                                                    Advanced Database and SQL
                                                             of algorithms involving arrays, stacks, queues,
       structure and bonding, reaction mechanisms,                                                                 Prerequisites: BCA 214 Advanced Computer
                                                             linked lists, sorts, and files. The structures
       and physical properties. An emphasis is                                                                     Business Applications and CIS 121 Introduction
                                                             will be incorporated into window frames
       placed on alkanes, alkenes, alkyl halides,                                                                  to Programming Logic. Students will be trained
                                                             and html applets in many instances. The               to install, configure, upgrade, troubleshoot,
                                                                                                                                                                      81
            Table of Contents                         Areas of Study                      Course Descriptions                                 Index

       and repair Structured Query Language (SQL)             also be presented, including project selection        analyze the history of the people, cultures,
       databases for use in today’s data-intensive            methods, work breakdowns, network diagrams,           and institutions of the 33 countries in the




                                                                                                                                                                          FORWARD
BACK




       work environments. Database systems are the            critical path analysis, and scheduling. Students      continents of North and South America. This
       key component to any network infrastructure.           will have the opportunity to utilize software         course will cover Latin American history
       They are the sole reason networks came into            to help plan and manage an information                and culture from the discovery of America
       popularity and the complexity of a database            technology project. (360:252) (3, 0)                  through the Wars of Independence to the
       continues to grow. The database industry                                                                     present, including colonial institutions,
       is the foundation for the exchange of data             CIS 755                                          3    and major social, political, and economic
       and management of information. (3, 0)                  Management Information Systems                        developments. The national development
                                                              Prerequisite: BCA 215 Computer Business               and the social and political problems of
       CIS 604                                            3   Applications or instructor approval. This course      Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Cuba, and Mexico
       Visual Basic                                           will acquaint the student with the variety of         will have special emphasis. (520:114) (3, 0)
       An introduction to structured programming              topics and issues related to business systems,
       using Microsoft Visual Basic. Topics will              information and computers. The objective of           CLS 164                                          3
       include Windows API objects, variables, data           this course is to provide a base of knowledge         Japanese History and Culture
       types, mathematical expressions, input and             and to acquaint students with the literature          This course is a comprehensive overview of
       output, standard functions, user-defined               available and other sources for continuing            Japanese culture based upon the study of
       functions, control structures, iteration,              their learning in the information technology          history, geography, religion, customs, values,
       arrays, and simple sorts. (360:146) (3, 0)             field. Students would also practice software          art, literature, sport, language, and cuisine. The
                                                              skills in solving business and technology             main purpose of this course is to provide the
       CIS 612                                            3   integrated problems. (360:251) (3, 0)                 student with a basic understanding of and an
       Advanced Visual Basic                                                                                        appreciation for a non-Western culture. (3, 0)
       Prerequisite: CIS 604 Visual Basic or instructor       CIS 928                                         1-3
       approval. An intermediate course in Visual             Independent Study                                     CLS 928                                         1-3
       BASIC programming. Students will design,               Student/instructor designed course intended           Independent Study
       write, and debug Visual Basic programs using           for concentrated or advanced study.                   Student/instructor designed course intended
       structured programming concepts. Program               Approval by the Offices of Instruction and            for concentrated or advanced study.
       concepts covered will include animation and            Student Services is required. (360:299)               Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
       graphics, control arrays, database manage-                                                                   Student Services is required. (520:299)
       ment, classes and objects, multiple forms,             CIS 949                                         1-3
       modules, and Active-X. (360:147) (3, 0)                Special Topics                                        CLS 949                                         1-3
                                                              Special Topics expands the curriculum by              Special Topics
       CIS 650                                            3   allowing students to enroll for up to three           Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       PC Operating Systems                                   credits in a specific course or program area.         allowing students to enroll for up to three
       A course in resource and file management               Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-              credits in a specific course or program area.
       on small computer systems. The course will             sion of the particular area and is developed          Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       survey techniques used to manage second-               by the teaching faculty to meet unique                sion of the particular area and is developed
       ary storage. The students will also learn the          interests and needs of the students.                  by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       nuances of installing and managing resources                                                                 interests and needs of the students.
       and users in a PC environment. An in-depth
       study will be made of drivers, controllers,
                                                              Cultural Studies
       and external and internal operating systems
       commands. Rudimentary introductions
                                                              CLS 105                                          3
                                                                                                                    Communication
       to the registry, batch programming, and
       systems programming with other languages
                                                              Cultural Diversity and Identity                       COM 101                                          1
                                                              Recommended prerequisite: SOC                         Sharpening Your Business Writing
       will also be included. (360:250) (3, 0)
                                                              110 Introduction to Sociology. This course            Skills
       CIS 750                                            3   offers an introduction to the sociological study      Co-requisite: Career and Technical Education
       Project Management                                     of the cultural diversity in American society. It     students should also enroll in SDV 153 Pre-
       Prerequisite: CIS 755 Management Information           will enable the student to understand some            employment Strategies. This course provides
       System and BCA 214 Advanced Computer                   of the problems and complexities involved in          practical examples of good writing techniques
       Business Applications or instructor approval.          the relationship between the many groups              and focuses on the types of writing expected
       This course is designed to provide students            that compose our diverse society. It will deal        from today’s business personnel. Students will
       exposure to project management and its                 with ethnic, cultural, and gender groups              also learn how to communicate information,
       importance to improving success in informa-            within the United States. (620:210) (3, 0)            present and defend their ideas, and persuade
       tion technology projects. Topics addressed                                                                   others to adopt their point of view. (1,0)
       in the course will include triple constraints of
                                                              CLS 150                                          3
       project management, project life cycle, cost
                                                              Latin American History and Culture                    COM 928                                         1-3
                                                              The main purpose of this class is to provide          Independent Study
       estimates, value management and motivation
                                                              the student with a basic understanding of             Student/instructor designed course intended
       theory, and team building. Tools and tech-
                                                              an appreciation for Latin American history            for concentrated or advanced study.
       niques important to project management will
                                                              and culture. This course is designed to

       82
            Table of Contents                           Areas of Study                   Course Descriptions                                 Index

       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and            CON 188                                           5 CRR 116                                           2
       Student Services is required. (400:299)               Construction Lab IIA                                  Advanced Welding Techniques




                                                                                                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




                                                             (130:132) (1, 10)                                     Prerequisite: CRR 101 Sheet Metal Welding. A
       COM 949                                         1-3                                                         continuation of gas metal arc welding (MIG)
       Special Topics                                        CON 189                                           5   with advanced applications including spool
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by              Construction Lab IIB                                  and pulse welding aluminum. Gas tungsten arc
       allowing students to enroll for up to three           (130:133) (1, 10)                                     welding (TIG) and additional plasma cutting
       credits in a specific course or program area.
                                                             CON 401                                           8   will be covered. Working with various metals
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
                                                             Internship I                                          such as stainless steel, aluminum, galvanized
       sion of the particular area and is developed
                                                             While enrolled in this course, the student will       metal, and cast along with squeeze type resis-
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique
                                                             secure a job and perform carpenter duties for         tance spot welding (STRSW) and weld bond
       interests and needs of the students.
                                                             regular pay. This applies toward the on-the-          adhesives will also be included. (110:230) (1, 2)
                                                             job training which is required for attaining          CRR 201                                         2
       Construction
                                                             journeyman status. (130:202) (1, 0, 28)               Plastic Repair
                                                             CON 402                                           8   Students will receive instruction on thermosets
       CON 141                                          2 Internship II                                            and thermoplastics, repair decisions, plastic
       Basic Construction Skills                             While enrolled in this course, the stu-               welding and adhesive repair technology. SMC
       This course provides students with the                dent will secure a job as a carpenter                 repair will also be covered. (110:171) (1, 2)
       basics in construction; math, safety, blue-           gaining experience while being paid                   CRR 301                                         1
       print reading, hand tools, power tools,               carpenter wages. (130:204) (1, 0, 28)                 Introduction to Collision Repair
       and rigging for cranes. (130:106) (2, 0)                                                                    Safety, worker protection, EPA compliance,
       CON 155                                          3                                                          careers and fundamentals of collision
       Carpentry Level I                                     Criminal Justice                                      repair are covered. Tools and equipment,
                                                                                                                   shop designs, and the interpretation of
       This course provides students with a
       solid background in the carpentry trade,              CRJ 200                                           3   MSDS will be studied. (110:111) (1, 0)
       construction materials, hand and power                Criminology
                                                             This course is an introductory course in the
                                                                                                                   CRR 324                                         4
       tools, and rough framing. (130:107) (2, 2)                                                                  Sheet Metal Fundamentals
                                                             field of criminology. We will examine topics
       CON 156                                          5                                                          Metalworking skills are taught as the founda-
                                                             including history, nature, and theories of crime
       Carpentry Level II                                                                                          tion of properly repairing damaged metal
                                                             causation, crime typologies, the criminal justice
       This course provides students with a                                                                        panels, followed by an understanding of body
                                                             system, and issues related to current crime
       good background in concrete form                                                                            fillers and shaping techniques. Damage theory
                                                             trends in America. The criminal behavior pat-
       and flatwork. (130:108) (2, 6)                                                                              is covered in addition to damage analysis and
                                                             terns include violent crimes, property crimes,
                                                                                                                   types of steel used in automotive construc-
                                                             white-collar crimes, cybercrimes, organized
       CON 158                                          5    crime, and public order crime. (620:240) (3, 0)
                                                                                                                   tion. Aluminum cosmetic panel straighten-
       Carpentry Level III                                                                                         ing will also be taught. (110:121) (1, 6)
       This course is focused on exterior                    CRJ 928                                     1-3 CRR 361                                               4
       finish work and beginning interior                    Independent Study
       finish work. (130:201) (1, 8)                                                                               Collision Lab I
                                                             Student/instructor designed course intended
                                                                                                                   Actual shop setting where project vehicles
                                                             for concentrated or advanced study.
       CON 159                                          5    Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
                                                                                                                   are worked on based off of actual estimates.
       Carpentry Level IV                                                                                          The objective of the labs is to fine tune
                                                             Student Services is required. (620:299)
       In this course students are exposed to supervi-                                                             previously taught skills and to sequence a
       sion, finish work, metal studs and drywall,                                                                 repair plan while improving speed and work
       cabinetry, and finish floors. (130:203) (1, 8)                                                              efficiency on a production basis. Each new
       CON 183                                          5    Collision Repair/                                     lab is designed to introduce tougher projects
                                                                                                                   and develop the student/technicians inde-
       Construction Lab IA
       These courses provide hands-on
                                                             Refinish                                              pendence while increasing the flat rate hours
                                                                                                                   turned in a clocked period. (110:188) (2, 4)
       experience in the construction of a                   CRR 101                                           2
       residential home. (130:122) (1, 10)                   Sheet Metal Welding                                   CRR 362                                         3
                                                             The structural integrity of the vehicle is            Collision Lab II
       CON 184                                          5    dependent on skills in welding. This course           Prerequisite: CRR 361 Collision Lab I (1, 4)
       Construction Lab IB                                   provides the training in oxyacetylene heating
       (130:123) (1, 10)
                                                             and cutting, MIG welding and plasma cutting.          CRR 363                                         2
                                                                                                                   Collision Lab III
       CON 187                                          8    Safety is also stressed. (110:100) (1, 2)
                                                                                                                   Prerequisite: CRR 362 Collision
       Construction Lab III                                                                                        Lab II (110:220) (0, 4)
       (130:142) (1, 14)


                                                                                                                                                                  83
            Table of Contents                          Areas of Study                   Course Descriptions                              Index

       CRR 364                                         2   flat rates, insurance procedures, and                CSC 949                                         3
       Collision Lab IV                                    industry definitions are covered. (3, 0)             Special Topics




                                                                                                                                                                    FORWARD
BACK




       Prerequisite: CRR 363 Collision                                                                          Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       Lab III (110:225) (0, 4)
                                                           CRR 760                                          2   allowing students to enroll for up to three
                                                           Advanced Estimating
                                                                                                                credits in a specific course or program area.
       CRR 420                                         4   Prerequisite: CRR 743 Estimating. Students
                                                                                                                Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       Non-Structural Repairs                              will be introduced to ADP software and
                                                                                                                sion of the particular area and is developed
       Techniques in cosmetic panel replacement            further develop computerized estimating
                                                                                                                by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       and alignment are discovered of both bolt-on        skills with Mitchell software. Topics will
                                                                                                                interests and needs of the students.
       and weld-on types. Door hardware, moveable          include: customer relations, claims pro-
       glass, exterior and interior trim replacement       cessing, judgment and flat rate decisions,
       and repairs round out this offering. Adhesive       alternative parts use, restoration estimating,
       bonding and aluminum panel replacement              and estimating damage from hail, deer, and
                                                           other unique situations. (110:210) (2, 0)
                                                                                                                Drafting
       procedures are also covered. (110:134) (2, 4)
                                                                                                              DRF 113                            3
       CRR 504                                         4 CRR 804                                            4 Fundamentals of Technical Drafting
       Frame and Unibody Damage Analysis                   Introduction to Refinishing                          Drawing equipment, geometric construction,
       Advanced collision theory coupled with              Fundamentals are stressed in this introduc-          multiview drawings, and isometrics will be
       fundamentals of measuring full frame and            tion to painting. Surface preparation,               studied and practiced. The students will study
       unibody constructed vehicles with centerline        safety, composition of paints, undercoats,           both the requirements of mechanical, struc-
       gauges. Safety and the various types of pulling     application techniques, and equipment                tural, and architectural drawing. This section
       and measuring equipment will be covered.            are covered in great detail. Masking skills,         will allow the student with no previous drafting
       Structural integrity via stationary glass is        single stage topcoat and basecoat/clearcoat          experience to obtain a good foundation of
       also covered with replacement procedures.           applications are practiced acquainting the           basic drafting procedures. (220:102) (1, 4)
       Corrosion protection is also studied. (2, 4)        student in refinishing. (110:148) (2, 4)

       CRR 534                                         4 CRR 833                                            3
       Structural Repair
       Prerequisite: CRR 504 Frame and Unibody
                                                           Refinishing II
                                                           Prerequisite: CRR 804 Introduction to
                                                                                                                Early Childhood
       Damage Analysis. Steel structural parts             Refinishing. A further study in refinish
                                                           operations including finish defects, application
                                                                                                                Education
       replacement and sectioning on full frame
       and unibodies. New and used parts will              problems, non-painting repairs, including            ECE 103                                         3
       be covered. Preparation for Structural              detailing. Basecoat/clearcoats, tri-coat, and        Introduction to Early Childhood
       Parts Steel Qualification testing. (2, 4)           multi-stage finishes are covered in greater          Education
                                                           detail. Tinting, blending, and color theory          Gives students a historical and philosophical
       CRR 572                                         2   will also be covered. (110:146) (1, 4)               foundation of the field of early childhood
       Advanced Structural Repair                                                                               education. Includes an overview of assess-
       Prerequisite: CRR 534 Structural Repair.                                                                 ment and trends that influence best practices.

                                                           Computer Science
       Alternative methods of diagnosing frames                                                                 Explores careers in the field. Addresses
       and unibody damage with UMS and                                                                          incluences of families and diversity. (3, 0)
       laser/computerized measuring systems.
       Characteristics of aluminum structural              CSC 110                                          3 ECE 106                                           1
       parts. Structural straightening aluminum            Introduction to Computers                            Child Development Associate
       and structural parts aluminum damage                Prerequisite: Keyboarding skills. This is an         Standards
       diagnosis and replacement. (110:200) (1, 2)         introductory course that surveys a variety           Prerequisite: Two of the following courses: ECE
                                                           of computer topics to include history,               103 , PEH 205, ECE 245. One of the required
       CRR 602                                         2   hardware, software, terminology, com-                classes may be taken during the same semes-
       Mechanical Repairs                                  munications, computer ethics, and societal           ter. Students must verify their ability to meet
       An introductory course in collision based           impact. In addition to computer literacy,            CDA Credential eligibility and obtain a current
       mechanical repairs. Basic repairs to electri-       students will complete hands-on modules for          First Aid, CPR, and Mandatory Reporting
       cal, steering, suspension, cooling, passive         Microsoft Office programs. (360:110) (3, 0)          certification by the last week of ECE 106. This
       restraints, and air conditioning systems                                                                 course assists the eligible CDA credential candi-
       are taught. Repairs begin with identifica-          CSC 928                                      1-3     date with developing and preparing for the
       tion, diagnosis and an understanding of             Independent Study                                    Preschool, Infant-Toddler, or Family Childcare
       system operations. (110:145) (1, 2)                 Student/instructor designed course intended
                                                                                                                CDA validation visit and assessment. Students
                                                           for concentrated or advanced study.
                                                                                                                will develop a resource binder and prepare
       CRR 743                                         3   Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
                                                                                                                for the written and oral assessment exam and
       Estimating                                          Student Services is required. (360:299)
                                                                                                                for the final observation. General topics for
       Students are taught to correctly analyze                                                                 discussion include planning a safe, healthy
       and record physical damage on a vehicle.                                                                 environment; steps to advance children’s
       Mitchell software is introduced. Knowledge                                                               physical and intellectual development;
       of mechanical and body parts, nomenclature,
       84
            Table of Contents                         Areas of Study                      Course Descriptions                                Index

       positive ways to support children’s social             months. Prepares students to utilize devel-          ECN 120                                          3
       and emotional development; strategies to               opmentally appropriate practices includ-             Principles of Macroeconomics




                                                                                                                                                                         FORWARD
BACK




       establish productive relationships with families;      ing responsive caregiving, routines as               An introduction to concepts and termi-
       effective program operation; maintaining a             curriculum, importance of relationships              nology of macroeconomics. A study of
       commitment to professionalism; observing and           with diverse families, and a focus on the            national income and national output,
       recording children’s behavior; and principles          whole child in inclusive settings. (3,0)             money and banking, fiscal and mon-
       of child growth and development. (0, 2)                                                                     etary policy, inflation, unemployment,
                                                            ECE 243                                           3    and international trade. (340:220) (3, 0)
       ECE 133                                            3 Early Childhood Guidance
       Child Health, Safety and Nutrition                     Focuses on the effective approaches and              ECN 130                                          3
       Focuses on current concepts in the field of            positive guidance strategies for supporting          Principles of Microeconomics
       health, safety and nutrition and their relation-       the development of all children. Emphasizes          An introduction to concepts and terminol-
       ship to the growth and development of                  supportive interactions and developmentally          ogy of microeconomics. A study of supply
       the young child ages birth to eight. Blends            appropriate environments. Uses assessment to         and demand, individual consumer and
       current theory with practical applications             analyze and guide behaviors. Studies impact          firm behaviors, pricing and the market
       and assessments. Includes the influences of            of families and diversity on child guidance. (3,0)   system, market structure, and the alloca-
       families and diversity on health, safety and                                                                tion of resources. (340:221) (3, 0)
       nutrition in early childhood settings. (3, 0)          ECE 262                                         3
                                                              Early Childhood Field Experience                     ECN 928                                         1-3
       ECE 158                                            3   Prerequisites: ECE 158 Early Childhood               Independent Study
       Early Childhood Curriculum I                           Curriculum I, ECE 159 Early Childhood                Student/instructor designed course intended
       Focuses on the development, implementation,            Curriculum II, ECE 170 Child Growth &                for concentrated or advanced study.
       and assessment of appropriate environments             Development, ECE 221 Infant/Toddler Care             Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
       and curricula for young children ages three            and Education, ECE 243 Early Childhood               Student Services is required. (340:299)
       through eight. Students prepare to utilize             Guidance 2.0 GPA overall and 2.0 GPA in Early
       developmentally appropriate practices in               Childhood courses. Enrollment without the            ECN 949                                         1-3
       a context of family and culturally sensitive           pre-or co-requisites may be granted with             Special Topics
       care. Emphasis is on understanding children’s          permission of the early childhood faculty.           Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       developmental stages and developing appro-                                                                  allowing students to enroll for up to three
                                                              Supervised experience* in selected early             credits in a specific course or program area.
       priate learning opportunities, interactions and
                                                              childhood settings serving children ages             Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       environments in the following areas: dramatic
                                                              birth through eight. Includes integration            sion of the particular area and is developed
       play, art, music, fine and gross motor play. (3,0)
                                                              of theory, research, and reflective practice.        by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       ECE 159                                            3   Provides an understanding of develop-                interests and needs of the students.
       Early Childhood Curriculum II                          mentally appropriate practices and the
       Focuses on the development, implementation             developmental stages of diverse populations
       and assessment of appropriate environments             of young children and families. Emphasizes
       and curricula for young children ages three            professional relationships and behavior,             Education
       through eight. Students prepare to utilize             appropriate adult/child interactions, basic
       developmentally appropriate practices in               curriculum planning, and program routines.           EDU 120                                          2
       a context of family and culturally sensitive                                                                Communication, Ethics, and
                                                              *Requires a minimum of 80 contact hours              Confidentiality
       care. Emphasis is on understanding children’s          (4800 minutes) for 2 credits of direct work with
       developmental stages and developing                                                                         Participants will develop skills and strate-
                                                              children, with the remaining contact hours           gies to enhance communication and
       appropriate learning opportunities, interac-           equal to one credit being distributed across
       tions and environments in the following                                                                     examine situations where professional-
                                                              direct contact and classroom hours as deemed         ism, ethical standards, and confidentiality
       areas: emergent literacy, math, science,               appropriate by the institution. (1, 0, 0, 5)
       technology, and social studies. (3, 0)                                                                      will guide the correct course of action
                                                                                                                   when working with colleagues, students,
       ECE 170                                            3                                                        parents, and others. (640:130) (2, 0)
       Child Growth and Development
       Reviews typical and atypical development
                                                              Economics                                            EDU 121                                          2
       of children from conception to adolescence             ECN 115                                         3 Behavior Improvement
                                                                                                                   Participants will gain knowledge, skills and
       in all developmental domains. Presents                 Personal Finance
       interactions between child, family, and society                                                             strategies to assist, support and maintain the
                                                              Discussion and study of consumer problems,
       within a variety of community and cultural                                                                  positive social, emotional, and behavioral
                                                              practical information for solving financial
       contexts. Examines theories associated                                                                      development of children. (640:131) (2, 0)
                                                              problems, and suggestions for the improve-
       with our understanding of children. (3,0)              ment of methods for planning and spending            EDU 122                                          2
       ECE 221                                            3   of incomes. Includes budgeting, money                Roles and Responsibilities
                                                              management, consumer credit, insurance,              Participants will develop skills, and strate-
       Infant/Toddler Care and Education                      saving and investment, home ownership,               gies to assist, support and maintain safe
       Focuses on care, education, and assess-
                                                              and estate planning. (340:110) (3, 0)                environments, educational activities, team
       ment of children from birth to thirty-six
                                                                                                                                                                    85
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                    Course Descriptions                               Index

       interventions, and technology integration           EDU 928                                         1-3 ENG 041                                         1
       when working with colleagues, students,             Independent Study                                    Communication Skills II




                                                                                                                                                                   FORWARD
BACK




       parents, and others. (640:132) (2, 0)               Student/instructor designed course intended          Prerequisite: ENG 040 Communication
                                                           for concentrated or advanced study.                  Skills I. This is a continuation of
       EDU 165                                        3    Approval by the Offices of Instruction and           ENG 040. (090:131) (1, 0)
       Early Childhood: Pre-Kindergarten-
                                                           Student Services is required. (640:299)
       Grade 3                                                                                                 ENG 042                                         1
       Prerequisite: The student must have completed       EDU 949                                         1-3 Communication Skills III
       the Level I paraeducator certification process      Special Topics                                       Prerequisite: ENG 041 Communication
       and received paraeducator certificate. This         Special Topics expands the curriculum by             Skills II. This is a continuation of
       course will provide paraeducators with the fol-     allowing students to enroll for up to three          ENG 041. (090:132) (1, 0)
       lowing skills: knowledge and understanding of       credits in a specific course or program area.
       the behaviors and performances of individual        Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-             ENG 043                                        1
       children in the pre-kindergarten through third      sion of the particular area and is developed         Communication Skills IV
       grade classrooms; effective strategies and          by the teaching faculty to meet unique               Prerequisite: ENG 042 Communication
       techniques to stimulate cognitive, physical,        interests and needs of the students.                 Skills III. This is a continuation of
       social and language development in these                                                                 ENG 042. (090:133) (1, 0)
       students; knowledge of services available from
       health care providers, social services, education
                                                                                                                ENG 101                                        3
       agencies, and other systems to support par-         Emergency                                            Elements of Writing
                                                                                                                This course is designed to develop students’
       ents; and an understanding of how to develop
       service plans and educational objectives for        Medical Services                                     fluency in communication. Students will be
                                                                                                                provided additional writing practice in a work-
       parents and their children. (640:134) (3, 0)
                                                        EMS 210                                             6   shop format beyond the foundations provided
       EDU 170                                        3 EMT Basic                                               by high school or basic English courses. The
       Special Needs, Pre-Kindergarten-                    This course is designed to instruct a student        course will feature intensive writing practice
       Grade 12                                            to the level of Emergency Medical Technician-        using practical scenarios likely to be encoun-
       Prerequisite: The student must have completed       Basic who serves as a vital link in the chain        tered by students in academic or occupational
       the Level I paraeducator certification process      of the health care team. This includes all           writing situations. This practice will provide
       and received paraeducator certificate. This         skills necessary for the individual to provide       insights for students into the writing processes
       course will provide paraeducators with the          emergency medical care at a basic life               and assist them in developing competency
       following skills: knowledge and understanding       support level with an ambulance service or           in writing in Standard Formal English. (3, 0).
       of the goals and objectives in an Individualized    other specialized service. (660:260) (3, 6)
       Education Plan (IEP), an understanding of
                                                                                                                ENG 105                                        3
       the value of serving children with disabilities
                                                                                                                Composition I
                                                                                                                This is an intensive writing course, designed
       and special needs, a general understanding
       of implementing instruction based on lesson
                                                           English                                              to develop skills in the use of language,
       plans and instructional strategies, ability to
       maintain and gather data about student
                                                           Composition                                          clear thinking, critical reading, and effec-
                                                                                                                tive writing within an essay format. Special
                                                                                                                emphasis will be placed on development
       performance and behavior, appropriate use of        ENG 020                                          3   of content, clear organization, sentence and
       instructional procedures and reinforcement          Fundamentals of Writing                              paragraph structure, and correctness in usage,
       techniques, and an ability to operate comput-       This course provides the student with an
                                                                                                                grammar, and mechanics. (400:110) (3, 0)
       ers and assistive technology. (640:133) (3, 0)      opportunity to learn and practice basic
       EDU 213                                        3
                                                           writing skills. Topics addressed include             ENG 106                                        3
       Introduction to Education
                                                           paragraph development, summary and                   Composition II
                                                           reaction papers, and grammar and usage               Prerequisite: ENG 105 Composition I. This
       This introductory course in education will          review. This course emphasizes paragraph             course is intended to build upon the skills
       provide opportunities for the student to gain       development. Students may use this course to         students develop in Composition I. As such,
       a fundamental understanding of what is              prepare for BUS 121 Business Communications,         the course assumes that students have a basic
       involved in a teaching career. Topics include,      ENG 101 Elements of Writing, COM 101                 control of paragraphing, mechanics, gram-
       but are not limited to, current issues in           Sharpening Your Business Writing Skills,             mar, and punctuation. The primary focus of
       education, school law, and ethics. Also, it is      ENG 105 Composition I, and other courses             the course shifts from the personal writing of
       designed to familiarize students who may not        requiring writing skills. (090:134) (3, 0)           Composition I to analytical, persuasive, and
       enter the teaching profession with some basic
                                                                                                                research writing. The course emphasizes critical
       educational principles and problems which will      ENG 040                                          1   thinking and clear, coherent development
       enable them to contribute more adequately to        Communication Skills I                               of thought. Using their research skills and
       the total educational system. (640:220) (3, 0)      These individualized courses are designed
                                                                                                                the ability to organize the results of informa-
                                                           to help students improve their written
                                                                                                                tion gathering, students will be expected
                                                           communications skills. (090:130) (1, 0)
                                                                                                                to analyze and present the results of their


       86
            Table of Contents                           Areas of Study                   Course Descriptions                                Index

       research in clear, organized, persuasive, and                                                               GEO 928                                         1-3
       interesting writing projects. (400:111) (3, 0)        Non-Intensive                                         Independent Study




                                                                                                                                                                         FORWARD
BACK




       ENG 221
       Creative Writing
                                                        3    English as a                                          Student/instructor designed course intended
                                                                                                                   for concentrated or advanced study.
       Creative Writing is designed for those who            Second Language                                       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
                                                                                                                   Student Services is required. (500:299)
       enjoy writing and desire to learn how to
       structure and publish varied genre within             (ESL)                                                 GEO 949                                          3
       fiction, nonfiction, and poetry. (400:215) (3, 0)
                                                           ESL 012                                             3 Special Topics
                                                                                                                   Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       ENG 928                                         1-3 ESL Listening/Speaking                                  allowing students to enroll for up to three
       Independent Study                                     This course is intended to give students
                                                             exposure to the English language. Major               credits in a specific course or program area.
       Student/instructor designed course intended
                                                             emphasis is on practicing verbal and auditory         Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       for concentrated or advanced study.
                                                             skills through visuals and activities. Basic          sion of the particular area and is developed
       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
                                                             competencies and very simple functions and            by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       Student Services is required. (400:299)
                                                             structures are taught. Students are given             interests and needs of the students.
       ENG 949                                         1-3   the opportunity to use their new language
       Special Topics                                        in meaningful contexts. (090:090) (3, 0)
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       allowing students to enroll for up to three                             Graphic
                                                             Foreign Language- Communications
       credits in a specific course or program area.
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       sion of the particular area and is developed
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique                Spanish           GRA 137
                                                                               Digital Design
                                                                                                                                                                    3
       interests and needs of the students.                  FLS 141                                           4   Prerequisites: GRA 176 Layout Design I or GRA
                                                             Elementary Spanish I                                  151 Web Design or GRA 158 Web Multimedia
                                                             The development of the skill of listening,            or ART 117 Computer Graphic Design.
       Environmental                                         speaking, writing, and reading within the
                                                             context of Hispanic culture. Elementary
                                                                                                                   This course provides basic instruction in
                                                                                                                   the software and enhances skills learned
       Science                                               Spanish I is for students who have no                 from previous courses or software used in
                                                                                                                   relationship to publishing and the web. The
                                                             knowledge of Spanish or less than one year
       ENV 115                                          3    of high school Spanish. (760:110) (4, 0)              intent of this course is to present current
       Environmental Science                                                                                       software packages for digital design. The
       A study of local ecosystems and associated            FLS 142                                           4   following software packages will be explored:
       environmental problems; built around                  Elementary Spanish II                                 Adobe InDesign, Adobe Acrobat Professionals,
       examination of current critical issues in             Prerequisite: FLS 141 Elementary                      Adobe Photoshop, and Dreamweaver. (2, 2)
       air and water quality, solid waste disposal,          Spanish I or equivalent. This is a continuation
       habitat destruction, land use, energy                 of Elementary Spanish I. (One year of high            GRA 151                                          3
       sources, and others. (800:115) (3, 0)                 school Spanish is equal to one semester               Web Design
                                                             of college Spanish.) (760:111) (4, 0)                 Prerequisites: CSC 110 Introduction to
       ENV 928                                         1-3                                                         Computers or instructor approval. This
       Independent Study                                                                                           course will include the integration of text,
                                                                                                                   graphics, animation, sound, and other
                                                             Geography
       Student/instructor designed course intended
       for concentrated or advanced study.                                                                         multimedia applications into Web sites.
       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and                                                                  HTML and graphical web editors will be
       Student Services is required. (800:299)               GEO 121                                           3   utilized for Web page design. Database
                                                             World Regional Geography                              connectivity and general site management
       ENV 949                                         1-3   A geographic survey of nations and continents         will also be explored. (360:246) (2, 2)
       Special Topics                                        with emphasis on important physical char-
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by              acteristics of the major regions of the world.        GRA 158                                          3
       allowing students to enroll for up to three           Attention is devoted to their demographic,            Web Multimedia
       credits in a specific course or program area.         economic, political, and cultural development         Prerequisites: Previous computer experience,
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-              with each other. The course covers physi-             currently enrolled in CSC 110 Introduction to
       sion of the particular area and is developed          cal and cultural geography as well as basic           Computers or instructor approval. This course
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique                geographical literacy. The human impact on            provides an introduction to the creation of
       interests and needs of the students.                  the environment and growing problems of               animation and movies for use with Web pages
                                                             resources are discussed. (500:110) (3, 0)             and other media. Video camcorders, digital
                                                                                                                   cameras, and Webcams will be utilized in
                                                                                                                   conjunction with computer hardware and
                                                                                                                   software for image manipulation. Software

                                                                                                                                                                    87
            Table of Contents                            Areas of Study                        Course Descriptions                               Index

       such as Windows MovieMaker 2, Adobe                       HIS 142                                           3 HIS 928                                           1-3
       Premiere Elements, and Adobe Flash will                   Middle Eastern Studies                                Independent Study




                                                                                                                                                                              FORWARD
BACK




       be utilized. End products will be student-                This course explores the Middle East                  Student/instructor designed course intended
       created movies and images to be used in Web               region of Asia, Africa, and Europe after the          for concentrated or advanced study.
       pages and other software. (360:248) (2, 2)                advent of Islam. The geography, political             Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
                                                                 arrangements, economy, leading historic               Student Services is required. (520:299)
       GRA 176                                               3   figures, and interaction with other states
       Layout Design I                                                                                                 HIS 949                                         1-3
                                                                 are in the scope of the class. The history
       Prerequisite: Proof of keyboarding competency.
                                                                 of Islam comprises part of the story. (3, 0)          Special Topics
       This course is designed to identify the concepts                                                                Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       and applications of desktop publishing.                   HIS 151                                           3   allowing students to enroll for up to three
       Whether it’s a poster or brochure, a great                U.S. History to 1877                                  credits in a specific course or program area.
       layout communicates effectively. Master the               This course explores the cultural, politi-            Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       basics of layout using Adobe InDesign, the                cal, literary, and economic aspects of the            sion of the particular area and is developed
       latest environment for designing profes-                  early English colonies as they developed              by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       sional layouts. Prepare, package and export               into the United States of America. Such               interests and needs of the students.
       documents for print. Create portfolio- building           topics as the American Revolution, the
       projects in a hands-on environment. (2, 2)                Constitution, the Trail of Tears, and the Civil
       GRA 928
       Independent Study
                                                       1-3       War will be discussed. (520:220) (3, 0)
                                                                                                                       Health Sciences
                                                                 HIS 152                                           3
       Student/instructor designed course intended               U.S. History since 1877                               HSC 114                                            3
       for concentrated or advanced study.                       This course explores the cultural, politi-            Medical Terminology
       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and                cal, literary, and economic aspects of the            This course will aid in the student’s under-
       Student Services is required. (360:299)                   United States after the Civil War. Such               standing of core medical terms. Attention will
                                                                 topics as Reconstruction, the Great War, the          be given to prefixes, suffixes and root words
       GRA 949                                         1-3       Roaring Twenties, the Great Depression,               used in the medical field. Exercises stressing
       Special Topics                                                                                                  the spelling, pronunciation, and usage of
                                                                 the Second World War, and the Cold War
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by                                                                        medical terms are included. (180:118) (3, 0)
                                                                 will be discussed. (520:221) (3, 0)
       allowing students to enroll for up to three
       credits in a specific course or program area.             HIS 201                                           3
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-                  Iowa History
       sion of the particular area and is developed              This course explores the cultural, political,         Literature
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique                    literary, and economic aspects of Iowa’s
       interests and needs of the students.                      history from the 1700’s to the present day.           LIT 101                                            3
                                                                 Such topics as prairies, pioneers, prohibition,       Introduction to Literature
                                                                 ethnic patterns and diversity, and the world          As a study of the nature and purpose of

       History                                                   wars will be discussed. (520:130) (3, 0)              literature in our culture, this course will
                                                                                                                       include reading, discussion, and evaluation
                                                               HIS 257                                             3   of literary works (including short stories,
       HIS 110                                               3 African American History                                drama, and poetry) from different countries
       Western Civilization: Ancient to Early                    This class is designed as a survey of major           and different time periods. (400:120) (3, 0)
       Modern                                                    events and issues in African American
       This course explores cultural, political, literary,       history from the end of the Civil War to              LIT 105                                            3
       and economic aspects of Western civilization              the present. The course introduces the                Children’s Literature
       from the first civilizations in Mesopotamia               students to historic, economic, cultural,             This course is a survey of the various types
       and Egypt to the Greeks, Hebrews, and                     and political factors. (520:222) (3, 0)               of literature available to children. It provides
       Romans. This course also discusses the varied                                                                   an introduction to authors and illustrators
       conflicts of the Middle Ages, the Renaissance,            HIS 268                                           3   as well as background material in the field
       and the Reformation. (520:108) (3, 0)                     American Experience in Vietnam                        of children’s literature. (400:240) (3, 0)
                                                                 A survey of the 2,000-year history of Vietnam,
       HIS 111                                               3   the French Indochina War and U.S. involve-            LIT 110                                            3
       Western Civilization: Early Modern to                     ment, the military role, the view from those          American Literature to Mid-1800’s
       Present                                                   who participated and discussion of the conse-         As an English elective, this course will provide
       This course explores cultural, political,                 quences of American participation in the Asian        the student with a general overview of
       literary, and economic aspects of Western                 conflict. The conflict will be viewed within          American literature from the pre-Revolutionary
       civilization from the practice of absolutism              the context of the Cold War and explore the           period to the mid-19th century. Through the
       to the intellectual revolutions of science,               events, attitudes and political scene leading up      study of authors and their works, the student
       agriculture, and philosophy. This course also             to the United States’ commitment in Southeast         will be able not only to trace the develop-
       discusses the varied conflicts of the 18th,               Asia. Exploration of the anti-Vietnam War             ment of literature in this country, but also
       19th, and 20th centuries. (520:109) (3, 0)                movement will also take place. (520:223) (3,0)        to examine their historical, sociological, and
                                                                                                                       philosophical contexts. (400:230) (3, 0)
       88
            Table of Contents                            Areas of Study                  Course Descriptions                                 Index

       LIT 111                                           3 LIT 178                                            3    experience in the topics of algebra. The
       American Literature since Mid-1800’s                  Mythological and Biblical Literature                  course covers the following topics: basic




                                                                                                                                                                           FORWARD
BACK




       As an English elective, this chronological            Every culture tells stories of where we came          operations of real numbers, solving linear
       continuation of LIT 110 will provide the student      from, who we are, and how we should act               equations and inequalities, graphing, linear
       with a general overview of American literature        toward each other. An understanding of                equations, exponents, polynomials, roots and
       from the Civil War period to the present.             various world mythologies, especially Greek           radicals, solving word problems, factoring,
       Through the study of authors and their works,         and Roman, and of some basic stories from             and applying formulas. (090:128) (3, 0)
       the student will be able not only to trace the        the Bible, is vital for understanding and
       development of literature in this country, but        appreciating much of the world’s literature
                                                                                                                   MAT 080                                            1
                                                                                                                   Math Skills I
       also to examine their historical, sociological,       and art. This class will examine these early oral
                                                                                                                   These individualized courses are designed to
       and philosophical contexts.. (400:231) (3, 0)         stories as pieces of literature and how Western
                                                                                                                   help the student improve mathematic skills
                                                             culture has referred to these stories. (3, 0)
       LIT 140                                           3                                                         used in everyday life and in specialized areas.
       British Literature I                                  LIT 928                                         1-3   The primary goals are to assure understand-
       This course features representative read-             Independent Study                                     ing of mathematic concepts and to practice
       ings in British Literature from the time of           Student/instructor designed course intended           the skills necessary to improve proficiency in
       Beowulf until the eve of the Romantic                 for concentrated or advanced study.                   using them. Attention is given to the unique
       movement. The course examines leading                 Approval by the Offices of Instruction and            needs of individual students. (090:120) (1, 0)
       works in British Literature in their social,          Student Services is required. (400:299)
       economic, and political context. Further, the
                                                                                                                   MAT 081                                            1
       course reflects the development of different          LIT 949                                         1-3 Math Skills II
       genres over the years, including changes in           Special Topics                                        Prerequisite: MAT 080 Math Skills I. This is a
                                                             Special Topics expands the curriculum by              continuation of MAT 080. (090:121) (1, 0)
       poetry, drama, myth, legend, romance, and
                                                             allowing students to enroll for up to three
       the origins of the novel. (400:250) (3, 0)
                                                             credits in a specific course or program area.
                                                                                                                   MAT 082                                            1
                                                                                                                   Math Skills III
       LIT 141                                           3   Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
                                                                                                                   Prerequisite: MAT 081 Math Skills II. This is a
       British Literature II                                 sion of the particular area and is developed
                                                                                                                   continuation of MAT 081. (090:122) (1, 0)
       This course features representative readings          by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       in British Literature from about 1800 to about        interests and needs of the students.                  MAT 083                                            1
       1950. The course examines leading works in                                                                  Math Skills IV
       their social, economic, and political context.                                                              Prerequisite: MAT 082 Math Skills III. This is a
       Further, the course follows changes in styles
       of poetry, drama, and romance and traces              Mathematics                                           continuation of MAT 082. (090:123) (1, 0)

       the rise and development of the British novel                                                            MAT 101                                               3
       as a form of literature. (400:251) (3, 0)
                                                             MAT 041                                          3 Intermediate Algebra
                                                             Basic Math                                            Prerequisite: Recommended COMPASS score
       LIT 161                                           3   This course provides the student with an              or MAT 062 Elementary Algebra. The course
       The Short Story                                       opportunity to build a foundation of basic            will entail a review of basic algebra. Topics
       This literature course introduces students            math skills. Topics covered include whole             to be covered include factoring, exponents,
       to the elements of short fiction and the              numbers, fractions, decimals, ratio and               operations on algebraic expressions, solv-
       historical development of the form. Emphasis          proportions, percents, and applications for           ing equations and inequalities, radicals,
       is placed upon critical thinking and clear,           business and consumers. Students may use              rational expressions, graphing linear and
       coherent oral and written presentations               this course to prepare for MAT 743 Technical          quadratic functions, using formulas, and
       based upon an analysis and reaction to the            Math, BUS 110 Business Math and Calculators,          solving word problems. (900:110) (3, 0)
       fiction read by students. (400:130) (3, 0)            MAT 052 Pre-Algebra, standardized tests, and
                                                             general consumer applications. (090:124) (3, 0)       MAT 117                                            3
       LIT 177                                           3                                                         Math for Elementary Teachers
       Dramatic Literature                                   MAT 052                                          3    Prerequisite: Recommended COMPASS
       This course explores drama as a form of               Pre-Algebra                                           score or MAT 101 Intermediate Algebra. This
       literature. It examines the historical roots of       This is a course intended for students who            course is designed for elementary teacher
       Western Drama by the study of examples                have had no previous experience in algebra.           education. It is a study of the history of
       of Classic Greek drama. The course then               The course covers the following topics: whole         numerals and systems of numeration, sets,
       examines representative works from                    numbers, introduction to algebra, integers,           relations and their properties, the whole
       Medieval and Renaissance England, the                 solving equations and problem solving,                numbers, base ten and other base systems,
       move to realism in nineteenth century                 fractions, decimals, graphing, ratio and              integers, rational numbers, real numbers,
       works, and several representative works               proportion, and percent. (090:126) (3, 0)             and topics from geometry. (900:140) (3, 0)
       from the twentieth century. Students will
       read and study the works assigned, write
                                                             MAT 062                                          3 MAT 120                                               3
                                                             Elementary Algebra                                    College Algebra
       about them, and participate in a Reader’s
                                                             Prerequisite: Recommended COMPASS                     Prerequisite: Recommended COMPASS score
       Theater interpretation of one work. (3, 0).
                                                             score or MAT 052 Pre-Algebra. This course is          or MAT 101 Intermediate Algebra. Topics to
                                                             intended for students who have had minimal
                                                                                                                                                                      89
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                       Course Descriptions                              Index

       include: the real and complex number systems          MAT 216                                          4 MGT 110                                            3
       and Cartesian coordinate system. Polynomial,          Calculus II                                          Small Business Management




                                                                                                                                                                        FORWARD
BACK




       exponential, and logarithmic functions. Matrix        Prerequisite: MAT 210 Calculus I. This               This course introduces the student to various
       algebra, systems of equations, conic sections         course studies transcendental functions,             types of small business opportunities. Students
       and sequences and series. (900:160) (3, 0)            techniques of integration, infinite series,          will use concepts from the course to develop
                                                             conic sections, parameterized curves,                a business plan designed to guide the startup
       MAT 127                                           5   and polar coordinates. (900:242) (4, 0)              of a new business. The course also covers
       College Algebra and Trigonometry
                                                                                                                  topics relevant to small business management,
       Prerequisite: Recommended COMPASS                     MAT 219                                          4   including marketing, operational manage-
       score and high school geometry or MAT                 Calculus III                                         ment, financial management, human resource
       101 Intermediate Algebra. This course                 Prerequisite: MAT 216 Calculus II. This              management, and regulations. (320:130) (3, 0)
       is a modern integrated study of algebra               course studies vectors, vector-valued func-
       and trigonometry. Topics covered: real                tions and motion in space, partial deriva-           MGT 156                                          3
       number system, functions, graphs, trigo-              tives, multiple integrals, integration               Project Management for Business
       nometric functions, exponential functions,            in vector fields. (900:252) (4, 0)                   Professionals
       logarithmic functions, complex number                                                                      This course provides an in-depth study of
       system, polynomial functions, matrices, and           MAT 225                                          3   the discipline of Project Management and
       solutions of triangles. (900:180) (5, 0)              Differential Equations                               the Project Management Body of Knowledge
                                                             Prerequisite: MAT 219 Calculus III. This             (PMBOK). Students will learn the official Project
       MAT 134                                           3   course studies elementary theory and                 Management Institute (PMI) definitions of
       Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry                    applications of ordinary differential equations,     terms, the five process groups, nine knowledge
       Prerequisite: Recommended COMPASS score               matrices and solutions of linear equations,          areas, and the area of professional and social
       or MAT 101 Intermediate Algebra. Topics in            eigenvalue methods for systems of linear             responsibility. This course focuses on the
       trigonometry include, but are not limited to,         differential equations. (900:262) (3, 0)             project management framework as described
       measurement of angles, arc, and sectors, the
                                                             MAT 743                                          3   in the PMBOK and is designed to create a solid
       six trigonometric functions and their graphs,
                                                             Technical Math                                       foundation for understanding the project man-
       trigonometric identities and equations, law of
                                                             Applied mathematic skills are reviewed               agement processes and preparation for the
       sines and cosines, vectors, complex numbers,
                                                             and concepts in measurement, basic                   certification, Project Management Professional
       and polar coordinates. Topics in geometry
                                                             algebra, graphs, geometry, and trigo-                (PMP), a globally recognized standard for
       include an analytic investigation of the conic
                                                             nometry are covered. (900:093) (3, 0)                managing projects in today’s workplace. (3, 0)
       sections. Additional topics include congru-
       ence, area, parallelism, similarity, and volume
                                                             MAT 928                                         1-3 MGT 928                                          1-3
       in Euclidean geometry. (900:170) (3, 0)
                                                             Independent Study                                    Independent Study
                                                                                                                  Student/instructor designed course intended
       MAT 156                                           3   Student/instructor designed course intended
                                                                                                                  for concentrated or advanced study.
       Statistics                                            for concentrated or advanced study.
                                                             Approval by the Offices of Instruction and           Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
       Prerequisite: Recommended COMPASS score
                                                             Student Services is required. (900:299)              Student Services is required. (320:299)
       or MAT 101 Intermediate Algebra. Statistics
       is a non-calculus based course designed to
                                                             MAT 949                                         1-3 MGT 949                                          1-3
       lay a foundation which will enable students
                                                             Special Topics                                       Special Topics
       to understand statistical thinking and apply                                                               Special Topics expands the curriculum by
                                                             Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       basic statistical techniques. The qualitative and                                                          allowing students to enroll for up to three
                                                             allowing students to enroll for up to three
       quantitative study in statistics will be useful                                                            credits in a specific course or program area.
                                                             credits in a specific course or program area.
       for students pursuing majors in a wide variety                                                             Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
                                                             Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       of disciplines: psychology, sociology, business,                                                           sion of the particular area and is developed
                                                             sion of the particular area and is developed
       economics, physical science, biological sci-                                                               by the teaching faculty to meet unique
                                                             by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       ences, education, engineering, journalism, and                                                             interests and needs of the students.
                                                             interests and needs of the students.
       career and technical program. (900:130) (3, 0)

       MAT 210                                           4
       Calculus I
       Prerequisite: Recommended COMPASS                     Management                                           Marketing
       score and MAT 127 College Algebra and                 MGT 101                                          3 MKT 110                                            3
       Trigonometry or equivalent. This course               Principles of Management                             Principles of Marketing
       studies limits and continuity, derivatives of         No prerequisite, however BUS 102 Introduction        This course introduces the student to the
       elementary functions, curve sketching, extreme        to Business is recommended. Management               concepts of marketing. Topics presented
       values, rates of change, integration, and             principles, as applied to all business enter-        include a study of the history of marketing,
       applications of integration. (900:222) (4, 0)         prises, are covered. Planning, organizing,           the marketing process, the mix of market-
                                                             directing, controlling, and coordinating             ing elements, and the implementation of a
                                                             functions in the management cycle                    marketing strategy. Students are encour-
                                                             are emphasized. (320:255) (3, 0)                     aged to view business situations from a

       90
            Table of Contents                           Areas of Study                    Course Descriptions                               Index

       marketing perspective including a review of                                                                 11th, and 12th chords, suspensions, and
       the economic and social aspects of business           Music-Applied                                         harmonic embellishments. (780:120) (1, 2)




                                                                                                                                                                        FORWARD
BACK




       exchange transactions. (320:245) (3, 0)
                                                           MUA 101*                                            1 MUA 137                                           2
       MKT 928                                         1-3 Applied Voice                                           Jazz Keyboard II
       Independent Study                                     One half-hour private lesson each week.               Co-requisite: MUS 181
       Student/instructor designed course intended           All aspects of classical singing are explored.        Arranging II. A continuation of MUA
       for concentrated or advanced study.                   Covers diction, vowel formation, breathing,           136 Jazz Keyboard I. (780:121) (1, 2)
       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and            posture, projection, resonance, and phrasing.
       Student Services is required. (320:299)                                                                     MUA 138*                                        1
                                                             Students study from the traditional repertoire
                                                                                                                   Applied Jazz Piano
                                                             and perform in student recitals. (780:150) (0, 2)
       MKT 949                                         1-3                                                         One half-hour private lesson weekly. The
       Special Topics                                        MUA 113                                           1   study of advanced harmonic and melodic
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by              Vocal Improvisation                                   materials employed in contemporary jazz
       allowing students to enroll for up to three           Explorations of techniques and musical                piano performance. (780:162) (0, 2)
       credits in a specific course or program area.         ideas necessary for creative vocal improvisa-
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-                                                                    MUA 139                                         1
                                                             tion. This course includes scales, modes,
       sion of the particular area and is developed                                                                Solo Jazz Performance & Literature I
                                                             harmonic/melodic devices, use of syllables,
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique                                                                      Covers technique for communicative
                                                             listening, and transcriptions. (780:234) (0, 2)
       interests and needs of the students.                                                                        performance; includes standard repertoire,
                                                             MUA 115*                                      1-3     improvisation, song forms, stage presence,
                                                             Vocal Jazz Workshop                                   microphone technique, jazz inflections,
                                                                                                                   and communication with the accompanist
       Medical
                                                             This workshop will introduce and further
                                                             student knowledge of vocal jazz and                   or rhythm section. Students perform

       Transcription                                         choral music. In addition, the ability to             regularly in class. (780:130) (0, 2)
                                                             sing and improvise with a rhythm section
                                                                                                                   MUA 143*                                        1
       MTR 120                                          3    will also be a significant component of the
                                                                                                                   Applied Brass
       Medical Transcription I                               workshop. The class will also cover jazz
                                                                                                                   Emphasis is placed on music fundamentals,
       Prerequisite: ADM 116 Keyboarding II or               theory, history, and rehearsal techniques.
                                                                                                                   the development of range, understanding
       equivalent. HSC 114 Medical Terminology, BIO          MUA 116*                                          1   note values, articulation, dynamic control,
       162 Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology,             Applied Jazz Voice                                    tone production, and the development of
       PNN 208 Pharmacology Basics or equivalent,            One half-hour private lesson weekly. Covers           music reading skill. This is accomplished
       and ENG 101 Elements of Writing or equiva-            vocal technique and literature. Primary               by a thorough study of technical material,
       lent. A course designed to provide skills and         emphasis is on the development of student             etudes, and solo literature. (780:156) (0, 2)
       knowledge necessary for beginning medical             vocal capacity and creativity. (780:164) (0, 2)
       office transcription. The students will progress                                                            MUA 170*                                        1
       from basic through intermediate levels of             MUA 120*                                          1 Applied Woodwinds
       medical transcription projects following AAMT         Applied Piano                                         Emphasis is placed on music fundamentals,
       Book of Style guidelines. (180:109) (2, 2)            One half-hour lesson each week. The study             the development of range, understanding
                                                             of classical piano technique and literature.          note values, articulation, dynamic control,
       MTR 121                                          3    Students perform regularly in student recitals.       tone production, and the development of
       Medical Transcription II                              Required of all music majors. (780:152) (0, 2)        music reading skill. This is accomplished
       Prerequisites: MTR 120 Medical Transcription I.                                                             by a thorough study of technical material,
       This second level course will feature in-depth        MUA 126*                                          1   etudes, and solo literature. (780:154) (0, 2)
       coverage of editing and spelling techniques           Applied Strings
       and formatting techniques for medical                 Emphasis is placed on music fundamentals,             MUA 180*                                        1
       records. Medical reports will be transcribed          the development of range, understanding               Applied Percussion
       from individual case studies, each of which           note values, articulation, dynamic control,           Emphasis is placed on music fundamentals,
       concerns a patient with a specific medical            tone production, and the development of               the development of range, understanding
       problem. Students will be involved in the             music reading skill. This is accomplished             note values, articulation, dynamic control,
       care of the patient from the date of admis-           by a thorough study of technical material,            tone production, and the development of
       sion through date of discharge. The medical           etudes, and solo literature. (780:160) (0, 2)         music reading skill. This is accomplished
       reports include history and physical examina-                                                               by a thorough study of technical material,
       tions, radiology reports, operative reports,          MUA 136                                           2   etudes, and solo literature. (780:158) (0, 2)
       pathology reports, requests for consultation,         Jazz Keyboard I
                                                             Co-requisite: MUS 180 Arranging I. Designed           MUA 236                                         2
       death summaries, discharge summaries,
                                                             to develop keyboard, ear, and writing                 Jazz Keyboard III
       and autopsy reports following AAMT Book
                                                             facility by playing standard chord progres-           Co-requisite: MUS 280 Arranging III. Covers
       of Style guidelines (180:209) (2, 2)
                                                             sions and songs in effective voicing in all           more complex chord progressions in all keys;
                                                             keys; covers the line of fifths, using 9th,           includes tritone relationships, alternative chord
                                                                                                                   voicing, and other forms of chord substitution;

                                                                                                                                                                   91
            Table of Contents                           Areas of Study                    Course Descriptions                                 Index

       covers finding the correct harmonic structure          MUS 103                                            3   of the community and performs at least one
       of songs inaccurately notated in simulated             Music Fundamentals II                                  concert each semester. (780:290) (0, 2)




                                                                                                                                                                        FORWARD
BACK




       books through the understanding of the                 This course is a continuation of MUS 102
       line of fifths; includes idiomatic keyboard            Music Fundamentals. The class will learn
                                                                                                                     MUS 152*                                      1
       devices for introductions, ii-V progressions,                                                                 Vocal Ensemble
                                                              the fundamentals of figured bass analysis,
       and codas; students accompany performers                                                                      The study and performance of traditional
                                                              harmonizing a melody in common practice
       in recitals and final projects. (780:220) (1, 2)                                                              chorale literature. Emphasis will be on
                                                              style, keyboard sight-reading, four-part
                                                                                                                     developing stylistic awareness, aesthetic
                                                              closed, unison, and two-part jazz arranging,
       MUA 237                                            2   jazz keyboarding, voicings, and melodic
                                                                                                                     sensitivity, and a mature musicianship
       Jazz Keyboard IV                                                                                              in each singer. (780:174) (0, 2)
                                                              and rhythmic dictation. (780:211) (3, 0)
       Co-requisite: MUS 281
       Arranging IV. A continuation of MUA                    MUS 120                                            3 MUS 157* Ensemble
                                                                                                                   Vocal Jazz
                                                                                                                                                                   1
       236 Jazz Keyboard III. (780:221) (1, 2)                Music Theory I                                         Co-requisites: MUS 140 Concert Choir and
                                                              The course is an introduction, via analysis and
       MUA 239                                            1   written assignment, to tonal harmony. The
                                                                                                                     MUA 101 Applied Voice. The study and
       Solo Jazz Performance & Literature II                                                                         performance of vocal jazz literature. Each
                                                              class focuses on learning tools for the analysis
       Continuation of MUA 139 Solo Jazz                                                                             student participates in a four to eight
                                                              of Bach chorales and four-part writing in the
       Performance and Literature I; emphasis is                                                                     member group, with each ensemble
                                                              common practice style. (780:116) (3, 0)
       on the creative performance of standard                                                                       functioning as a rehearsal and performing
       song repertoire. (780:230) (0, 2)                      MUS 121                                            3   entity with its own repertoire. Ensembles

                                                       1-3 Music Theory II
                                                                                                                     perform locally and most groups perform on
       MUA 928                                                A continuation of MUS 120 Music Theory I.              extended concert tours. (780:172) (0, 2)
       Independent Study
                                                              This course is a continued study of conven-
       Student/instructor designed course intended
                                                              tional musical techniques of the Baroque
                                                                                                                     MUS 161*                                      1
       for concentrated or advanced study.                                                                           Instrumental Chamber Ensemble
                                                              and classical eras, mainly through writing.
       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and                                                                    Co-requisites: MUA 126, 143, 170, 180 Applied
                                                              Students will learn to write such pieces as:
       Student Services is required. (780:299)                                                                       Lessons. The study and performance of
                                                              a piano sonata, a fugue exposition, and
                                                                                                                     classical chamber repertoire. Existence of these
       MUA 949                                         1-3    Bach style chorales. (780:117) (3, 0)
                                                                                                                     ensembles are contingent upon the participa-
       Special Topics
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by
                                                              MUS 130                                            2   tion of a sufficient number of students. Open

       allowing students to enroll for up to three
                                                              Aural Skills I                                         to all students by audition. (780:186) (0, 2)
                                                              Class begins with the recognition and
       credits in a specific course or program area.
                                                              notation of simple intervals, rhythms,
                                                                                                                     MUS 163*                                      1
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-                                                                      Instrumental Jazz Ensemble
                                                              melodies and chord progressions, and
       sion of the particular area and is developed                                                                  Co-requisites: MUA 126, 143, 170, 180 Applied
                                                              advances to four-part dictation. This course
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique                                                                        Lessons. The study and performance of small
                                                              includes recognition of 9th, 11th, and 13th
       interests and needs of the students.                                                                          group jazz in a combo setting. Focus will
                                                              chords and transcribing recorded musical
                                                                                                                     be on learning tunes from the standard jazz
                                                              examples, which includes reading music
                                                                                                                     repertoire. Existence of these ensembles
                                                              literature in various styles. (780:114) (2, 0)
       General Music                                          MUS 131                                            2
                                                                                                                     are contingent upon the participation of
                                                                                                                     a sufficient number of students. Open to
       MUS 100                                            3 Aural Skills II                                          all students by audition. (780:188) (0, 2)
       Music Appreciation                                     A continuation of MUS 130 Aural
                                                              Skills I. (780:115) (2, 0)
                                                                                                                     MUS 170*                                      1
       This course is designed for arts and sciences                                                                 Jazz Band
       students as an elective in the humanities area.        MUS 140*                                           1   Co-requisites: MUS 145 Concert Band and
       It will help the student learn how to listen to        Concert Choir                                          MUA 126, 143, 170, 180 Applied Lessons. The
       music, to make sense of what he/she hears,             Co-requisite: MUA 101 Applied Voice. The               study and performance of classic and contem-
       and increase his/her perceptive powers. The            study and performance of traditional choral            porary literature for large jazz ensemble. The
       course covers the changing musical scene from          literature. Emphasis is on developing                  ensemble records and performs locally, region-
       the Renaissance to the present. (780:110) (3, 0)       stylistic awareness, aesthetic sensitivity,            ally, and on extended concert tours. Open
                                                              and a mature musicianship in each singer.              to all students by audition. (780:182)(0, 2)
       MUS 102                                            3
       Music Fundamentals                                     The choir performs regionally and on
                                                              extended concert tours. (780:170) (0, 2)
                                                                                                                     MUS 180                                       2
       This course offers a background in the                                                                        Arranging I
       fundamentals of music and introduction                 MUS 145*                                           1   Co-requisite: MUA 136 Jazz Keyboard I.
       to the basic fundamentals of sight singing,            Concert Band                                           This course is an introduction via analysis
       and simple piano chording. The course                  The study and performance of traditional wind          and written assignment to jazz arranging.
       provides the necessary prerequisites for               band literature. Emphasis is on developing             The class focuses on learning the tools
       the first year music theory course for music           stylistic awareness, aesthetic sensitivity, and        necessary to arrange in unison and four-
       majors and elementary music methods for                a mature musicianship in each player. The              part closed writing. (780:125) (1,2)
       elementary teachers. (780:210) (3, 0)                  band is open to students and to members
       92
            Table of Contents                          Areas of Study                    Course Descriptions                                Index

       MUS 181                                         2 MUS 196                                              1   is art? What is beauty? Is there progress
       Arranging II                                         Fundamentals Final Project                            in art? What can art accomplish and what




                                                                                                                                                                         FORWARD
BACK




       Co-requisite: MUA 137 Jazz Keyboard II. A            Under faculty guidance, and drawing on the            are its limits? How does or should the artist
       continuation of MUS 180 Arranging I. Delves          complete range of their academic efforts              relate to his or her art? (780:101) (1, 0)
       into more complex four-part writing. The             during the semester, students present a public
       class focuses on learning the tools necessary        performance demonstrating their semester
                                                                                                                  MUS 220                                           3
                                                                                                                  Music Theory III
       for open four-part writing and introduces            achievements. Typically, projects include clas-
                                                                                                                  A continuation of MUS 121 Music
       two-part writing. (780:126) (1, 2)                   sical solos on the student’s applied instrument
                                                                                                                  Theory II. Focuses on the writing and
                                                            and piano, jazz solos in the same mediums, and
       MUS 188*                                        .5   performance of the student’s arrangements
                                                                                                                  analysis of music of the Romantic and
       Instrumental Workshop                                and/or composition, which are rehearsed and
                                                                                                                  Early Impressionistic periods. (780:218) (3, 0)
       Co-requisites: MUA 126, 143, 170, 180 Applied
       Lessons. A one-hour weekly master class/
                                                            conducted by the student. (780:146) (0, 2)            MUS 221                                           3
                                                                                                                  Music Theory IV
       ensemble of like instruments. Advanced               MUS 197                                           1   A continuation of MUS 220 Music Theory III.
       performance techniques and important                 Final Project I                                       The class will study classical music of the 20th
       idiomatic literature for the instrument will be      Students will develop his/her musical
                                                                                                                  century, and will focus largely on writing origi-
       demonstrated and practiced. Existence of this        capacities by presenting a public performance
                                                                                                                  nal work in the classical style. (780:219) (3, 0)
       class is contingent upon the participation of a      addressing most classes and performance skills
       sufficient number of students. (780:185) (0,1)       in their academic schedule. (780:148) (0, 2)          MUS 230                                           2
                                                                                                                  Fundamentals Skill Development
       MUS 190                                         1 MUS 198                                              1   This class will provide a hands-on environ-
       Jazz Improvisation                                   Psychology of Success                                 ment for students to develop fundamental
       Prerequisites: MUS 102 Music Fundamentals I          This course covers self-management, work
                                                                                                                  musical skills. Students will learn to become
       and MUS 103 Music Fundamentals II. An                habits and process, balancing personal, social
                                                                                                                  more competent in the following areas:
       introduction to playing, mechanics, instru-          and academic roles, setting and achieving
                                                                                                                  rhythmic conception, rhythmic transcrip-
       mental literature, and instructional methods         goals, time and stress management, inter-
                                                                                                                  tion, and melodic and harmonic transcrip-
       used in creating improvisational music. The          personal relationship and communication,
                                                                                                                  tion. In addition, this class will serve to
       course is designed to prepare the student            self-concepts, and values. (780:100) (1, 0)
                                                                                                                  reinforce concepts discussed in the Music
       with the skills needed to both improvise
       and teach improvisation. (780:233) (1, 0)            MUS 200                                           3   Fundamentals course. (780:209) (1, 2)
                                                            Music History I                                       MUS 260                                           2
       MUS 193                                         2    This course is a survey of Western music
                                                                                                                  Intro to Studio Engineering and
       Jazz Improvisation II                                with an emphasis on the compositional
                                                                                                                  Production
       A continuation of MUS 190 Jazz Improvisation.        and stylistic evolution of Western music
                                                                                                                  This course discusses basic electronic
       Elements to be studied will include: major           as evidenced in the works of selected
                                                                                                                  theory, equipment selection and use, and
       and minor ii/V7/I progressions, altered chords       pivotal composers. (780:231) (3, 0)
                                                                                                                  the engineer’s and producer’s role in the
       and their corresponding scales, and the seven
       modes and their application to jazz. Tunes will      MUS 201                                           3   creative process. It also covers preparation
       continue to progress through more complex            Music History II                                      for recording sessions, multi-track recording
                                                            Music history from 1750 is part of a two-             techniques, the use of common studio signal
       progressions and will expand to include more
                                                            semester survey course. This course will              processing devices, mixing, editing, and
       challenging contemporary jazz compositions.
                                                            cover the broad issues and developments in            mastering the final product. Class members
       Study of master jazz artists, solo transcription
                                                            Western musical history from the Pre-Classical        function as engineers and producers in
       and analysis, and the study and memorization
                                                            period through the 20th century. Listening            simulated recording projects. (780:241) (1, 2)
       of jazz repertoire will continue. Course may
                                                            assignments, essays, and written examina-
       be repeated once for credit. (780:235) (1, 2)
                                                            tions will supplement and support lecture
                                                                                                                  MUS 262                                           2
                                                                                                                  Recording Studio Performance
       MUS 194                                         1    and discussion topics. (780:236) (3, 0)
                                                                                                                  A class designed to introduce the student
       Fundamentals Recital
       This course will develop a student’s musical         MUS 204                                           3   to recording studio performance. Students
       capacities by presenting a public performance.       History of Rock and Roll                              create rhythm tracks and perform as instru-
                                                            A study of Rock and Roll from the mid                 mentalists and vocalists in a variety of musical
       The performance will include classical piano
                                                            1950s to the present. Designed to create              settings. Course emphasis is on developing
       and jazz piano along with classical voice or a
                                                            critical listeners of popular culture music           the quickness, musicianship, and attitudes
       classical instrumental piece. (780:147) (0, 2)
                                                            through analysis of song forms, rock band             necessary to work effectively in a profes-
       MUS 195                                         1    instrumentation, and the political, cultural,         sional recording situation. (780:240) (1, 2)
       Freshman Recital                                     and social significance of song lyrics. (3,0)
                                                                                                                  MUS 280                                           2
       A public performance in a half-recital which
       is a continuation of the final project format        MUS 207                                           1 Arranging III
       on a more substantial basis. (780:149) (0, 2)        The Artist and Society                                Co-requisite: MUA 236 Jazz
                                                            Through readings and discussion, this course          Keyboard III. A continuation of MUS 181
                                                            explores the relationship of art and the artist       Arranging II. Course emphasis is on writ-
                                                            to the larger society. Issues include: What           ing for instrumental groups. Transposition,

                                                                                                                                                                    93
            Table of Contents                          Areas of Study                  Course Descriptions                                Index

       layout, orchestration, reharmonization,             MUS 928                                         1-3   managing access to network resources; man-
       linear and block writing, and various musi-         Independent Study                                     aging printers; managing an organizational




                                                                                                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




       cal styles will be covered. (780:227) (1, 2)        Student/instructor designed course intended           unit in a network based on Active Directory
                                                           for concentrated or advanced study.                   service; and implementing Group Policy to
       MUS 281                                         2   Approval by the Offices of Instruction and            manage user and computers. (360:275) (2, 2)
       Arranging IV
                                                           Student Services is required. (780:299)*
       Co-requisite: MUA 237 Jazz Keyboard IV.
                                                           Indicates courses are repeatable.
                                                                                                                 NET 323                                           3
       A continuation of MUS 280 Arranging III.                                                                  Windows Network Management
       Student work will culminate with writing            MUS 949                                         1-3   This course includes self-paced and
       for a jazz big band. (780:228) (1, 2)               Special Topics                                        instructor-facilitated components. It provides
                                                           Special Topics expands the curriculum by              students with the knowledge and skills to
       MUS 290                                         2   allowing students to enroll for up to three           successfully plan a TCP/IP physical and logical
       Fundamentals of Conducting                                                                                network, plan and troubleshoot a routing
                                                           credits in a specific course or program area.
       This course is designed to develop the skills                                                             strategy, plan a DHCP strategy and plan a
                                                           Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       necessary for efficient rehearsal of jazz and                                                             DNS strategy. In addition, optimizing DHCP,
                                                           sion of the particular area and is developed
       traditional literature, which emphasizes                                                                  DNS and WINS will be this courses primary
                                                           by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       keyboard facility and ear development.                                                                    focus. Moreover, this course will take a look
                                                           interests and needs of the students.
       It also covers techniques that promote                                                                    at the planning and implementation of
       maximum ensemble retention of musical                                                                     an IPSec network. The student will also go
       material and concepts. (780:245) (1, 2)                                                                   through different network troubleshooting
       MUS 292                                         1   Computer                                              scenarios as it relates to all of the services
       Great Human Issues
       The human problems of fear, insecurity,
                                                           Networking                                            outlined in this description. (360:278) (2, 2)

                                                                                                              NET 333                                              3
       conflict, meaning, freedom, injustice,              NET 122                                          3 Implementing Windows Network
       motivation, responsibility, hope, and               Computer Hardware Basics                              Infrastructure
       peace are studied as they relate to the             Students will be trained to properly install,         This course provides students with the
       music profession. (780:200) (1, 0)                  configure, upgrade, troubleshoot, and repair          knowledge and skills to implement, man-
                                                           microcomputer hardware. This will include             age, and maintain a Microsoft Windows
       MUS 295                                         1   having basic knowledge of desktop and
       Sophomore Recital                                                                                         Server 2003 network infrastructure. The
                                                           portable systems, basic networking concepts,          course is intended for systems administrator
       The student will develop his/her musical
                                                           and printers. Students will also be asked             and systems engineer candidates who are
       capacities by presenting a public performance
                                                           to demonstrate knowledge of safety and                responsible for implementing, managing,
       addressing most classes and performance skills
                                                           common preventive maintenance procedures.             and maintaining server networking tech-
       in their academic schedule. (780:249) (0, 2)
                                                           This course will prepare students to take Comp        nologies. These tasks include implementing
       MUS 296                                         1   TIA’s A+ Certification Exam. (360:160) (3, 0)         routing; implementing, managing, and
       Final Project II                                    NET 132                                          3    maintaining Dynamic Host Configuration
       Under faculty guidance and drawing on the                                                                 Protocol (DHCP), Domain Name System
                                                           Operating Systems Software Basics
       complete range of their academic efforts                                                                  (DNS), and Windows Internet Name Service
                                                           Prerequisite: NET 122 Computer Hardware
       during the semester, students present a public                                                            (WINS); securing Internet Protocol (IP) traffic
                                                           Basics. This course provides students with
       performance demonstrating their semester                                                                  with Internet Protocol security (IPSec) and
                                                           the knowledge and skills that are needed to
       achievements. Typically, projects include clas-                                                           certificates; implementing a network access
                                                           identify PC network components, network
       sical solos on the student’s applied instrument                                                           infrastructure by configuring the connections
                                                           structures, and network topologies. Emphasis
       and piano, jazz solos in the same mediums, and                                                            for remote access clients; and managing and
                                                           will be place on: function, structure, operating
       performance of the student’s arrangements                                                                 monitoring network access. (360:277) (2, 2)
                                                           systems, and file management. Students will
       and/or composition, which are rehearsed and
       conducted by the student. (780:248) (0, 2)
                                                           receive hands-on experience with installation,        NET 343                                           3
                                                           configuration, and upgrading systems and              Windows Directory Services
       MUS 297                                         1   networks. This course will prepare students to        This course provides students with the
       Professional Music Seminar                          take Comp TIA’s A+ certification exam. (3,0)          knowledge and skills necessary to successfully
       A seminar course on vocational opportunities                                                              plan, implement, and troubleshoot a Microsoft
                                                           NET 313                                          3
       in the music industry. Discussion of all possible                                                         Windows Server 2003 Active Directory
                                                           Windows Server
       areas of employment within professional                                                                   service infrastructure. This course focuses
                                                           This course provides students with the
       music, methods of gaining employment, and                                                                 on a Windows Server 2003 directory service
                                                           knowledge and skills to manage accounts
       industry practices and standards. Guest lectur-                                                           environment, including forest and domain
                                                           and resources in a Microsoft Windows Server
       ers from within the music industry are used                                                               structure, Domain Name System (DNS), site
                                                           2003 environment. This course is intended for
       frequently. Intended to help students focus                                                               topology and replication, organizational unit
                                                           systems administrator and systems engineer
       on personal musical goals based on individual                                                             structure and delegation of administration,
                                                           candidates who are responsible for managing
       strengths and interests. (780:201) (1, 0)                                                                 Group Policy, and user, group, and computer
                                                           accounts and resources. These tasks include
                                                                                                                 account strategies. (360:293) (2, 2)
                                                           managing user, computer, and group accounts;

       94
            Table of Contents                           Areas of Study                   Course Descriptions                               Index

       NET 346                                          3                                                         of carryover value. Rules and strategies of
       Windows Exchange Server                              Physical Education                                    the game emphasized throughout par-




                                                                                                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




                                                            Activities
       This course provides students with the knowl-                                                              ticipation in the course. (660:111) (0, 2)
       edge and skills that are needed to update and
       support a reliable, secure messaging infrastruc-
                                                                                                                PEA 187*                                          1
                                                            PEA 101*                                         .5 Weight Training I
       ture. This infrastructure is used for creating,
                                                            Aerobic Fitness I                                     Activity course with emphasis on develop-
       storing, and sharing information by using
                                                            This basic activity course is designed to condi-      ing the student’s total physical conditioning
       Microsoft Exchange Server in a medium-sized
                                                            tion the circulatory and respiratory systems          by improving strength, flexibility, muscle,
       to large-sized (250 to 5,000 seats) messaging
                                                            and tone the major muscle groups. Exercise            and cardiovascular respiratory endurance.
       environment. This course offers a significant
                                                            is coordinated with music. (660:117) (0, 1)           The student will develop a basic under-
       amount of hands-on practices, discussions, and
                                                                                                                  standing of weight training and its effects
       assessments that assist students in becoming         PEA 103*                                         .5   on the human body. (660:115) (0, 2)
       proficient in the skills needed to update and        Aquatrim I
       support Exchange Server. (360:295) (2, 2)            Aquatrim works the total body in the shallow          PEA 189*                                        .5
                                                            and deep water of the pool. This minimal              Yoga/Stretching I
       NET 353                                          3   impact water aerobics class uses water                Yoga/Stretching I is a valuable tool that
       Windows Security                                     resistance to help work the cardiovascular            can be used throughout a lifetime to
       This course provides the student with the
                                                            system and strengthen muscles, while                  maintain strength, flexibility, balance, stress
       knowledge and skills to design a secure
                                                            improving flexibility. (660:124) (0, 1)               management, and wellness. Students will
       network infrastructure. Topics include
                                                                                                                  participate in yoga derived from hatha
       assembling the design team, modeling                 PEA 112                                          1    yoga, which is the practice of postures
       threats, and analyzing security risks in order       Basketball                                            that stretch, strengthen, and relax specific
       to meet business requirements for securing           Emphasis will be placed on developing skills          muscle groups. Emphasis will be placed
       computers in a networked environment.                of basketball with a high degree of carry-over        on the proper breathing techniques and
       The course encourages decision-making                value. Rules and strategies of the game will          concentration necessary to hold the postures
       skills through an interactive tool that simu-        be emphasized throughout the course. (0, 2)           properly and on individual variations of certain
       lates real-life scenarios. (360:294) (3, 0)
                                                          PEA 121*                                           1    postures to assure safety. (660:103) (0, 1)
       NET 612                                          3 Circuit Wellness                                        PEA 192*                                        1
       Fundamentals of Network Security                     This course is designed for individuals inter-        Walking I
       This course focuses on the overall security          ested in improving total fitness via aerobic-         A basic activities course with emphasis on
       processes with particular emphasis on                based conditioning program. The course will           activities with a high degree of carryover
       hands-on skills in the following areas:              include individual fitness evaluation. Weight         value. Basic fundamentals of walking and
       Security policy design and management,               training equipment, treadmills, and various aer-      stretching are stressed. (660:108) (0, 2)
       security technologies, products and solutions,       obic equipment will be used to elicit improve-
       firewall and secure router design, installa-         ments in physical fitness. (660:105) (0, 2)           PEA 295                                         2
       tion, configuration, and maintenance, AAA                                                                  Scuba Diving
       implementation, Intrusion Detection (IDS)            PEA 149*                                         .5   An Introduction to PADI Scuba Diving, is a
       implementation, and VPN implementation               Pilates I                                             course intended for the non-diver. The objec-
       using routers and firewalls. (360:296) (2, 2)        The Pilates Matwork program is an exercise            tive of the course is to make you a comfortable
                                                            technique designed by Joseph Pilates during           and qualified diver, capable of conducting
       NET 730                                          3   WWI. It is a series of exercises executed             recreational dives to intermediate depths of
       Computer Forensics and                               completely on the floor enriching the spirit,         waters. Upon completion of this diving course
       Investigations                                       mind, and body. Pilates lengthens and                 you should be able to correctly evaluate the
       This class will provide in-depth knowledge and       sculpts muscles while increasing stamina              diving environment, your diving equipment,
       hands on experience in forensics recovery of         and calming tension. This low-intensity,              your diving skills, and your personal diving
       deleted data, write blocking technologies, and       low-impact, calorie-burning workout focuses           preparedness in order to develop a dive plan
       court room standards for data evidence. (2, 2)       on developing a strong central core and               and dive accordingly. To accomplish this goal
                                                            refreshing the body’s resilience. (660:109) (0, 1)
       NET 731                                          3                                                         we will spend two hours each week covering
       Regulatory Compliance                                PEA 164*                                         1    diving theory in lectures. After a short break
       This class will provide in-depth knowledge           Swimming I                                            we will then meet for approximately two hours
       of Federal Regulatory Compliance issues              Swimming I is an activities course that               of lab time in the pool to practice the essential
       affecting many industries in relation to the         provides instruction and participation in             skills of diving. At the end of the course
       computer systems infrastructures, policies and       the fundamentals of the basic strokes and             students will have an open water certification
       procedures, and best practices for a sound           personal water safety skills. (660:123) (0, 2)        weekend, location to be determined. (1, 2)
       strategy for building information systems
       containing data under regulatory control. (3, 0)     PEA 176*                                         1 PEA 928                                          1-3
                                                            Volleyball I                                          Independent Study
                                                            Activity course with emphasis on develop-             Student/instructor designed course intended
                                                            ing skills of volleyball with a high degree           for concentrated or advanced study.


                                                                                                                                                                  95
            Table of Contents                           Areas of Study                    Course Descriptions                                 Index

       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and             extension of the particular area and is               PEH 255                                          3
       Student Services is required. (660:299)                developed by the teaching faculty to meet             Principles of Sports Management




                                                                                                                                                                          FORWARD
BACK




                                                              unique interests and needs of the students.           Introductory course that presents business
       PEA 949                                         1-3                                                          principles and procedures as applied to
       Special Topics
                                                                                                                    physical education, intramural and recreational
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       allowing students to enroll for up to three            General Physical                                      sports programs, and school and profes-
                                                                                                                    sional sports programs. (660:285) (3, 0)
                                                              Education and
       credits in a specific course or program area.
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-                                                                     PEH 928                                         1-3
       sion of the particular area and is developed
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique                 Health                                                Independent Study
                                                                                                                    Student/instructor designed course intended
       interests and needs of the students.                   PEH 101                                           2   for concentrated or advanced study.
                                                              Health                                                Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
                                                              This course deals primarily with health rather        Student Services is required. (660:299)
       Coaching/                                              than disease. It is specifically keyed to the
                                                              genuine needs and interests of students.
                                                                                                                    PEH 949                                         1-3
       Officiating                                            It emphasizes a broad modern outlook
                                                                                                                    Special Topics
                                                                                                                    Special Topics expands the curriculum by
                                                              toward health education. (660:240) (2, 0)
       PEC 101                                            3                                                         allowing students to enroll for up to three
       Introduction to Coaching                               PEH 110                                           2   credits in a specific course or program area.
       This course is designed to prepare the student         Personal Wellness                                     Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
       to meet the challenges of modern-day                   Personal Wellness is designed to introduce stu-       sion of the particular area and is developed
       coaching. The intention is to expose the               dents to all aspects of a healthy lifestyle. Key      by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       student to a variety of coaching philoso-              wellness topics will be presented with focus          interests and needs of the students.
       phies. This course will provide the student            areas on appropriate exercise, heart health,
       with coaching techniques to meet the                   body composition, nutrition, emotional health,
       needs of today’s athlete. (660:290) (3, 0)             and risk factors to a healthy lifestyle. (2, 0)
                                                                                                                    Intercollegiate
       PEC 108                                            3 PEH 111                                             3
                                                                                                                    Physical Education
       Sports and Society                                     Personal Wellness
                                                              Personal Wellness is designed to introduce
       Explores pervasive appeal of sports in                                                                       PEV 115*                                         1
                                                              students to all aspects of a healthy lifestyle.
       American society. Interrelationships among                                                                   Varsity Baseball
       sport, behavior, culture and social institutions       Key wellness topics will be presented with
                                                                                                                    (0, 2)
       of business, religion, politics, education and         focus areas on appropriate exercise, heart
       family will be examined. (660:286) (3, 0)              health, body composition, nutrition, emotional        PEV 121*                                         1
                                                              health, and risk factors to a healthy lifestyle.      Varsity Basketball, Men
       PEC 128                                            3   The three-hour component of Personal                  (0, 2)
       Care and Prevention of Athletic                        Wellness will include a project where students
       Injuries                                               create a plan involving exercise science,             PEV 122*                                         1
       This course is designed to introduce the               nutrition, and strength training. (3, 0)              Varsity Basketball, Women
       prospective coach and physical educator to                                                                   (0, 2)
       the role of the trainer in injury prevention,          PEH 141                                           2
       treatment, and rehabilitation. Identification of       First Aid                                             PEV 130*                                         1
       injuries common to major sports is also stud-          A study in theory and practice to develop an          Varsity Cross Country
                                                              understanding of the principles and procedures        (0, 2)
       ied. The student is given the opportunity to
                                                              of emergency care in the case of accidents,
       develop skills in taping techniques and the use                                                              PEV 140*                                         1
                                                              sudden illness, or disaster; and to develop basic
       of heat and cyrogenic therapy. (660:271) (3, 0)                                                              Varsity Golf
                                                              skills of handling these cases until the services
                                                                                                                    (0, 2)
       PEC 928                                         1-3    of a physician are available. (660:250) (2, 0)
       Independent Study                                                                                          PEV 160*                                           1
       Student/instructor designed course intended            PEH 162                                           3 Varsity Softball
       for concentrated or advanced study.                    Introduction to Physical Education                    (0, 2)
       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and             This course will provide the student an
       Student Services is required. (660:299)                opportunity to gain a basic understanding             PEV 170*                                         1
                                                              of the various fields of physical education. It       Varsity Volleyball
       PEC 949                                            3   will allow the student to understand career           (0, 2)
       Special Topics                                         opportunities in the fields of physical educa-
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by               tion, health, recreation, and sports, while                      Credits for PEV varsity sports are
       allowing students to enroll for up to three            gaining knowledge of the history, trends, and         earned by participation as a regular member of
       credits in a specific course or program                objectives of physical education in relation          varsity squads and fulfilling all practice require-
       area. Subject matter may be an in-depth                to general education. (660:280) (3, 0)                ments of squad members. Actual game or


       96
            Table of Contents                             Areas of Study                   Course Descriptions                               Index

       meet participation is not necessary. (660:222;          PHS 125                                          4   ena, and thermodynamics. Four lecture
       660:220, 660:221 660:224, 660:223, 660:226)             Physical Science (w/lab)                             hours, two lab hours (830:210) (4, 2)




                                                                                                                                                                          FORWARD
BACK




                                                               Prerequisite: MAT 101 Intermediate Algebra
                                                               or instructor approval. This is an introduc-
                                                                                                                    PHY 222                                           5
                                                                                                                    Classical Physics II (w/lab)
       Philosophy                                              tory general education course in the
                                                               physical sciences for students with very
                                                                                                                    Prerequisite: PHY 212 Classical Physics I.
                                                                                                                    This is a continuation of PHY 212 Classical
       PHI 101                                            3    little background in science. The topics
                                                                                                                    Physics I. The broad areas of study include
       Introduction to Philosophy                              covered are selected from the fields of
                                                                                                                    fluids, temperature and heat, thermodynamics,
       Philosophy is the basis of all fields of study.         chemistry and physics and their relation-
                                                                                                                    electricity and magnetism, electromagnetic
       This course follows the development                     ships to other sciences, technology, and
                                                                                                                    waves, geometric optics, wave phenomena,
       of Western philosophy from aboriginal                   society. Using and manipulating equations
                                                                                                                    light, and atomic structure. Four lecture
       shamans prior to the Greek philosophers                 is incorporated into the concepts. Three
                                                                                                                    hours, two lab hours. (830:211) (4, 2)
       to minorities and women philosophers                    lecture hours, two lab hours.(830:112) (3, 2)
       of the 21st century. (790:200) (3, 0)                   PHS 928                                         1-3 PHY 928
                                                                                                                   Independent Study
                                                                                                                                                                    1-3
       PHI 105                                            3 Independent Study                                       Student/instructor designed course intended
       Introduction to Ethics                                  Student/instructor designed course intended
                                                                                                                    for concentrated or advanced study.
       This course has two major divisions.                    for concentrated or advanced study.
                                                                                                                    Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
       Approximately one-third of this course will be          Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
                                                                                                                    Student Services is required. (830:299)
       theory. Students will study various concepts of         Student Services is required. (830:299)
       ethical reasoning. Two-thirds of the course will        PHS 949                                         1-3 PHY 949
                                                                                                                   Special Topics
                                                                                                                                                                    1-3
       consider specific issues for today’s society and        Special Topics
       the 21st century. Topics will include, but are                                                               Special Topics expands the curriculum by
                                                               Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       not limited to: euthanasia, economic justice,                                                                allowing students to enroll for up to three
                                                               allowing students to enroll for up to three
       animal rights, medical issues, agricultural issues,                                                          credits in a specific course or program area.
                                                               credits in a specific course or program area.
       and environmental concerns. (790:210) (3, 0)                                                                 Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
                                                               Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
                                                                                                                    sion of the particular area and is developed
       PHI 928                                           1-3   sion of the particular area and is developed
                                                                                                                    by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       Independent Study                                       by the teaching faculty to meet unique
                                                                                                                    interests and needs of the students.
       Student/instructor designed course intended             interests and needs of the students.
       for concentrated or advanced study.
       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
       Student Services is required. (790:299)
                                                               Physics                                              Practical Nursing
       PHI 949                                           1-3 PHY 162                                            4 PNN 172                                             4
       Special Topics                                                                                             Fundamentals of Nursing I
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by
                                                               College Physics I (w/lab)                            Theories regarding concepts of asepsis,
                                                               Prerequisite: MAT 101 Intermediate
       allowing students to enroll for up to three                                                                  comfort, consumer and nurse safety, medical
                                                               Algebra. This course covers basic topics in
       credits in a specific course or program area.                                                                terminology and communication are pre-
                                                               algebra-based physics including Newtonian
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-                                                                     sented. Lab experience reinforces related
                                                               mechanics, heat, energy, and the relation-
       sion of the particular area and is developed                                                                 techniques and practices. (200:101) (2, 4)
                                                               ships between these fields of study. Three
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       interests and needs of the students.
                                                               lecture hours, two lab hours (830:150) (3, 2)        PNN 173                                           4
                                                                                                                    Fundamentals of Nursing II
                                                               PHY 172                                          4   Concepts of surgical asepsis, restorative
                                                               College Physics II (w/lab)                           and preventive practices and legal
       Physical Science                                        Prerequisite: PHY 162 College Physics I. This
                                                               course is a continuation of PHY 162 College
                                                                                                                    responsibilities are presented. Lab pro-
                                                                                                                    vides practical experience in preparation
       PHS 113                                            4    Physics I. Topics include electricity, mag-
                                                                                                                    for clinical practice. (200:103) (2, 4)
       Introduction to Physical Science (w/lab)                netism, light and imaging systems, and
       This is a one semester survey of the basic              modern physics. Three lecture hours,                 PNN 208                                           3
       concepts of astronomy and physics. The                  two lab hours (830:151) (3, 2)                       Pharmacology Basics
       course examines topics such as motion,                                                                       Recommended for pre-nursing students. This
                                                               PHY 212                                          5   course enables the student to learn basic
       heat, sound, and energy. Students will also             Classical Physics I (w/lab)
       investigate more abstract topics like atomic                                                                 principles of drug therapy, including related
                                                               Prerequisite or concurrently: MAT 210
       structure and the formation of the earth. This                                                               terminology and legislation, drug properties,
                                                               Calculus I. The broad areas of study include
       course is recommended for students who                                                                       and the care provider’s role and responsibility
                                                               kinematics, dynamics, forces in balance,
       have not had high school physics. (3, 2)                                                                     for the patient receiving drug therapy. (3, 0)
                                                               momentum, work and energy, circular
                                                               and rotational motion, gravitation and
                                                               orbits, solids and elasticity, wave phenom-

                                                                                                                                                                     97
            Table of Contents                        Areas of Study                    Course Descriptions                                 Index

       PNN 231                                        3 POL 112                                             3 PSY 171                                            3
       Pharmacology                                        American State and Local                              Health Psychology




                                                                                                                                                                      FORWARD
BACK




       Pharmacology enables the student to learn           Government                                            This course provides an introduction to the
       basic principles of drug therapy, including         This course examines the sub-national                 contributions of psychology to the understand-
       related terminology and legislation, drug           levels of government in the United States.            ing of causes of physical illness, prevention and
       properties, and the nurse’s role and responsibil-   Receiving initial attention is the concept of         treatment of physical illness, doctor-patient
       ity for the patients receiving drug therapy. This   cooperative federalism. Within this frame-            relationships, and health care policy. Inquiry
       course will be integrated into all areas of nurs-   work, the governmental organization of the            will include the clinical, social, personality,
       ing. It will provide the student a knowledge        states is studied and the roles of governors,         cognitive, developmental, and physiological
       base of pharmacology upon which to build            legislatures, and state court systems are             psychology; public health; and the medical,
       his/her related course of study. (200:136) (3, 0)   reviewed. The Iowa governmental scene is              sociological, and health outcomes of health
                                                           given primary consideration. (540:220) (3, 0)         policy research. The course intends to help
       PNN 434                                        4                                                          the student become aware of the wide-range
       Maternal-Child Health                               POL 928                                         1-3   of psychological considerations that arise
       A study of the normal maternity cycle as            Independent Study                                     in health, the benefits of complementing
       it occurs within the family structure. This         Student/instructor designed course intended           traditional medical approaches with psycho-
       course includes anatomy and physiology of           for concentrated or advanced study.                   logical perspectives and an understanding
       reproduction, prenatal, perinatal, postnatal        Approval by the Offices of Instruction and            of stress management in the prevention of
       care, and care of children from the newborn to      Student Services is required. (540:299)               illness and disease. Although the course is
       adolescent. The clinical phase will be included                                                           primarily directed to students of psychology, it
       with medical-surgical exposure, and maternal        POL 949                                         1-3
                                                           Special Topics                                        has relevance for students and professionals in
       child patients will be assigned as they are                                                               several areas, including health care, social work,
       admitted to the hospital unit. (200:150) (3, 4)     Special Topics expands the curriculum by
                                                           allowing students to enroll for up to three           counseling, and education. (600:120) (3, 0)
       PNN 531                                        7    credits in a specific course or program area.         PSY 241                                         3
       Medical-Surgical Nursing I                          Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-              Abnormal Psychology
       The student will study medical surgical nursing     sion of the particular area and is developed          Prerequisite: PSY 111 Introduction to
       building on the information gained in PNN 172       by the teaching faculty to meet unique                Psychology or instructor approval A
       and 173 Fundamentals of Nursing I and II. The       interests and needs of the students.                  descriptive survey of major classifications
       student will learn to apply the nursing process                                                           of mental illness emphasizing principles of
       and carry out nursing interventions in the role                                                           diagnosis, theories of etiology, and thera-
       of the licensed practical nurse. Hospitals pro-
       vide the student with experience in pediatric,      Psychology                                            peutic approaches. (600:230) (3, 0)

       adult, and geriatric patient care. The nursing
       home furnishes the student with a more in
                                                           PSY 111                                          3 PSY 251
                                                                                                              Social Psychology
                                                                                                                                                                 3
                                                           Introduction to Psychology
       depth gerontological or geriatric learning                                                                Prerequisite: PSY 111 Introduction to
                                                           An introductory course to the scientific study
       situation. A study of diet therapy and phar-                                                              Psychology or instructor approval A survey of
                                                           of human behavior and mental processes. This
       macological concerns, as they affect specific                                                             theories regarding individual, interpersonal,
                                                           course includes such topics as the background
       body systems are interwoven with the basic                                                                and group behavior in social contexts includes
                                                           of modern psychology, personality develop-
       study of the human system. (200:160) (3, 16)                                                              the study of attitudes, social perception,
                                                           ment, brain and behavior, heredity and envi-
                                                                                                                 social influence, attraction, conformity, power
       PNN 532                                        3    ronment, learning and motivation, emotional
                                                                                                                 leadership, status, and norms. (600:240) (3, 0)
       Medical-Surgical Nursing II                         processes, intelligence, human interaction,
       A continuation of PNN 531 Medical-Surgical          and psychological disorders. (600:100) (3, 0)         PSY 281                                         3
       Nursing I. This course also includes prepara-
       tion for entering employment. It is designed
                                                           PSY 121                                          3 Educational Psychology
                                                                                                              Prerequisite: PSY 111 Introduction
                                                           Developmental Psychology
       to bridge the gap between the classroom/                                                                  to Psychology or instructor approval
                                                           Prerequisite: PSY 111 Introduction to
       theory and the working world. (200:165) (2, 4)                                                            Psychological theories, techniques, and
                                                           Psychology or instructor approval This course
                                                                                                                 principles are explored and analyzed for
                                                           affords the student an overview of the psychol-
                                                                                                                 their effects on education. Applications
                                                           ogy of human growth and development from
       Political Science                                   conception through death. Emphasis is placed
                                                           upon the continuous interaction and interrela-
                                                                                                                 of these psychological tools are explained
                                                                                                                 and illustrated as they have been applied
                                                                                                                 in education. This course requires service
       POL 111                                        3    tionship of these processes with environmental
                                                                                                                 learning and observation (600:255) (3, 0)
       American National Government                        forces and conditions that influence individual
       This course reviews the structure of the            patterns of behavior. Major developmental             PSY 928                                       1-3
       American political system stressing the             theories are presented: cognitive, personal-          Independent Study
       constitutional framework, the role of Congress,     ity, social, and behavioral. (600:220) (3, 0)         Student/instructor designed course intended
       the Presidency, and the Supreme Court.                                                                    for concentrated or advanced study.
       Other topics include voting behavior, interest                                                            Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
       groups, and political parties. (540:210) (3, 0)                                                           Student Services is required. (600:299)

       98
            Table of Contents                           Areas of Study                    Course Descriptions                                Index

       PSY 949                                         1-3   credits in a specific course or program area.          Approval by the Offices of Instruction and
       Special Topics                                        Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-               Student Services is required. (320:299)




                                                                                                                                                                          FORWARD
BACK




       Special Topics expands the curriculum by              sion of the particular area and is developed
       allowing students to enroll for up to three           by the teaching faculty to meet unique                 SDV 949                                         1-3
                                                             interests and needs of the students.                   Special Topics
       credits in a specific course or program area.
                                                                                                                    Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-
                                                                                                                    allowing students to enroll for up to three
       sion of the particular area and is developed
                                                                                                                    credits in a specific course or program area.
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique
       interests and needs of the students.
                                                             Student                                                Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-

                                                             Development                                            sion of the particular area and is developed
                                                                                                                    by the teaching faculty to meet unique
                                                                                                                    interests and needs of the students.
                                                             SDV 108                                           1
       Reading                                               The College Experience
                                                             This course is designed to help students
       RDG 005                                          1
       Reading and Study Skills                              develop academic success skills by connecting          Sociology
                                                             students to college resources and facilitating
       This course is designed to help the student
       achieve a higher degree of reading pro-
                                                             participation in college culture. Activities           SOC 110                                          3
                                                             include study and classroom performance                Introduction to Sociology
       ficiency and develop fundamental study
                                                             strategies, personal exploration and develop-          This course may be defined as the scientific
       skills. Attention is given to the unique needs
                                                             ment, academic and career planning, and                study of human society and the social interac-
       of individual students. (090:110) (0, 2)
                                                             exploring the college experience. (1, 0)               tions which emerge among people. It seeks
       RDG 006                                          1                                                           to develop a body of interrelated scientific
       Reading and Study Skills II                           SDV 110                                           .5   propositions or generalizations that explain
       Prerequisites: RDG 005 Reading and
                                                             Success Seminar                                        social behavior in holistic terms. The basic goal
                                                             This course will introduce information and             is to understand how human beings fit their
       Study Skills. This is a continuation
                                                             materials which can be used to make better             activities together into a system social arrange-
       of RDG 005. (090:111) (0, 2)
                                                             informed decisions when dealing with career,           ments. As such, sociology focuses on the
       RDG 007                                          1    life, and college success. It will inform students     groups, organizations, institutions, and com-
       Reading and Study Skills III                          of support services to assist with achieving aca-      munities, which make up the larger society.
       Prerequisites: RDG 006 Reading and                    demic goals. Required for all first-time students      Introduction to Sociology seeks to place society
       Study Skills II. This is a continua-                  carrying 12 or more credits. (090:150) (.5, 0)         in the international setting of today’s changing
       tion of RDG 006. (090:112) (0, 2)                                                                            world. More importantly, it helps us to under-
                                                          SDV 114                                              3
                                                                                                                    stand the relationships among these various
       RDG 008                                          1 Strategies for Academic Success                           social units, and the implications of these rela-
       Reading and Study Skills IV                           This course is designed to help students
                                                                                                                    tionships for order and change. (620:110) (3, 0)
       Prerequisites: RDG 007 Reading and                    learn and practice skills that will enable
       Study Skills III. This is a continua-                 them to be successful in their academic                SOC 115                                          3
       tion of RDG 007. (090:113) (0, 2)                     courses. Topics covered include time                   Social Problems
                                                             management, concentration and memory,                  Prerequisite: SOC 110 Introduction to
                                                             learning styles, critical reading and thinking,        Sociology or instructor approval. This course is
       Religion
                                                             mastery of college textbooks, note taking,             intended to provide a conceptual framework
                                                             writing, and test-taking. (640:100) (3, 0)             within which to examine social problems. It
       REL 101                                          3 SDV 153                                                   provides a sociological perspective concern-
                                                                                                               2
       Survey of World Religions                                                                                    ing some of the key contemporary social
                                                             Pre-Employment Strategies
       This course traces the development of                                                                        problems at the local, national, and global
                                                             Co-requisite: Career and technical educa-
       religion from aboriginal beliefs to New                                                                      levels. Students will critically analyze issues
                                                             tion students should also enroll in COM 101
       Age. Both Western and Eastern religions                                                                      that affect individuals, relationships, com-
                                                             Sharpening Your Business Writing Skills.
       will be studied. (790:215) (3, 0)                                                                            munities, and the environment. Topics will
                                                             Recommended: Students should take this
                                                                                                                    include, but are not limited to, crime, social
                                                             course in their final semester. This course
       REL 928                                         1-3   is designed to aid the student in develop-             deviance, family and generational problems,
       Independent Study                                     ing the materials and skills necessary to              population, urban and rural problems,
       Student/instructor designed course intended                                                                  poverty, and discrimination. (620:200) (3, 0)
                                                             obtain employment and to emphasize
       for concentrated or advanced study.                   the development of characteristics associ-
       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and                                                                   SOC 120                                          3
                                                             ated with job success. (320:106) (2, 0)                Marriage and Family
       Student Services is required. (790:299)
                                                                                                                    Prerequisite: SOC 110 Introduction to
                                                           SDV 928                                           1-3
       REL 949                                         1-3 Independent Study                                        Sociology or instructor approval. This course
       Special Topics                                        Student/instructor designed course intended            analyzes the sociological, physical, psycho-
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by                                                                     logical, legal, and economic aspects of the
                                                             for concentrated or advanced study.
       allowing students to enroll for up to three                                                                  American family. Included are investigations

                                                                                                                                                                     99
             Table of Contents                          Areas of Study                   Course Descriptions                                 Index

       of courtship and marriage relationships,              SPC 949                                         1-3 STR 161                                           3
       preparations for marriage relationships,              Special Topics                                       Steel Detailing I




                                                                                                                                                                       FORWARD
BACK




       preparation for marriage, family, parenthood,         Special Topics expands the curriculum by             The student will detail embedded items,
       interpersonal relationships, and marital              allowing students to enroll for up to three          handrails, stairs, and light structural framing
       adjustment. Emphasis is placed on mate                credits in a specific course or program area.        including steel joists and deck. The student
       selection, gender roles, sexuality, commu-            Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-             will develop a set of standards. (220:163) (2, 2)
       nication, power and conflict, parenthood,             sion of the particular area and is developed
       diverse lifestyles, divorce and remarriage, and       by the teaching faculty to meet unique               STR 166                                          4
       economic issues. Upon completion, students            interests and needs of the students.                 Steel Detailing II
       should be able to analyze the family as a                                                                  Prerequisite: STR 161 Steel Detailing I. The
       social institution and the social forces which                                                             student will prepare erection drawings and
       influence its development and change. (3, 0)                                                               shop detailing for anchor bolts, angle frames,

       SOC 928                                         1-3
                                                             Structural Steel                                     handrails, ladders, and stairs in miscel-
                                                                                                                  laneous steel, then in structural steel beams,
       Independent Study                                     STR 123                                          4   columns, girts, and sag rods. (220:166) (2, 4)
       Student/instructor designed course intended           Plan Reading
       for concentrated or advanced study.                   Numerous questions over the plans of several         STR 181                                          1
       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and            construction projects will be answered.              Professional Development
       Student Services is required. (620:299)               During this time the student will learn              Students will explore many job possibilities,
                                                             construction terminology, how to read                develop a cover letter and resume, learn
       SOC 949                                         1-3   sections, details, and answer various ques-          how to develop a positive attitude, and have
       Special Topics                                        tions about the structure. (220:123) (2, 4)          a successful interview. (220:181) (1, 0)
       Special Topics expands the curriculum by
       allowing students to enroll for up to three           STR 131                                          1 STR 201                                            4
       credits in a specific course or program area.         Concrete Technology                                  Connection Design
       Subject matter may be an in-depth exten-              The student will learn fundamentals of site          Prerequisite: STR 146 Structural Steel
       sion of the particular area and is developed          work, foundations, forms, heavy construc-            Engineering. The student will perfect
       by the teaching faculty to meet unique                tion, precast, and mixes. Emphasis will              skills that were introduced in the first year,
       interests and needs of the students.                  be on terminology. (220:131) (1, 0)                  then proceed into bracing, trusses, and
                                                                                                                  eccentricity. Total emphasis of the course
                                                             STR 141                                          2   will be on connections. (220:201) (4, 0)
                                                             Structural Steel Technology
       Speech                                                Students will learn to design beams, when            STR 225
                                                                                                                  Steel Detailing with Detail CAD
                                                                                                                                                                   4
                                                             given the distance between supports and
       SPC 101                                           3   the location of loads on them. Stress and            Prerequisite: STR 166 Steel Detailing II.
       Fundamentals of Oral                                  strain on structural steel members will be           The student will detail embedded items,
       Communication                                         calculated. Weld symbols and strength                handrails, stairs, and light structural fram-
       Students will develop speaking and                    will also be studied. (220:141) (2, 0)               ing including steel joists and deck. The
       listening skills by studying and applying                                                                  student will use DetailCAD detailing
       communication theories and principles.                STR 146                                          2   software to produce all the drawings
       Public speaking, small group communica-               Structural Steel Engineering                         required in this course. (220:225) (2, 4)
       tion, and interpersonal communication                 Prerequisite: STR 141 Structural Steel
       will be emphasized. (440:210) (3, 0)                  Technology. Welded and bolted con-                   STR 226                                          3
                                                             nections will be designed and shear will             Steel Detailing with SDS/2
       SPC 122                                           3   be checked. The student will learn to                Prerequisite: STR 201 Connection Design.
       Interpersonal Communication                           use the many tables in AISC’s Manual of              Design Data’s SDS/2 software will be
       This course examines one to one communica-            Steel Construction. (220:146) (2, 0)                 used to detail and plot projects. Students
       tion in relationships including friends, family,                                                           will set up job and fabricator standards,
       intimates, and workplace associates. Theories         STR 151                                          2   paramentric, and extensive time will be
       and concepts related to interpersonal com-            TrigonometrySegmental Functions                      spent on modeling. (220:226) (2, 2)
       munication will be discussed. Students will           Students will use trigonometry functions
       also work to improve their own interpersonal          to solve challenging triangle problems
       communication skills. This course is particu-         and then combine the use of segmental
       larly helpful to students entering the business,      functions to solve circle and triangle
       medical, psychology and education fields. (3, 0)      figures accurately. (220:151) (2, 0)

       SPC 928                                         1-3 STR 156                                            2
       Independent Study                                     Applied Geometry
       Student/instructor designed course intended           In this area of study the students will be
       for concentrated or advanced study.                   required to use their plan reading skills
       Approval by the Offices of Instruction and            and mathematics knowledge to solve very
       Student Services is required. (440:299)               complex problems. (220:156) (2, 0)

       100
       Table of Contents   Areas of Study           Course Descriptions   Index




                                 06
                                                                                        FORWARD
BACK




       Employees
                              Administration and Staff
                                Administration Center
                                Allied Health & Science Center
                                Instructional Center
                                Maintenance Building
                                Off-Campus Centers
                                Performing Arts Center
                                Residence Halls
                                Student Center
                                Technical Center I
                              Full-Time Faculty




                                                                                  101
              Table of Contents                   Areas of Study         Course Descriptions                             Index

                                                                        Marketing and Institutional Advancement
       Administration and Staff                                         Stacy Gibbs, Director of Institutional Advancement




                                                                                                                                            FORWARD
BACK




                                                                        Terri Higgins, Director of Marketing and Enrollment Management
       (Listed by office location)                                      Joel Wires, Marketing Coordinator/Designer
                                                                        Debra Taylor, Administrative Secretary
       Administration Center                                            Alyssa Riley, Secretary

       Administration                                                   Allied Health & Science Center
       Dr Barbara J Crittenden, President
          B S N Graceland College                                       Faculty Assistant
          M S Iowa State University                                     Julie Wallace, Nursing Secretary
          Ph D Iowa State University
       Mary Jo Skarda, Administrative Assistant/Board Secretary         Instructional Center
       Tom Lesan, Vice President of Economic Development                Assessment Center
          B A University of Iowa                                        Marilyn Werner, Assessment Center Coordinator
       Instruction                                                      Ellen Pool, Assessment/Faculty Secretary
       Bill Taylor, Vice President of Instruction                       Distance Education
           B S Northwest Missouri State University                      Doug Greene, Director of Distance Education
           M Ed University of Missouri                                  Sharon Dunfee, Office Assistant-Instruction/Distance Education
       Jane Bradley, Associate Vice President of Instruction            Tara Tussey, Secretary
           B S Oklahoma State University
           M S University of Oklahoma                                   Tech Prep
       Jan Pettit, Administrative Assistant/Instruction                 Mindy Dresback, Tech Prep Coordinator

       Business Office                                                  Copy Center
       Teresa Krejci, Chief Financial Officer                           Carla Damewood, Copy Center Coordinator
          B B A Iowa State University
       Denise Kelley, Budget Accountant                                 Faculty Assistants
       Becky Young, Accountant                                          Byron Bilderback, Automotive Maintenance and Repair Lab Assistant
       Jana Scott, Student Accounts/Accounts Receivable                 Sue Claiser, Automotive Parts Clerk
       Erin Kiley, Accounting Clerk                                     Diane Hudson, Science Lab Assistant
       Alyssa Riley, Business Office Cashier                            Learning Resource Center
       Betty Spangler, Accounts Payable                                 Ann Coulter, Director of Learning Resource Center/Webmaster
       Judy Miller, Switchboard Operator                                Helen Waigand, Media Assistant
       Denise Fisk, Switchboard Operator                                Melba Akers, Media Aide
       Human Resources                                                  Gwen Day, Media Aide
       Jolene Griffith, Director of Human Resources                     Darrell Ellis, Assistant Webmaster/PC Technician
       Deb Andrews, Payroll & Benefits                                  Student Support Services
       Student Services                                                 Laurie Besco, Project Director
       Matt Thompson, Dean of Student Services                          Jose Herrera, Program Advisor
          B S Iowa State University                                     Jennifer Brown, Tutor Coordinator
          M A East Tennessee State University                           Kyle Fisher, Transfer Specialist/Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach
       Sandy Webb, Registrar, Administrative Secretary                  Coleen Hogue, Secretary
       Deb Pantini, Counselor/Coordinator of Advising & Special Needs   Career Services
       Georgia Paulsen, Secretary                                       Pat Butcher, Career Services Coordinator
       Christy Johnson, Office Assistant
       Admissions                                                       Maintenance Building
       Lisa Carstens, Admissions Coordinator                            Building and Grounds
       Rita Schroeder, Admissions/Head Women’s Volleyball Coach         Tom King, Director of Plant Services
       Brian Smith, Admissions/Head Baseball Coach                      Eric Hill, Housekeeping Supervisor
       Meghan Cavanaugh, Admissions Representative                      Dale Barnett, Electrician
       Lori Utsinger, Secretary                                         Jeanine Adkins
       Financial Aid                                                    Audrey Clark
       Tracy Davis, Director of Financial Aid                           Terry Evans
       Kysa Gordon, Assistant Director of Financial Aid                 Doris Gillespie
       Tracy Kelley-Martinez, Financial Aid Specialist                  Leland Johnson

       102
            Table of Contents                    Areas of Study              Course Descriptions                               Index

       Angela Lister                                                       Buck Scheel, Men’s Residence Hall Coordinator/Head Women’s
       Rick McIntosh                                                           Basketball Coach




                                                                                                                                                   FORWARD
BACK




       Don Mongar                                                          Tiffany Troutwine, Women’s Residence Hall Coordinator/Assistant
       Keith Olsen                                                             Softball Coach
       Rob Ratcliff
       Chris Schmitz                                                       Student Center
       Brenda Sickels
                                                                           Bookstore
       Jason Swierczek
                                                                           Ann Schlapia, Manager
       Rosemary Vanderpluym
                                                                           Terri Tussey, Bookstore/Central Supply Clerk
       Ron White
                                                                           Student Activities/Athletics
       Bus Drivers
                                                                           Tracey Evans, Student Activities Coordinator/Assistant Softball Coach
       Jerry Hartman
                                                                           Brian Smith, Admissions/Head Baseball Coach
       Steve White
                                                                           TBD, Assistant Baseball Coach/Athletic Fields Maintenance
       Computer Services                                                   Mike Holmes, Physical Education Instructor/Head Men’s
       Scott Helm, Director of Information Technology                          Basketball Coach
       John Doyle, PC Technician                                           Kyle Fisher, Transfer Specialist/Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach
       Karen Tucker, Systems Administrator                                 Buck Scheel, Men’s Residence Hall Coordinator/Head Women’s
       Martin Reeves, Analyst Programmer                                       Basketball Coach
       Darrell Ellis, PC Technician/Assistant Webmaster                    Katie Reihmann, Assistant Women’s Basketball Coach
                                                                           Bill Huntington, Head Cross Country/Track Coach
       Off-Campus Centers                                                  Cari Stalker, Assistant Cross Country/Track Coach
                                                                           Lindsay Stumpff, Director of Residential Life/Head Softball Coach
       Osceola Center                                                      Tiffany Troutwine, Women’s Residence Hall Coordinator/Assistant
       Mindy Oswald, Center Director
                                                                               Softball Coach
       Lucy Black, Secretary
                                                                           Rita Schroeder, Admissions/Head Women’s Volleyball Coach
       Barb Chadwick, Secretary
                                                                           Sarah Halligan, Assistant Women’s Volleyball Coach
       Red Oak Center                                                      Anna Waymaster, Assistant Women’s Volleyball Coach
       Sarah Smith, Center Director
       Barb Burkhiser, Secretary                                           Technical Center I
       Candy McCuen, Secretary                                             Economic Development
                                                                           Darwin Wetzel, Welding/Industrial Coordinator
       Performing Arts Center
                                                                           Educational Talent Search
       Adult Education                                                     Erica Frey, Director of Educational Talent Search
       Cheryl Blazek, EMS/Health Related Services                          Kelly Allee, Outreach Advisor
       Jean Gibbons, Health Occupation Education Coordinator               Karen Shay, Outreach Advisor
       Darla Helm, Adult Literacy Program Coordinator                      Melissa Olmstead, Secretary
       Kim Oaks, Business Coordinator
       Betty Wallace, CTC Coordinator
       Cheralyn White, Secretary
       Peggy Worthington, Secretary
                                                                           Full-Time Faculty
       TriUMPH Early Childhood Program                                     (Listed alphabetically by last name)
       Terry Wangberg, Early Childhood Program Director
       Retta Baker, Parents as Teachers (PAT) Educator                     Allen Binning, Structural Drafting Instructor
       Deb Brandt, Parents as Teachers (PAT) Educator                      Technical Center II, Office 102
       Stacey Feehan, Librarian                                               Southwestern Community College, 1974
       Hope Hall, Center Specialist                                           A S Southwestern Community College, 1991
       Peggy Hardy, Preschool Specialist                                      Additional Work - Drake University, University of Northern Iowa
       Kristie Nixon, Infant Toddler Specialist                               25 Years Industrial Experience
       Gail Wilker, Preschool Specialist
                                                                           Holly Booth, CPA, Business Instructor
       Small Business Development Center                                   Instructional Center, Office 801
       Dave McLaren, Regional Director                                        A S Southwestern Community College, 1985
                                                                              B A Buena Vista University, 1990
       Residence Halls                                                        M B A Drake University, 1999
       Lindsay Stumpff, Director of Residential Life/Head Softball Coach


                                                                                                                                             103
             Table of Contents                   Areas of Study                 Course Descriptions                            Index

       Tom Borland, Office Systems Technology Instructor                       Jeremy Fox, Music Instructor
       Instructional Center, Office 201C                                       Instructional Center, Office 521




                                                                                                                                                    FORWARD
BACK




          A A & A S Southwestern Community College, 2002                          A A Southwestern Community College, 1996
          B A Graceland University, 2004                                          B M Western Michigan University, 1999
          M S Ed Northwest Missouri State University, 2006                        M M University of Miami, 2001

       Joshua Borgmann, English Instructor                                     Kyle Harvey, Tech Prep Carpentry Instructor
       Instructional Center, Office 808                                        Technical Center I
          B A Drake University, 1997                                              20+ years experience in residential and commercial construction
          M A Iowa State University, 1999                                         Certified Carpentry Instructor
          M F A University of South Carolina, 2005                                NCCER (National Center for Construction Education and Research)

       Barb Brown, Office Systems Technology Instructor                        Michael Holmes, Physical Education Instructor
       Instructional Center, Office 201B                                       Student Center, Office 103
          B S Northwest Missouri State University, 1999                           B A Simpson College, 1989
          M B A Bellevue University, 2002                                         M Ed Iowa State University, 2000
          Additional Work - Northwest Missouri State University                   Additional Work – University of Northern Iowa,
          Argosy University                                                       Drake University, Viterbo College

       J. Kate Burrell, Psychology Instructor                                  Randy Hughes, History Instructor
       Instructional Center, Office 814                                        Instructional Center, Office 817
           A A Southwestern Community College, 1996                               B A University of Northern Iowa, 1970
           B S Fort Hays State University, 1998                                   M A Northwest Missouri State University, 1979
           M S Fort Hays State University, 2000
           Additional Work – Iowa State University                             Nancy James, Nursing Instructor
                                                                               Allied Health & Science Center, Office 910
       Linda Dainty, Art (Online) Instructor                                       Nursing Diploma, Iowa Methodist School of Nursing, 1965
       Instructional Center, Office 818                                            B A Drake University, 1968
          B F A Iowa State University, 1992                                        M S N Catholic University of America, 1973
          M F A The Savannah College of Art and Design, 1995
          M A Iowa State University, 1999                                      Marsha Jones, Biology/Nutrition (Online) Instructor
                                                                               Instructional Center, Office 529
       Delores Doench, Psychology Instructor                                      B S Iowa State University, 1972
       Instructional Center, Office 816                                           M A Northwest Missouri State University, 1987
          B A Heidelberg College, 1971                                            Additional Work - University of Iowa, Iowa State University,
          Master of Divinity, University of Dubuque, 1973                         Drake University, University of Northern Iowa

       Dick Downing, Carpentry Instructor                                      Dr. Lori Lester, Biology, Anatomy and Physiology Instructor
       Technical Center I, Office 123                                          Instructional Center, Office 334
          A A Southwestern Community College, 1980                                B B A University of Iowa, 1984
          B S E Truman State University, 1982                                     D C Palmer College of Chiropractic, 1996
          Certification, NRI/McGraw Hill (A/C, Refrigeration, Heating), 1989
          Certified Carpentry Instructor                                       Regina Long, Web Design Instructor
          NCCER (National Center for Construction Education and Research)      Instructional Center, Office 201A
                                                                                  B S Northwest Missouri State University, 1991
       Tom Dunphy, Mathematics Instructor                                         M A Vitterbo College, 1998
       Instructional Center, Office 813
          B A Benedictine College, 1969                                        Jeff Magneson, Collision Repair/Refinish Instructor
          M S Central Missouri State University, 1976                          Instructional Center, Office 408
          Additional Work - University of Iowa, 1998,1999                         ASE Certified Master Collision Repair/ Refinish Technician,
                                                                                         25 Year Member
       Dawn Esser, English (Communication) Instructor                             ASE Certified in Damage Analysis and Estimating
       Instructional Center, Office 805                                           Diploma, Auto Body Repair, Southwestern Community
          B A Central College, 1990                                                      College, 1980
          M B University of Northern Iowa, 1999                                   I-CAR Platinum Individual Combination Lead Instructor
          M A University of Northern Iowa, 1999                                   30 Years Experience in Collision Repair




       104
            Table of Contents                    Areas of Study             Course Descriptions                            Index

       Justin Mann, Mathematics Instructor                                 Steven Schmalzried, Automotive Repair Technology Instructor
       Instructional Center, Office 812                                    Instructional Center, Office 416




                                                                                                                                                   FORWARD
BACK




          A A Eastern New Mexico University, 1995                             Air Conditioning Compliance Certification, 1992
          B B A Eastern New Mexico University, 1999                           ASE Certified Master Technician, 1995
          M S University of Nebraska-Omaha, 2001                              AC Delco Trained Service Technician,2000
                                                                              C-1 Service Consultant, 2003
       Carole Maske, Business (Online) Instructor                             L-1 Advanced Engine Performance, 2008
       Instructional Center, Office 818
          B S E Truman State University, 1983                              Kathryn Scott, Nursing Instructor
          M A E University of Northern Iowa, 1991                          Allied Health & Science Center, Office 912
                                                                               A A S R N Southwestern Community College, 1988
       Amanda Mohr, Nursing Instructor                                         B S N Grand View College, 2005
       Allied Health & Science Center, Office 908                              Additional Work – Graceland University, Clarkson College
           B S College of Saint Mary, 2000
           A D N Iowa Central Community College, 2002                      Deron Shawley, Agricultural Instructor
           B S N University of Iowa, 2004                                  Ag Center, Office 101
           MSN, Clarkson College, 2008                                        A S Hawkeye Community College, 2000
                                                                              B S Iowa State University, 2002
       Charles Mundy, Tech Prep Carpentry Instructor, Osceola
       Osceola Technical Room                                              Brandi Shay, Business Instructor
         25+ years of experience in commercial and residential             Instructional Center, Office 806
         construction                                                         A A Southwestern Community College, 1995
         Additional Work – Drake University                                   B S Iowa State University, 1997
         Certified Carpentry Instructor                                       M B A Iowa State University, 2000
         NCCER (National Center for Construction Education and Research)
                                                                           Wade Sick, Physics/Mathematics Instructor
       Dave Neas, English Instructor                                       Instructional Center, Office 312
       Instructional Center, Office 707                                       B A University of Northern Iowa, 1983
          B A Drake University, 1970                                          M A University of Northern Iowa, 1991
          J D Drake University, 1974                                          Additional Work - University of Iowa, University of Nebraska
          M A Northwest Missouri State University, 1993
          Additional Work - Iowa State University                          Mindy Skarda, Biology Instructor
                                                                           Instructional Center, Office 302
       Jody Nedley-Newcomb, Sociology Instructor                              B S Arkansas State University, 1991
       Instructional Center, Office 815                                       M S Northwest Missouri State University, 1995
          A A Southeast Community College, Beatrice, NE, 1994
          B S Peru State College, 1994                                     Jason Smith, Vocal Music Instructor
          M S University of Nebraska- Lincoln, 1997                        Instructional Center, Office 526
                                                                              B A Gonzaga University, Spokane, WA, 1981
       Joe Pastorino, Business Instructor
       Instructional Center, Office 802                                    Jeff Sorensen, Automotive Repair Technology Instructor
          B A University of Iowa, 1994                                     Instructional Center, Office 412
          M B A University of Northern Iowa, 1997                             Universal Technical Institute, Automotive Mechanics, 1983-1984
                                                                              General Motors Corporation, 1984-1986
       Don Pech, Tech Prep Carpentry Instructor, Red Oak                       ASE Certified Master Technician
       Red Oak Technical Center, Office 107                                   ASE Certified Service Management
          B S University of Texas - El Paso, 1987                             ASE Certified Cylinder Head Specialist & Cylinder Block
          Additional Work - University of Northern Colorado, University       25 years experience in Automotive Repair
                of Colorado-Denver,
                                                                           Ed Trullinger, Chemistry Instructor
          Colorado State University, Adams
                                                                           Instructional Center, Office 322
          State College
                                                                              B S Northwest Missouri State University, 1970
                                                                              M A University of Northern Iowa, 1982
       Justin Robertson, English Instructor
                                                                              Additional Work - Viterbo University, Luther College
       Instructional Center, Office 804
          B A University of Missouri-Columbia, 2005
          M F A University of Wyoming, 2007




                                                                                                                                             105
             Table of Contents                      Areas of Study      Course Descriptions   Index

       Maureen Weaver, Nursing Instructor
       Allied Health & Science Center, Office 909




                                                                                                      FORWARD
BACK




           L P N Diploma, Southwestern Community College, 1982
           A D N Southwestern Community College, 1990
           B S N Graceland University, 2002
           M Ed Iowa State University, 2004

       Kimberly Weehler Nursing Instructor
       Allied Health & Science Center, Office 902
           B S Iowa State University, 1999
           B S N Saint Louis University, 2001
           Additional Work - Saint Louis University, Clarkson College

       Dr. Susan White Nursing Instructor
       Allied Health & Science Center, Office 906
           B S N Graceland College, 1978
           M S E Drake University, 1988
           M S N Drake University, 1999
           Ph D in Education, Drake, 2003

       Loyal Winborn Business Systems Networking Instructor
       Technical Center II, Office 111
          Creighton Institute of Technology, 2000
          Comptia A+, Comptia Sec+, MCP NT 4 0 Track, MCP
          2003 Track, Panasonic KXTD 500 and ACE Certified

       TBD, Nursing Instructor
       Allied Health & Science Center, Office 907




       106
       Table of Contents   Areas of Study                                   Course Descriptions                                                               Index




                                 07
                                                                                                                                                                                                           FORWARD
BACK




       Index
                              A                                                                                   Associate of General Studies Degree
                                                                                                                         (AGS)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 36
                              Academic Load  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 17           Athletics, Intercollegiate  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 32
                              Academic Renewal Policy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 18                         Attendance Policy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 17
                              Academic Standard Policy .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 18                         Audit Status  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 18
                              Accreditation  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5
                              Admissions
                               Application Steps  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 12
                                                                                                                  B
                               Transfer Students  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 13               Buildings  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 7
                               Visiting Students  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 13             Administration Center .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 7
                              Admissions Policy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 12              Dorms and Other Facilities  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 7
                              Adult and Continuing Education  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 7                                Instructional Center .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 7
                               Workplace Education  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8                     Performing Arts Center  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 7
                              Adult Literacy Programs  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8                     Student Center .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 7
                               Adult Basic Education .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8                    Technical Centers I and II  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 7
                               English Literacy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8
                               Family Literacy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8
                               High School Equivalency Preparation  . 8
                                                                                                                  C
                              Americans with Disabilities Act  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 6                              Cancellation of Courses  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 16
                              Arts and Sciences/College Transfer                                                  Career and Vocational Training .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8
                                     Program .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 34         Computer and Technology Education .  . 8
                              Assessment Services  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 15                  Fire Science .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8
                              Associate of Applied Arts Degree  .  .  .  .  . 21                                   Food Service Training, Institutional  .  .  . 8
                              Associate of Applied Science Degree  .  . 21                                         Health Services and Allied Health  .  .  .  . 8
                              Associate of General Studies (AGS)  .  .  . 36                                       Real Estate and Insurance Training .  .  .  . 8

                                                                                                                                                                                                 107
                Table of Contents                                                       Areas of Study                                           Course Descriptions                                                                 Index

       Career Services  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 30
       Charge Slips  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 23        G                                                                                       S




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   FORWARD
BACK




       Classification of Students .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 17                         Grade Point Average (GPA)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 18                                 Sexual Harassment and Consensual
       CLEP/DANTES Credits  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 16                               Grade Reports  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 18                   Relationships .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 6
       Community Education  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8                       Grading  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 18   Smoking Policy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 6
       Compliances .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5        Graduation  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 20      Social and Special Events  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 32
        Americans with Disabilities Act  .  .  .  .  .  . 6                                     Graduation Requirements  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 19                             Student Government  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 32
        Drug-Free Policy .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 6                                                                                                         Student Handbook  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 32
        Educational Equity Policy Statement  .  . 5
        Federal and State Laws  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 6                         H                                                                                       Student Housing .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 30, 31
                                                                                                                                                                                        Student Support Services  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 32
        Limitations of Catalog Information  .  .  . 7                                           Health Services and Allied Health .  .  .  .  .  . 8                                    Students with Special Needs  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 31
        Sexual Harassment and Consensual                                                        High School Equivalency Preparation  .  .  . 8                                          Study Abroad  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 31
              Relationships .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 6                 High School Students .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 12
        Student Right to Know  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 6
        Student’s Responsibility for Catalog
                                                                                                History, College  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5
                                                                                                Home Schooled Students  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 13
                                                                                                                                                                                        T
              Information  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 7                                                                                                       Transcripts  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 19
       Computer and Technology Education  .  .  . 8
       Credit Hour  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 17         I                                                                                       Transfer Majors  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 37
                                                                                                                                                                                         Criminology  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 40
       Customized Training  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8                    Incomplete Grades  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 18                  Elementary Education  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 40, 41
                                                                                                Indebtedness Policy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 23                   Physical Education  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 42
       D                                                                                                                                                                                 Pre-Medicine  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 42

       Dean’s Honor List  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 18                  M                                                                                        Pre-Physician Assistant .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 43
                                                                                                                                                                                         Psychology  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 44
       Degrees                                                                                  Mandatory Continuing Education  .  .  .  .  .  . 9                                      Transfer Students  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 13
        Associate of Applied Arts Degree .  .  .  . 21                                                                                                                                  Tuition  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 22

                                                                                                N
        Associate of Applied Science Degree 21
        Associate of Arts Degree  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 20
        Associate of General Studies Degree  . 21                                               Non-Credit Online Courses  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 9
                                                                                                                                                                                        V
        Associate of Science Degree .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 20                                                                                                                           Visiting Students  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 13

                                                                                                O
       Disability Services  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 31
       Drop/Add Courses  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 17
       Dropping/Withdrawing from Online
                                                                                                Off-Campus Centers  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 10
                                                                                                                                                                                        W
              Courses  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 17                                                                                                    Withdrawal from College  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 17
                                                                                                Orientation  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 14
       Drug-Free Policy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 6                                                                                                      Workplace Education .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8
                                                                                                Osceola Center  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 10

       E                                                                                        P
       Economic Development Services  .  .  .  .  . 10
                                                                                                Parking  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 31, 32
       Educational Costs
                                                                                                Payment Options  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 22
        Program Fees .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 22
                                                                                                Permanent Record  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 19
        Room and Board  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 22
                                                                                                Post Secondary Enrollment Option  .  .  .  . 12
        Tuition  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 22
                                                                                                President’s Honor List  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 18
       Educational Equity Policy Statement .  .  .  . 5
                                                                                                Program Fees  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 22
       Education Foundation  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 10
                                                                                                Purpose Statement  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 4
       Employability and Academic Success  .  .  . 9
       English Literacy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8
                                                                                                R
       F                                                                                        Real Estate and Insurance Training  .  .  .  .  . 8
                                                                                                Recertification and Relicensure  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 9
       Family and Individual Development and
                                                                                                Red Oak Center  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 10
              Health  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 9
                                                                                                Refund Checks  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 23
       Family Educational Rights and Privacy
                                                                                                Refund Policy .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 23
              Act of 1974  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 19
                                                                                                Registration  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 16
       Family Literacy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8
                                                                                                Returned Checks  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 23
       Financial Aid  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 23
                                                                                                Room and Board  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 22
       Fire Science  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 8
       Food Service Training, Institutional  .  .  .  . 8

       108

				
DOCUMENT INFO